OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-stable/] [gdb-7.2/] [gdb/] [doc/] [gdb.info-1] - Diff between revs 835 and 841

Only display areas with differences | Details | Blame | View Log

Rev 835 Rev 841
This is gdb.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from ./gdb.texinfo.
This is gdb.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from ./gdb.texinfo.
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Gdb: (gdb).                     The GNU debugger.
* Gdb: (gdb).                     The GNU debugger.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
   This file documents the GNU debugger GDB.
   This file documents the GNU debugger GDB.
   This is the Ninth Edition, of `Debugging with GDB: the GNU
   This is the Ninth Edition, of `Debugging with GDB: the GNU
Source-Level Debugger' for GDB (GDB) Version 7.2-or32-1.0rc3.
Source-Level Debugger' for GDB (GDB) Version 7.2-or32-1.0rc3.
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."


File: gdb.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Summary,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
File: gdb.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Summary,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
Debugging with GDB
Debugging with GDB
******************
******************
This file describes GDB, the GNU symbolic debugger.
This file describes GDB, the GNU symbolic debugger.
   This is the Ninth Edition, for GDB (GDB) Version 7.2-or32-1.0rc3.
   This is the Ninth Edition, for GDB (GDB) Version 7.2-or32-1.0rc3.
   Copyright (C) 1988-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Copyright (C) 1988-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This edition of the GDB manual is dedicated to the memory of Fred
   This edition of the GDB manual is dedicated to the memory of Fred
Fish.  Fred was a long-standing contributor to GDB and to Free software
Fish.  Fred was a long-standing contributor to GDB and to Free software
in general.  We will miss him.
in general.  We will miss him.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Summary::                     Summary of GDB
* Summary::                     Summary of GDB
* Sample Session::              A sample GDB session
* Sample Session::              A sample GDB session
* Invocation::                  Getting in and out of GDB
* Invocation::                  Getting in and out of GDB
* Commands::                    GDB commands
* Commands::                    GDB commands
* Running::                     Running programs under GDB
* Running::                     Running programs under GDB
* Stopping::                    Stopping and continuing
* Stopping::                    Stopping and continuing
* Reverse Execution::           Running programs backward
* Reverse Execution::           Running programs backward
* Process Record and Replay::   Recording inferior's execution and replaying it
* Process Record and Replay::   Recording inferior's execution and replaying it
* Stack::                       Examining the stack
* Stack::                       Examining the stack
* Source::                      Examining source files
* Source::                      Examining source files
* Data::                        Examining data
* Data::                        Examining data
* Optimized Code::              Debugging optimized code
* Optimized Code::              Debugging optimized code
* Macros::                      Preprocessor Macros
* Macros::                      Preprocessor Macros
* Tracepoints::                 Debugging remote targets non-intrusively
* Tracepoints::                 Debugging remote targets non-intrusively
* Overlays::                    Debugging programs that use overlays
* Overlays::                    Debugging programs that use overlays
* Languages::                   Using GDB with different languages
* Languages::                   Using GDB with different languages
* Symbols::                     Examining the symbol table
* Symbols::                     Examining the symbol table
* Altering::                    Altering execution
* Altering::                    Altering execution
* GDB Files::                   GDB files
* GDB Files::                   GDB files
* Targets::                     Specifying a debugging target
* Targets::                     Specifying a debugging target
* Remote Debugging::            Debugging remote programs
* Remote Debugging::            Debugging remote programs
* Configurations::              Configuration-specific information
* Configurations::              Configuration-specific information
* Controlling GDB::             Controlling GDB
* Controlling GDB::             Controlling GDB
* Extending GDB::               Extending GDB
* Extending GDB::               Extending GDB
* Interpreters::                Command Interpreters
* Interpreters::                Command Interpreters
* TUI::                         GDB Text User Interface
* TUI::                         GDB Text User Interface
* Emacs::                       Using GDB under GNU Emacs
* Emacs::                       Using GDB under GNU Emacs
* GDB/MI::                      GDB's Machine Interface.
* GDB/MI::                      GDB's Machine Interface.
* Annotations::                 GDB's annotation interface.
* Annotations::                 GDB's annotation interface.
* JIT Interface::               Using the JIT debugging interface.
* JIT Interface::               Using the JIT debugging interface.
* GDB Bugs::                    Reporting bugs in GDB
* GDB Bugs::                    Reporting bugs in GDB
* Command Line Editing::        Command Line Editing
* Command Line Editing::        Command Line Editing
* Using History Interactively:: Using History Interactively
* Using History Interactively:: Using History Interactively
* Formatting Documentation::    How to format and print GDB documentation
* Formatting Documentation::    How to format and print GDB documentation
* Installing GDB::              Installing GDB
* Installing GDB::              Installing GDB
* Maintenance Commands::        Maintenance Commands
* Maintenance Commands::        Maintenance Commands
* Remote Protocol::             GDB Remote Serial Protocol
* Remote Protocol::             GDB Remote Serial Protocol
* Agent Expressions::           The GDB Agent Expression Mechanism
* Agent Expressions::           The GDB Agent Expression Mechanism
* Target Descriptions::         How targets can describe themselves to
* Target Descriptions::         How targets can describe themselves to
                                GDB
                                GDB
* Operating System Information:: Getting additional information from
* Operating System Information:: Getting additional information from
                                 the operating system
                                 the operating system
* Trace File Format::           GDB trace file format
* Trace File Format::           GDB trace file format
* Copying::                     GNU General Public License says
* Copying::                     GNU General Public License says
                                how you can copy and share GDB
                                how you can copy and share GDB
* GNU Free Documentation License::  The license for this documentation
* GNU Free Documentation License::  The license for this documentation
* Index::                       Index
* Index::                       Index


File: gdb.info,  Node: Summary,  Next: Sample Session,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Summary,  Next: Sample Session,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
Summary of GDB
Summary of GDB
**************
**************
The purpose of a debugger such as GDB is to allow you to see what is
The purpose of a debugger such as GDB is to allow you to see what is
going on "inside" another program while it executes--or what another
going on "inside" another program while it executes--or what another
program was doing at the moment it crashed.
program was doing at the moment it crashed.
   GDB can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
   GDB can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
   * Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its
   * Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its
     behavior.
     behavior.
   * Make your program stop on specified conditions.
   * Make your program stop on specified conditions.
   * Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
   * Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
   * Change things in your program, so you can experiment with
   * Change things in your program, so you can experiment with
     correcting the effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
     correcting the effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
   You can use GDB to debug programs written in C and C++.  For more
   You can use GDB to debug programs written in C and C++.  For more
information, see *note Supported Languages: Supported Languages.  For
information, see *note Supported Languages: Supported Languages.  For
more information, see *note C and C++: C.
more information, see *note C and C++: C.
   Support for D is partial.  For information on D, see *note D: D.
   Support for D is partial.  For information on D, see *note D: D.
   Support for Modula-2 is partial.  For information on Modula-2, see
   Support for Modula-2 is partial.  For information on Modula-2, see
*note Modula-2: Modula-2.
*note Modula-2: Modula-2.
   Debugging Pascal programs which use sets, subranges, file variables,
   Debugging Pascal programs which use sets, subranges, file variables,
or nested functions does not currently work.  GDB does not support
or nested functions does not currently work.  GDB does not support
entering expressions, printing values, or similar features using Pascal
entering expressions, printing values, or similar features using Pascal
syntax.
syntax.
   GDB can be used to debug programs written in Fortran, although it
   GDB can be used to debug programs written in Fortran, although it
may be necessary to refer to some variables with a trailing underscore.
may be necessary to refer to some variables with a trailing underscore.
   GDB can be used to debug programs written in Objective-C, using
   GDB can be used to debug programs written in Objective-C, using
either the Apple/NeXT or the GNU Objective-C runtime.
either the Apple/NeXT or the GNU Objective-C runtime.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Free Software::               Freely redistributable software
* Free Software::               Freely redistributable software
* Contributors::                Contributors to GDB
* Contributors::                Contributors to GDB


File: gdb.info,  Node: Free Software,  Next: Contributors,  Up: Summary
File: gdb.info,  Node: Free Software,  Next: Contributors,  Up: Summary
Free Software
Free Software
=============
=============
GDB is "free software", protected by the GNU General Public License
GDB is "free software", protected by the GNU General Public License
(GPL).  The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
(GPL).  The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
program--but every person getting a copy also gets with it the freedom
program--but every person getting a copy also gets with it the freedom
to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to the
to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to the
source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.  Typical
source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.  Typical
software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the Free
software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the Free
Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
   Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says
   Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says
that you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms
that you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms
away from anyone else.
away from anyone else.
Free Software Needs Free Documentation
Free Software Needs Free Documentation
======================================
======================================
The biggest deficiency in the free software community today is not in
The biggest deficiency in the free software community today is not in
the software--it is the lack of good free documentation that we can
the software--it is the lack of good free documentation that we can
include with the free software.  Many of our most important programs do
include with the free software.  Many of our most important programs do
not come with free reference manuals and free introductory texts.
not come with free reference manuals and free introductory texts.
Documentation is an essential part of any software package; when an
Documentation is an essential part of any software package; when an
important free software package does not come with a free manual and a
important free software package does not come with a free manual and a
free tutorial, that is a major gap.  We have many such gaps today.
free tutorial, that is a major gap.  We have many such gaps today.
   Consider Perl, for instance.  The tutorial manuals that people
   Consider Perl, for instance.  The tutorial manuals that people
normally use are non-free.  How did this come about?  Because the
normally use are non-free.  How did this come about?  Because the
authors of those manuals published them with restrictive terms--no
authors of those manuals published them with restrictive terms--no
copying, no modification, source files not available--which exclude
copying, no modification, source files not available--which exclude
them from the free software world.
them from the free software world.
   That wasn't the first time this sort of thing happened, and it was
   That wasn't the first time this sort of thing happened, and it was
far from the last.  Many times we have heard a GNU user eagerly
far from the last.  Many times we have heard a GNU user eagerly
describe a manual that he is writing, his intended contribution to the
describe a manual that he is writing, his intended contribution to the
community, only to learn that he had ruined everything by signing a
community, only to learn that he had ruined everything by signing a
publication contract to make it non-free.
publication contract to make it non-free.
   Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
   Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
price.  The problem with the non-free manual is not that publishers
price.  The problem with the non-free manual is not that publishers
charge a price for printed copies--that in itself is fine.  (The Free
charge a price for printed copies--that in itself is fine.  (The Free
Software Foundation sells printed copies of manuals, too.)  The problem
Software Foundation sells printed copies of manuals, too.)  The problem
is the restrictions on the use of the manual.  Free manuals are
is the restrictions on the use of the manual.  Free manuals are
available in source code form, and give you permission to copy and
available in source code form, and give you permission to copy and
modify.  Non-free manuals do not allow this.
modify.  Non-free manuals do not allow this.
   The criteria of freedom for a free manual are roughly the same as for
   The criteria of freedom for a free manual are roughly the same as for
free software.  Redistribution (including the normal kinds of
free software.  Redistribution (including the normal kinds of
commercial redistribution) must be permitted, so that the manual can
commercial redistribution) must be permitted, so that the manual can
accompany every copy of the program, both on-line and on paper.
accompany every copy of the program, both on-line and on paper.
   Permission for modification of the technical content is crucial too.
   Permission for modification of the technical content is crucial too.
When people modify the software, adding or changing features, if they
When people modify the software, adding or changing features, if they
are conscientious they will change the manual too--so they can provide
are conscientious they will change the manual too--so they can provide
accurate and clear documentation for the modified program.  A manual
accurate and clear documentation for the modified program.  A manual
that leaves you no choice but to write a new manual to document a
that leaves you no choice but to write a new manual to document a
changed version of the program is not really available to our community.
changed version of the program is not really available to our community.
   Some kinds of limits on the way modification is handled are
   Some kinds of limits on the way modification is handled are
acceptable.  For example, requirements to preserve the original
acceptable.  For example, requirements to preserve the original
author's copyright notice, the distribution terms, or the list of
author's copyright notice, the distribution terms, or the list of
authors, are ok.  It is also no problem to require modified versions to
authors, are ok.  It is also no problem to require modified versions to
include notice that they were modified.  Even entire sections that may
include notice that they were modified.  Even entire sections that may
not be deleted or changed are acceptable, as long as they deal with
not be deleted or changed are acceptable, as long as they deal with
nontechnical topics (like this one).  These kinds of restrictions are
nontechnical topics (like this one).  These kinds of restrictions are
acceptable because they don't obstruct the community's normal use of
acceptable because they don't obstruct the community's normal use of
the manual.
the manual.
   However, it must be possible to modify all the _technical_ content
   However, it must be possible to modify all the _technical_ content
of the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media,
of the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media,
through all the usual channels.  Otherwise, the restrictions obstruct
through all the usual channels.  Otherwise, the restrictions obstruct
the use of the manual, it is not free, and we need another manual to
the use of the manual, it is not free, and we need another manual to
replace it.
replace it.
   Please spread the word about this issue.  Our community continues to
   Please spread the word about this issue.  Our community continues to
lose manuals to proprietary publishing.  If we spread the word that
lose manuals to proprietary publishing.  If we spread the word that
free software needs free reference manuals and free tutorials, perhaps
free software needs free reference manuals and free tutorials, perhaps
the next person who wants to contribute by writing documentation will
the next person who wants to contribute by writing documentation will
realize, before it is too late, that only free manuals contribute to
realize, before it is too late, that only free manuals contribute to
the free software community.
the free software community.
   If you are writing documentation, please insist on publishing it
   If you are writing documentation, please insist on publishing it
under the GNU Free Documentation License or another free documentation
under the GNU Free Documentation License or another free documentation
license.  Remember that this decision requires your approval--you don't
license.  Remember that this decision requires your approval--you don't
have to let the publisher decide.  Some commercial publishers will use
have to let the publisher decide.  Some commercial publishers will use
a free license if you insist, but they will not propose the option; it
a free license if you insist, but they will not propose the option; it
is up to you to raise the issue and say firmly that this is what you
is up to you to raise the issue and say firmly that this is what you
want.  If the publisher you are dealing with refuses, please try other
want.  If the publisher you are dealing with refuses, please try other
publishers.  If you're not sure whether a proposed license is free,
publishers.  If you're not sure whether a proposed license is free,
write to .
write to .
   You can encourage commercial publishers to sell more free, copylefted
   You can encourage commercial publishers to sell more free, copylefted
manuals and tutorials by buying them, and particularly by buying copies
manuals and tutorials by buying them, and particularly by buying copies
from the publishers that paid for their writing or for major
from the publishers that paid for their writing or for major
improvements.  Meanwhile, try to avoid buying non-free documentation at
improvements.  Meanwhile, try to avoid buying non-free documentation at
all.  Check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and
all.  Check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and
insist that whoever seeks your business must respect your freedom.
insist that whoever seeks your business must respect your freedom.
Check the history of the book, and try to reward the publishers that
Check the history of the book, and try to reward the publishers that
have paid or pay the authors to work on it.
have paid or pay the authors to work on it.
   The Free Software Foundation maintains a list of free documentation
   The Free Software Foundation maintains a list of free documentation
published by other publishers, at
published by other publishers, at
`http://www.fsf.org/doc/other-free-books.html'.
`http://www.fsf.org/doc/other-free-books.html'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Contributors,  Prev: Free Software,  Up: Summary
File: gdb.info,  Node: Contributors,  Prev: Free Software,  Up: Summary
Contributors to GDB
Contributors to GDB
===================
===================
Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other GNU
Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other GNU
programs.  Many others have contributed to its development.  This
programs.  Many others have contributed to its development.  This
section attempts to credit major contributors.  One of the virtues of
section attempts to credit major contributors.  One of the virtues of
free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with
free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with
regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here.  The file
regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here.  The file
`ChangeLog' in the GDB distribution approximates a blow-by-blow account.
`ChangeLog' in the GDB distribution approximates a blow-by-blow account.
   Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
   Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
     _Plea:_ Additions to this section are particularly welcome.  If you
     _Plea:_ Additions to this section are particularly welcome.  If you
     or your friends (or enemies, to be evenhanded) have been unfairly
     or your friends (or enemies, to be evenhanded) have been unfairly
     omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
     omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
   So that they may not regard their many labors as thankless, we
   So that they may not regard their many labors as thankless, we
particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases:
particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases:
Andrew Cagney (releases 6.3, 6.2, 6.1, 6.0, 5.3, 5.2, 5.1 and 5.0); Jim
Andrew Cagney (releases 6.3, 6.2, 6.1, 6.0, 5.3, 5.2, 5.1 and 5.0); Jim
Blandy (release 4.18); Jason Molenda (release 4.17); Stan Shebs
Blandy (release 4.18); Jason Molenda (release 4.17); Stan Shebs
(release 4.14); Fred Fish (releases 4.16, 4.15, 4.13, 4.12, 4.11, 4.10,
(release 4.14); Fred Fish (releases 4.16, 4.15, 4.13, 4.12, 4.11, 4.10,
and 4.9); Stu Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.8, 4.7, 4.6, 4.5,
and 4.9); Stu Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.8, 4.7, 4.6, 4.5,
and 4.4); John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, and 3.9); Jim
and 4.4); John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, and 3.9); Jim
Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, and 3.3); and Randy Smith (releases 3.2,
Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, and 3.3); and Randy Smith (releases 3.2,
3.1, and 3.0).
3.1, and 3.0).
   Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Peter TerMaat, Chris
   Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Peter TerMaat, Chris
Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
   Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the GNU C++ support in GDB,
   Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the GNU C++ support in GDB,
with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner and Daniel
with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner and Daniel
Berlin.  James Clark wrote the GNU C++ demangler.  Early work on C++
Berlin.  James Clark wrote the GNU C++ demangler.  Early work on C++
was by Peter TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to
was by Peter TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to
release 3.0).
release 3.0).
   GDB uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple object-file
   GDB uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple object-file
formats; BFD was a joint project of David V.  Henkel-Wallace, Rich
formats; BFD was a joint project of David V.  Henkel-Wallace, Rich
Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
   David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did the
   David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did the
original support for encapsulated COFF.
original support for encapsulated COFF.
   Brent Benson of Harris Computer Systems contributed DWARF 2 support.
   Brent Benson of Harris Computer Systems contributed DWARF 2 support.
   Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
   Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
support.  Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support.  Chris
support.  Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support.  Chris
Hanson improved the HP9000 support.  Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki
Hanson improved the HP9000 support.  Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki
Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support.  David Johnson contributed
Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support.  David Johnson contributed
Encore Umax support.  Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
Encore Umax support.  Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
Jeff Law contributed HP PA and SOM support.  Keith Packard contributed
Jeff Law contributed HP PA and SOM support.  Keith Packard contributed
NS32K support.  Doug Rabson contributed Acorn Risc Machine support.
NS32K support.  Doug Rabson contributed Acorn Risc Machine support.
Bob Rusk contributed Harris Nighthawk CX-UX support.  Chris Smith
Bob Rusk contributed Harris Nighthawk CX-UX support.  Chris Smith
contributed Convex support (and Fortran debugging).  Jonathan Stone
contributed Convex support (and Fortran debugging).  Jonathan Stone
contributed Pyramid support.  Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support.
contributed Pyramid support.  Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support.
Tim Tucker contributed support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode.
Tim Tucker contributed support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode.
Pace Willison contributed Intel 386 support.  Jay Vosburgh contributed
Pace Willison contributed Intel 386 support.  Jay Vosburgh contributed
Symmetry support.  Marko Mlinar contributed OpenRISC 1000 support.
Symmetry support.  Marko Mlinar contributed OpenRISC 1000 support.
   Andreas Schwab contributed M68K GNU/Linux support.
   Andreas Schwab contributed M68K GNU/Linux support.
   Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
   Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
libraries.
libraries.
   Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that GDB and GAS agree about
   Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that GDB and GAS agree about
several machine instruction sets.
several machine instruction sets.
   Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped
   Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped
develop remote debugging.  Intel Corporation, Wind River Systems, AMD,
develop remote debugging.  Intel Corporation, Wind River Systems, AMD,
and ARM contributed remote debugging modules for the i960, VxWorks,
and ARM contributed remote debugging modules for the i960, VxWorks,
A29K UDI, and RDI targets, respectively.
A29K UDI, and RDI targets, respectively.
   Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
   Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
command-line editing and command history.
command-line editing and command history.
   Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code, the
   Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code, the
Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this manual.
Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this manual.
   Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4.  He also
   Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4.  He also
enhanced the command-completion support to cover C++ overloaded symbols.
enhanced the command-completion support to cover C++ overloaded symbols.
   Hitachi America (now Renesas America), Ltd. sponsored the support for
   Hitachi America (now Renesas America), Ltd. sponsored the support for
H8/300, H8/500, and Super-H processors.
H8/300, H8/500, and Super-H processors.
   NEC sponsored the support for the v850, Vr4xxx, and Vr5xxx
   NEC sponsored the support for the v850, Vr4xxx, and Vr5xxx
processors.
processors.
   Mitsubishi (now Renesas) sponsored the support for D10V, D30V, and
   Mitsubishi (now Renesas) sponsored the support for D10V, D30V, and
M32R/D processors.
M32R/D processors.
   Toshiba sponsored the support for the TX39 Mips processor.
   Toshiba sponsored the support for the TX39 Mips processor.
   Matsushita sponsored the support for the MN10200 and MN10300
   Matsushita sponsored the support for the MN10200 and MN10300
processors.
processors.
   Fujitsu sponsored the support for SPARClite and FR30 processors.
   Fujitsu sponsored the support for SPARClite and FR30 processors.
   Kung Hsu, Jeff Law, and Rick Sladkey added support for hardware
   Kung Hsu, Jeff Law, and Rick Sladkey added support for hardware
watchpoints.
watchpoints.
   Michael Snyder added support for tracepoints.
   Michael Snyder added support for tracepoints.
   Stu Grossman wrote gdbserver.
   Stu Grossman wrote gdbserver.
   Jim Kingdon, Peter Schauer, Ian Taylor, and Stu Grossman made nearly
   Jim Kingdon, Peter Schauer, Ian Taylor, and Stu Grossman made nearly
innumerable bug fixes and cleanups throughout GDB.
innumerable bug fixes and cleanups throughout GDB.
   The following people at the Hewlett-Packard Company contributed
   The following people at the Hewlett-Packard Company contributed
support for the PA-RISC 2.0 architecture, HP-UX 10.20, 10.30, and 11.0
support for the PA-RISC 2.0 architecture, HP-UX 10.20, 10.30, and 11.0
(narrow mode), HP's implementation of kernel threads, HP's aC++
(narrow mode), HP's implementation of kernel threads, HP's aC++
compiler, and the Text User Interface (nee Terminal User Interface):
compiler, and the Text User Interface (nee Terminal User Interface):
Ben Krepp, Richard Title, John Bishop, Susan Macchia, Kathy Mann,
Ben Krepp, Richard Title, John Bishop, Susan Macchia, Kathy Mann,
Satish Pai, India Paul, Steve Rehrauer, and Elena Zannoni.  Kim Haase
Satish Pai, India Paul, Steve Rehrauer, and Elena Zannoni.  Kim Haase
provided HP-specific information in this manual.
provided HP-specific information in this manual.
   DJ Delorie ported GDB to MS-DOS, for the DJGPP project.  Robert
   DJ Delorie ported GDB to MS-DOS, for the DJGPP project.  Robert
Hoehne made significant contributions to the DJGPP port.
Hoehne made significant contributions to the DJGPP port.
   Cygnus Solutions has sponsored GDB maintenance and much of its
   Cygnus Solutions has sponsored GDB maintenance and much of its
development since 1991.  Cygnus engineers who have worked on GDB
development since 1991.  Cygnus engineers who have worked on GDB
fulltime include Mark Alexander, Jim Blandy, Per Bothner, Kevin
fulltime include Mark Alexander, Jim Blandy, Per Bothner, Kevin
Buettner, Edith Epstein, Chris Faylor, Fred Fish, Martin Hunt, Jim
Buettner, Edith Epstein, Chris Faylor, Fred Fish, Martin Hunt, Jim
Ingham, John Gilmore, Stu Grossman, Kung Hsu, Jim Kingdon, John Metzler,
Ingham, John Gilmore, Stu Grossman, Kung Hsu, Jim Kingdon, John Metzler,
Fernando Nasser, Geoffrey Noer, Dawn Perchik, Rich Pixley, Zdenek
Fernando Nasser, Geoffrey Noer, Dawn Perchik, Rich Pixley, Zdenek
Radouch, Keith Seitz, Stan Shebs, David Taylor, and Elena Zannoni.  In
Radouch, Keith Seitz, Stan Shebs, David Taylor, and Elena Zannoni.  In
addition, Dave Brolley, Ian Carmichael, Steve Chamberlain, Nick Clifton,
addition, Dave Brolley, Ian Carmichael, Steve Chamberlain, Nick Clifton,
JT Conklin, Stan Cox, DJ Delorie, Ulrich Drepper, Frank Eigler, Doug
JT Conklin, Stan Cox, DJ Delorie, Ulrich Drepper, Frank Eigler, Doug
Evans, Sean Fagan, David Henkel-Wallace, Richard Henderson, Jeff
Evans, Sean Fagan, David Henkel-Wallace, Richard Henderson, Jeff
Holcomb, Jeff Law, Jim Lemke, Tom Lord, Bob Manson, Michael Meissner,
Holcomb, Jeff Law, Jim Lemke, Tom Lord, Bob Manson, Michael Meissner,
Jason Merrill, Catherine Moore, Drew Moseley, Ken Raeburn, Gavin
Jason Merrill, Catherine Moore, Drew Moseley, Ken Raeburn, Gavin
Romig-Koch, Rob Savoye, Jamie Smith, Mike Stump, Ian Taylor, Angela
Romig-Koch, Rob Savoye, Jamie Smith, Mike Stump, Ian Taylor, Angela
Thomas, Michael Tiemann, Tom Tromey, Ron Unrau, Jim Wilson, and David
Thomas, Michael Tiemann, Tom Tromey, Ron Unrau, Jim Wilson, and David
Zuhn have made contributions both large and small.
Zuhn have made contributions both large and small.
   Andrew Cagney, Fernando Nasser, and Elena Zannoni, while working for
   Andrew Cagney, Fernando Nasser, and Elena Zannoni, while working for
Cygnus Solutions, implemented the original GDB/MI interface.
Cygnus Solutions, implemented the original GDB/MI interface.
   Jim Blandy added support for preprocessor macros, while working for
   Jim Blandy added support for preprocessor macros, while working for
Red Hat.
Red Hat.
   Andrew Cagney designed GDB's architecture vector.  Many people
   Andrew Cagney designed GDB's architecture vector.  Many people
including Andrew Cagney, Stephane Carrez, Randolph Chung, Nick Duffek,
including Andrew Cagney, Stephane Carrez, Randolph Chung, Nick Duffek,
Richard Henderson, Mark Kettenis, Grace Sainsbury, Kei Sakamoto,
Richard Henderson, Mark Kettenis, Grace Sainsbury, Kei Sakamoto,
Yoshinori Sato, Michael Snyder, Andreas Schwab, Jason Thorpe, Corinna
Yoshinori Sato, Michael Snyder, Andreas Schwab, Jason Thorpe, Corinna
Vinschen, Ulrich Weigand, and Elena Zannoni, helped with the migration
Vinschen, Ulrich Weigand, and Elena Zannoni, helped with the migration
of old architectures to this new framework.
of old architectures to this new framework.
   Andrew Cagney completely re-designed and re-implemented GDB's
   Andrew Cagney completely re-designed and re-implemented GDB's
unwinder framework, this consisting of a fresh new design featuring
unwinder framework, this consisting of a fresh new design featuring
frame IDs, independent frame sniffers, and the sentinel frame.  Mark
frame IDs, independent frame sniffers, and the sentinel frame.  Mark
Kettenis implemented the DWARF 2 unwinder, Jeff Johnston the libunwind
Kettenis implemented the DWARF 2 unwinder, Jeff Johnston the libunwind
unwinder, and Andrew Cagney the dummy, sentinel, tramp, and trad
unwinder, and Andrew Cagney the dummy, sentinel, tramp, and trad
unwinders.  The architecture-specific changes, each involving a
unwinders.  The architecture-specific changes, each involving a
complete rewrite of the architecture's frame code, were carried out by
complete rewrite of the architecture's frame code, were carried out by
Jim Blandy, Joel Brobecker, Kevin Buettner, Andrew Cagney, Stephane
Jim Blandy, Joel Brobecker, Kevin Buettner, Andrew Cagney, Stephane
Carrez, Randolph Chung, Orjan Friberg, Richard Henderson, Daniel
Carrez, Randolph Chung, Orjan Friberg, Richard Henderson, Daniel
Jacobowitz, Jeff Johnston, Mark Kettenis, Theodore A. Roth, Kei
Jacobowitz, Jeff Johnston, Mark Kettenis, Theodore A. Roth, Kei
Sakamoto, Yoshinori Sato, Michael Snyder, Corinna Vinschen, and Ulrich
Sakamoto, Yoshinori Sato, Michael Snyder, Corinna Vinschen, and Ulrich
Weigand.
Weigand.
   Christian Zankel, Ross Morley, Bob Wilson, and Maxim Grigoriev from
   Christian Zankel, Ross Morley, Bob Wilson, and Maxim Grigoriev from
Tensilica, Inc. contributed support for Xtensa processors.  Others who
Tensilica, Inc. contributed support for Xtensa processors.  Others who
have worked on the Xtensa port of GDB in the past include Steve Tjiang,
have worked on the Xtensa port of GDB in the past include Steve Tjiang,
John Newlin, and Scott Foehner.
John Newlin, and Scott Foehner.
   Michael Eager and staff of Xilinx, Inc., contributed support for the
   Michael Eager and staff of Xilinx, Inc., contributed support for the
Xilinx MicroBlaze architecture.
Xilinx MicroBlaze architecture.
   The original port to the OpenRISC 1000 is believed to be due to
   The original port to the OpenRISC 1000 is believed to be due to
Alessandro Forin and Per Bothner. More recent ports have been the work
Alessandro Forin and Per Bothner. More recent ports have been the work
of Jeremy Bennett.
of Jeremy Bennett.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Sample Session,  Next: Invocation,  Prev: Summary,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sample Session,  Next: Invocation,  Prev: Summary,  Up: Top
1 A Sample GDB Session
1 A Sample GDB Session
**********************
**********************
You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about GDB.
You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about GDB.
However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
debugger.  This chapter illustrates those commands.
debugger.  This chapter illustrates those commands.
   One of the preliminary versions of GNU `m4' (a generic macro
   One of the preliminary versions of GNU `m4' (a generic macro
processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro
quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro
definition within another stop working.  In the following short `m4'
definition within another stop working.  In the following short `m4'
session, we define a macro `foo' which expands to `0000'; we then use
session, we define a macro `foo' which expands to `0000'; we then use
the `m4' built-in `defn' to define `bar' as the same thing.  However,
the `m4' built-in `defn' to define `bar' as the same thing.  However,
when we change the open quote string to `' and the close quote
when we change the open quote string to `' and the close quote
string to `', the same procedure fails to define a new synonym
string to `', the same procedure fails to define a new synonym
`baz':
`baz':
     $ cd gnu/m4
     $ cd gnu/m4
     $ ./m4
     $ ./m4
     define(foo,0000)
     define(foo,0000)
     foo
     foo
     0000
     0000
     define(bar,defn(`foo'))
     define(bar,defn(`foo'))
     bar
     bar
     0000
     0000
     changequote(,)
     changequote(,)
     define(baz,defn(foo))
     define(baz,defn(foo))
     baz
     baz
     Ctrl-d
     Ctrl-d
     m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
     m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
Let us use GDB to try to see what is going on.
Let us use GDB to try to see what is going on.
     $ gdb m4
     $ gdb m4
     GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies
     GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies
      of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see
      of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see
      the conditions.
      the conditions.
     There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty"
     There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty"
      for details.
      for details.
     GDB 7.2-or32-1.0rc3, Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
     GDB 7.2-or32-1.0rc3, Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
     (gdb)
     (gdb)
GDB reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest when
GDB reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest when
needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly.  We now
needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly.  We now
tell GDB to use a narrower display width than usual, so that examples
tell GDB to use a narrower display width than usual, so that examples
fit in this manual.
fit in this manual.
     (gdb) set width 70
     (gdb) set width 70
We need to see how the `m4' built-in `changequote' works.  Having
We need to see how the `m4' built-in `changequote' works.  Having
looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
`m4_changequote', so we set a breakpoint there with the GDB `break'
`m4_changequote', so we set a breakpoint there with the GDB `break'
command.
command.
     (gdb) break m4_changequote
     (gdb) break m4_changequote
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
Using the `run' command, we start `m4' running under GDB control; as
Using the `run' command, we start `m4' running under GDB control; as
long as control does not reach the `m4_changequote' subroutine, the
long as control does not reach the `m4_changequote' subroutine, the
program runs as usual:
program runs as usual:
     (gdb) run
     (gdb) run
     Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
     Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
     define(foo,0000)
     define(foo,0000)
     foo
     foo
     0000
     0000
To trigger the breakpoint, we call `changequote'.  GDB suspends
To trigger the breakpoint, we call `changequote'.  GDB suspends
execution of `m4', displaying information about the context where it
execution of `m4', displaying information about the context where it
stops.
stops.
     changequote(,)
     changequote(,)
     Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
     Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
         at builtin.c:879
         at builtin.c:879
     879         if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3))
     879         if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3))
Now we use the command `n' (`next') to advance execution to the next
Now we use the command `n' (`next') to advance execution to the next
line of the current function.
line of the current function.
     (gdb) n
     (gdb) n
     882         set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\
     882         set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\
      : nil,
      : nil,
`set_quotes' looks like a promising subroutine.  We can go into it by
`set_quotes' looks like a promising subroutine.  We can go into it by
using the command `s' (`step') instead of `next'.  `step' goes to the
using the command `s' (`step') instead of `next'.  `step' goes to the
next line to be executed in _any_ subroutine, so it steps into
next line to be executed in _any_ subroutine, so it steps into
`set_quotes'.
`set_quotes'.
     (gdb) s
     (gdb) s
     set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "", rq=0x34c88 "")
     set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "", rq=0x34c88 "")
         at input.c:530
         at input.c:530
     530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
     530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
The display that shows the subroutine where `m4' is now suspended (and
The display that shows the subroutine where `m4' is now suspended (and
its arguments) is called a stack frame display.  It shows a summary of
its arguments) is called a stack frame display.  It shows a summary of
the stack.  We can use the `backtrace' command (which can also be
the stack.  We can use the `backtrace' command (which can also be
spelled `bt'), to see where we are in the stack as a whole: the
spelled `bt'), to see where we are in the stack as a whole: the
`backtrace' command displays a stack frame for each active subroutine.
`backtrace' command displays a stack frame for each active subroutine.
     (gdb) bt
     (gdb) bt
     #0  set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "", rq=0x34c88 "")
     #0  set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "", rq=0x34c88 "")
         at input.c:530
         at input.c:530
     #1  0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
     #1  0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
         at builtin.c:882
         at builtin.c:882
     #2  0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
     #2  0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
     #3  0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
     #3  0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
         at macro.c:71
         at macro.c:71
     #4  0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
     #4  0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
     #5  0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
     #5  0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
We step through a few more lines to see what happens.  The first two
We step through a few more lines to see what happens.  The first two
times, we can use `s'; the next two times we use `n' to avoid falling
times, we can use `s'; the next two times we use `n' to avoid falling
into the `xstrdup' subroutine.
into the `xstrdup' subroutine.
     (gdb) s
     (gdb) s
     0x3b5c  532         if (rquote != def_rquote)
     0x3b5c  532         if (rquote != def_rquote)
     (gdb) s
     (gdb) s
     0x3b80  535         lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ?  \
     0x3b80  535         lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ?  \
     def_lquote : xstrdup(lq);
     def_lquote : xstrdup(lq);
     (gdb) n
     (gdb) n
     536         rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
     536         rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
      : xstrdup(rq);
      : xstrdup(rq);
     (gdb) n
     (gdb) n
     538         len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
     538         len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
The last line displayed looks a little odd; we can examine the variables
The last line displayed looks a little odd; we can examine the variables
`lquote' and `rquote' to see if they are in fact the new left and right
`lquote' and `rquote' to see if they are in fact the new left and right
quotes we specified.  We use the command `p' (`print') to see their
quotes we specified.  We use the command `p' (`print') to see their
values.
values.
     (gdb) p lquote
     (gdb) p lquote
     $1 = 0x35d40 ""
     $1 = 0x35d40 ""
     (gdb) p rquote
     (gdb) p rquote
     $2 = 0x35d50 ""
     $2 = 0x35d50 ""
`lquote' and `rquote' are indeed the new left and right quotes.  To
`lquote' and `rquote' are indeed the new left and right quotes.  To
look at some context, we can display ten lines of source surrounding
look at some context, we can display ten lines of source surrounding
the current line with the `l' (`list') command.
the current line with the `l' (`list') command.
     (gdb) l
     (gdb) l
     533             xfree(rquote);
     533             xfree(rquote);
     534
     534
     535         lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\
     535         lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\
      : xstrdup (lq);
      : xstrdup (lq);
     536         rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
     536         rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
      : xstrdup (rq);
      : xstrdup (rq);
     537
     537
     538         len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
     538         len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
     539         len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
     539         len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
     540     }
     540     }
     541
     541
     542     void
     542     void
Let us step past the two lines that set `len_lquote' and `len_rquote',
Let us step past the two lines that set `len_lquote' and `len_rquote',
and then examine the values of those variables.
and then examine the values of those variables.
     (gdb) n
     (gdb) n
     539         len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
     539         len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
     (gdb) n
     (gdb) n
     540     }
     540     }
     (gdb) p len_lquote
     (gdb) p len_lquote
     $3 = 9
     $3 = 9
     (gdb) p len_rquote
     (gdb) p len_rquote
     $4 = 7
     $4 = 7
That certainly looks wrong, assuming `len_lquote' and `len_rquote' are
That certainly looks wrong, assuming `len_lquote' and `len_rquote' are
meant to be the lengths of `lquote' and `rquote' respectively.  We can
meant to be the lengths of `lquote' and `rquote' respectively.  We can
set them to better values using the `p' command, since it can print the
set them to better values using the `p' command, since it can print the
value of any expression--and that expression can include subroutine
value of any expression--and that expression can include subroutine
calls and assignments.
calls and assignments.
     (gdb) p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)
     (gdb) p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)
     $5 = 7
     $5 = 7
     (gdb) p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)
     (gdb) p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)
     $6 = 9
     $6 = 9
Is that enough to fix the problem of using the new quotes with the `m4'
Is that enough to fix the problem of using the new quotes with the `m4'
built-in `defn'?  We can allow `m4' to continue executing with the `c'
built-in `defn'?  We can allow `m4' to continue executing with the `c'
(`continue') command, and then try the example that caused trouble
(`continue') command, and then try the example that caused trouble
initially:
initially:
     (gdb) c
     (gdb) c
     Continuing.
     Continuing.
     define(baz,defn(foo))
     define(baz,defn(foo))
     baz
     baz
     0000
     0000
Success!  The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones.  The
Success!  The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones.  The
problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
lengths.  We allow `m4' exit by giving it an EOF as input:
lengths.  We allow `m4' exit by giving it an EOF as input:
     Ctrl-d
     Ctrl-d
     Program exited normally.
     Program exited normally.
The message `Program exited normally.' is from GDB; it indicates `m4'
The message `Program exited normally.' is from GDB; it indicates `m4'
has finished executing.  We can end our GDB session with the GDB `quit'
has finished executing.  We can end our GDB session with the GDB `quit'
command.
command.
     (gdb) quit
     (gdb) quit


File: gdb.info,  Node: Invocation,  Next: Commands,  Prev: Sample Session,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Invocation,  Next: Commands,  Prev: Sample Session,  Up: Top
2 Getting In and Out of GDB
2 Getting In and Out of GDB
***************************
***************************
This chapter discusses how to start GDB, and how to get out of it.  The
This chapter discusses how to start GDB, and how to get out of it.  The
essentials are:
essentials are:
   * type `gdb' to start GDB.
   * type `gdb' to start GDB.
   * type `quit' or `Ctrl-d' to exit.
   * type `quit' or `Ctrl-d' to exit.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Invoking GDB::                How to start GDB
* Invoking GDB::                How to start GDB
* Quitting GDB::                How to quit GDB
* Quitting GDB::                How to quit GDB
* Shell Commands::              How to use shell commands inside GDB
* Shell Commands::              How to use shell commands inside GDB
* Logging Output::              How to log GDB's output to a file
* Logging Output::              How to log GDB's output to a file


File: gdb.info,  Node: Invoking GDB,  Next: Quitting GDB,  Up: Invocation
File: gdb.info,  Node: Invoking GDB,  Next: Quitting GDB,  Up: Invocation
2.1 Invoking GDB
2.1 Invoking GDB
================
================
Invoke GDB by running the program `gdb'.  Once started, GDB reads
Invoke GDB by running the program `gdb'.  Once started, GDB reads
commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
   You can also run `gdb' with a variety of arguments and options, to
   You can also run `gdb' with a variety of arguments and options, to
specify more of your debugging environment at the outset.
specify more of your debugging environment at the outset.
   The command-line options described here are designed to cover a
   The command-line options described here are designed to cover a
variety of situations; in some environments, some of these options may
variety of situations; in some environments, some of these options may
effectively be unavailable.
effectively be unavailable.
   The most usual way to start GDB is with one argument, specifying an
   The most usual way to start GDB is with one argument, specifying an
executable program:
executable program:
     gdb PROGRAM
     gdb PROGRAM
You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
specified:
specified:
     gdb PROGRAM CORE
     gdb PROGRAM CORE
   You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you
   You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you
want to debug a running process:
want to debug a running process:
     gdb PROGRAM 1234
     gdb PROGRAM 1234
would attach GDB to process `1234' (unless you also have a file named
would attach GDB to process `1234' (unless you also have a file named
`1234'; GDB does check for a core file first).
`1234'; GDB does check for a core file first).
   Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a
   Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a
fairly complete operating system; when you use GDB as a remote debugger
fairly complete operating system; when you use GDB as a remote debugger
attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of "process", and
attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of "process", and
there is often no way to get a core dump.  GDB will warn you if it is
there is often no way to get a core dump.  GDB will warn you if it is
unable to attach or to read core dumps.
unable to attach or to read core dumps.
   You can optionally have `gdb' pass any arguments after the
   You can optionally have `gdb' pass any arguments after the
executable file to the inferior using `--args'.  This option stops
executable file to the inferior using `--args'.  This option stops
option processing.
option processing.
     gdb --args gcc -O2 -c foo.c
     gdb --args gcc -O2 -c foo.c
   This will cause `gdb' to debug `gcc', and to set `gcc''s
   This will cause `gdb' to debug `gcc', and to set `gcc''s
command-line arguments (*note Arguments::) to `-O2 -c foo.c'.
command-line arguments (*note Arguments::) to `-O2 -c foo.c'.
   You can run `gdb' without printing the front material, which
   You can run `gdb' without printing the front material, which
describes GDB's non-warranty, by specifying `-silent':
describes GDB's non-warranty, by specifying `-silent':
     gdb -silent
     gdb -silent
You can further control how GDB starts up by using command-line
You can further control how GDB starts up by using command-line
options.  GDB itself can remind you of the options available.
options.  GDB itself can remind you of the options available.
Type
Type
     gdb -help
     gdb -help
to display all available options and briefly describe their use (`gdb
to display all available options and briefly describe their use (`gdb
-h' is a shorter equivalent).
-h' is a shorter equivalent).
   All options and command line arguments you give are processed in
   All options and command line arguments you give are processed in
sequential order.  The order makes a difference when the `-x' option is
sequential order.  The order makes a difference when the `-x' option is
used.
used.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* File Options::                Choosing files
* File Options::                Choosing files
* Mode Options::                Choosing modes
* Mode Options::                Choosing modes
* Startup::                     What GDB does during startup
* Startup::                     What GDB does during startup


File: gdb.info,  Node: File Options,  Next: Mode Options,  Up: Invoking GDB
File: gdb.info,  Node: File Options,  Next: Mode Options,  Up: Invoking GDB
2.1.1 Choosing Files
2.1.1 Choosing Files
--------------------
--------------------
When GDB starts, it reads any arguments other than options as
When GDB starts, it reads any arguments other than options as
specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID).  This is
specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID).  This is
the same as if the arguments were specified by the `-se' and `-c' (or
the same as if the arguments were specified by the `-se' and `-c' (or
`-p') options respectively.  (GDB reads the first argument that does
`-p') options respectively.  (GDB reads the first argument that does
not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the `-se' option
not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the `-se' option
followed by that argument; and the second argument that does not have
followed by that argument; and the second argument that does not have
an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to the `-c'/`-p'
an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to the `-c'/`-p'
option followed by that argument.)  If the second argument begins with
option followed by that argument.)  If the second argument begins with
a decimal digit, GDB will first attempt to attach to it as a process,
a decimal digit, GDB will first attempt to attach to it as a process,
and if that fails, attempt to open it as a corefile.  If you have a
and if that fails, attempt to open it as a corefile.  If you have a
corefile whose name begins with a digit, you can prevent GDB from
corefile whose name begins with a digit, you can prevent GDB from
treating it as a pid by prefixing it with `./', e.g. `./12345'.
treating it as a pid by prefixing it with `./', e.g. `./12345'.
   If GDB has not been configured to included core file support, such
   If GDB has not been configured to included core file support, such
as for most embedded targets, then it will complain about a second
as for most embedded targets, then it will complain about a second
argument and ignore it.
argument and ignore it.
   Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the
   Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the
following list.  GDB also recognizes the long forms if you truncate
following list.  GDB also recognizes the long forms if you truncate
them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous.
them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous.
(If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with `--' rather than
(If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with `--' rather than
`-', though we illustrate the more usual convention.)
`-', though we illustrate the more usual convention.)
`-symbols FILE'
`-symbols FILE'
`-s FILE'
`-s FILE'
     Read symbol table from file FILE.
     Read symbol table from file FILE.
`-exec FILE'
`-exec FILE'
`-e FILE'
`-e FILE'
     Use file FILE as the executable file to execute when appropriate,
     Use file FILE as the executable file to execute when appropriate,
     and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core dump.
     and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core dump.
`-se FILE'
`-se FILE'
     Read symbol table from file FILE and use it as the executable file.
     Read symbol table from file FILE and use it as the executable file.
`-core FILE'
`-core FILE'
`-c FILE'
`-c FILE'
     Use file FILE as a core dump to examine.
     Use file FILE as a core dump to examine.
`-pid NUMBER'
`-pid NUMBER'
`-p NUMBER'
`-p NUMBER'
     Connect to process ID NUMBER, as with the `attach' command.
     Connect to process ID NUMBER, as with the `attach' command.
`-command FILE'
`-command FILE'
`-x FILE'
`-x FILE'
     Execute commands from file FILE.  The contents of this file is
     Execute commands from file FILE.  The contents of this file is
     evaluated exactly as the `source' command would.  *Note Command
     evaluated exactly as the `source' command would.  *Note Command
     files: Command Files.
     files: Command Files.
`-eval-command COMMAND'
`-eval-command COMMAND'
`-ex COMMAND'
`-ex COMMAND'
     Execute a single GDB command.
     Execute a single GDB command.
     This option may be used multiple times to call multiple commands.
     This option may be used multiple times to call multiple commands.
     It may also be interleaved with `-command' as required.
     It may also be interleaved with `-command' as required.
          gdb -ex 'target sim' -ex 'load' \
          gdb -ex 'target sim' -ex 'load' \
             -x setbreakpoints -ex 'run' a.out
             -x setbreakpoints -ex 'run' a.out
`-directory DIRECTORY'
`-directory DIRECTORY'
`-d DIRECTORY'
`-d DIRECTORY'
     Add DIRECTORY to the path to search for source and script files.
     Add DIRECTORY to the path to search for source and script files.
`-r'
`-r'
`-readnow'
`-readnow'
     Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather
     Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather
     than the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is
     than the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is
     needed.  This makes startup slower, but makes future operations
     needed.  This makes startup slower, but makes future operations
     faster.
     faster.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Mode Options,  Next: Startup,  Prev: File Options,  Up: Invoking GDB
File: gdb.info,  Node: Mode Options,  Next: Startup,  Prev: File Options,  Up: Invoking GDB
2.1.2 Choosing Modes
2.1.2 Choosing Modes
--------------------
--------------------
You can run GDB in various alternative modes--for example, in batch
You can run GDB in various alternative modes--for example, in batch
mode or quiet mode.
mode or quiet mode.
`-nx'
`-nx'
`-n'
`-n'
     Do not execute commands found in any initialization files.
     Do not execute commands found in any initialization files.
     Normally, GDB executes the commands in these files after all the
     Normally, GDB executes the commands in these files after all the
     command options and arguments have been processed.  *Note Command
     command options and arguments have been processed.  *Note Command
     Files: Command Files.
     Files: Command Files.
`-quiet'
`-quiet'
`-silent'
`-silent'
`-q'
`-q'
     "Quiet".  Do not print the introductory and copyright messages.
     "Quiet".  Do not print the introductory and copyright messages.
     These messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
     These messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
`-batch'
`-batch'
     Run in batch mode.  Exit with status `0' after processing all the
     Run in batch mode.  Exit with status `0' after processing all the
     command files specified with `-x' (and all commands from
     command files specified with `-x' (and all commands from
     initialization files, if not inhibited with `-n').  Exit with
     initialization files, if not inhibited with `-n').  Exit with
     nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the GDB commands in
     nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the GDB commands in
     the command files.  Batch mode also disables pagination, sets
     the command files.  Batch mode also disables pagination, sets
     unlimited terminal width and height *note Screen Size::, and acts
     unlimited terminal width and height *note Screen Size::, and acts
     as if `set confirm off' were in effect (*note Messages/Warnings::).
     as if `set confirm off' were in effect (*note Messages/Warnings::).
     Batch mode may be useful for running GDB as a filter, for example
     Batch mode may be useful for running GDB as a filter, for example
     to download and run a program on another computer; in order to
     to download and run a program on another computer; in order to
     make this more useful, the message
     make this more useful, the message
          Program exited normally.
          Program exited normally.
     (which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under GDB
     (which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under GDB
     control terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
     control terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
`-batch-silent'
`-batch-silent'
     Run in batch mode exactly like `-batch', but totally silently.  All
     Run in batch mode exactly like `-batch', but totally silently.  All
     GDB output to `stdout' is prevented (`stderr' is unaffected).
     GDB output to `stdout' is prevented (`stderr' is unaffected).
     This is much quieter than `-silent' and would be useless for an
     This is much quieter than `-silent' and would be useless for an
     interactive session.
     interactive session.
     This is particularly useful when using targets that give `Loading
     This is particularly useful when using targets that give `Loading
     section' messages, for example.
     section' messages, for example.
     Note that targets that give their output via GDB, as opposed to
     Note that targets that give their output via GDB, as opposed to
     writing directly to `stdout', will also be made silent.
     writing directly to `stdout', will also be made silent.
`-return-child-result'
`-return-child-result'
     The return code from GDB will be the return code from the child
     The return code from GDB will be the return code from the child
     process (the process being debugged), with the following
     process (the process being debugged), with the following
     exceptions:
     exceptions:
        * GDB exits abnormally.  E.g., due to an incorrect argument or
        * GDB exits abnormally.  E.g., due to an incorrect argument or
          an internal error.  In this case the exit code is the same as
          an internal error.  In this case the exit code is the same as
          it would have been without `-return-child-result'.
          it would have been without `-return-child-result'.
        * The user quits with an explicit value.  E.g., `quit 1'.
        * The user quits with an explicit value.  E.g., `quit 1'.
        * The child process never runs, or is not allowed to terminate,
        * The child process never runs, or is not allowed to terminate,
          in which case the exit code will be -1.
          in which case the exit code will be -1.
     This option is useful in conjunction with `-batch' or
     This option is useful in conjunction with `-batch' or
     `-batch-silent', when GDB is being used as a remote program loader
     `-batch-silent', when GDB is being used as a remote program loader
     or simulator interface.
     or simulator interface.
`-nowindows'
`-nowindows'
`-nw'
`-nw'
     "No windows".  If GDB comes with a graphical user interface (GUI)
     "No windows".  If GDB comes with a graphical user interface (GUI)
     built in, then this option tells GDB to only use the command-line
     built in, then this option tells GDB to only use the command-line
     interface.  If no GUI is available, this option has no effect.
     interface.  If no GUI is available, this option has no effect.
`-windows'
`-windows'
`-w'
`-w'
     If GDB includes a GUI, then this option requires it to be used if
     If GDB includes a GUI, then this option requires it to be used if
     possible.
     possible.
`-cd DIRECTORY'
`-cd DIRECTORY'
     Run GDB using DIRECTORY as its working directory, instead of the
     Run GDB using DIRECTORY as its working directory, instead of the
     current directory.
     current directory.
`-fullname'
`-fullname'
`-f'
`-f'
     GNU Emacs sets this option when it runs GDB as a subprocess.  It
     GNU Emacs sets this option when it runs GDB as a subprocess.  It
     tells GDB to output the full file name and line number in a
     tells GDB to output the full file name and line number in a
     standard, recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is
     standard, recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is
     displayed (which includes each time your program stops).  This
     displayed (which includes each time your program stops).  This
     recognizable format looks like two `\032' characters, followed by
     recognizable format looks like two `\032' characters, followed by
     the file name, line number and character position separated by
     the file name, line number and character position separated by
     colons, and a newline.  The Emacs-to-GDB interface program uses
     colons, and a newline.  The Emacs-to-GDB interface program uses
     the two `\032' characters as a signal to display the source code
     the two `\032' characters as a signal to display the source code
     for the frame.
     for the frame.
`-epoch'
`-epoch'
     The Epoch Emacs-GDB interface sets this option when it runs GDB as
     The Epoch Emacs-GDB interface sets this option when it runs GDB as
     a subprocess.  It tells GDB to modify its print routines so as to
     a subprocess.  It tells GDB to modify its print routines so as to
     allow Epoch to display values of expressions in a separate window.
     allow Epoch to display values of expressions in a separate window.
`-annotate LEVEL'
`-annotate LEVEL'
     This option sets the "annotation level" inside GDB.  Its effect is
     This option sets the "annotation level" inside GDB.  Its effect is
     identical to using `set annotate LEVEL' (*note Annotations::).
     identical to using `set annotate LEVEL' (*note Annotations::).
     The annotation LEVEL controls how much information GDB prints
     The annotation LEVEL controls how much information GDB prints
     together with its prompt, values of expressions, source lines, and
     together with its prompt, values of expressions, source lines, and
     other types of output.  Level 0 is the normal, level 1 is for use
     other types of output.  Level 0 is the normal, level 1 is for use
     when GDB is run as a subprocess of GNU Emacs, level 3 is the
     when GDB is run as a subprocess of GNU Emacs, level 3 is the
     maximum annotation suitable for programs that control GDB, and
     maximum annotation suitable for programs that control GDB, and
     level 2 has been deprecated.
     level 2 has been deprecated.
     The annotation mechanism has largely been superseded by GDB/MI
     The annotation mechanism has largely been superseded by GDB/MI
     (*note GDB/MI::).
     (*note GDB/MI::).
`--args'
`--args'
     Change interpretation of command line so that arguments following
     Change interpretation of command line so that arguments following
     the executable file are passed as command line arguments to the
     the executable file are passed as command line arguments to the
     inferior.  This option stops option processing.
     inferior.  This option stops option processing.
`-baud BPS'
`-baud BPS'
`-b BPS'
`-b BPS'
     Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
     Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
     interface used by GDB for remote debugging.
     interface used by GDB for remote debugging.
`-l TIMEOUT'
`-l TIMEOUT'
     Set the timeout (in seconds) of any communication used by GDB for
     Set the timeout (in seconds) of any communication used by GDB for
     remote debugging.
     remote debugging.
`-tty DEVICE'
`-tty DEVICE'
`-t DEVICE'
`-t DEVICE'
     Run using DEVICE for your program's standard input and output.
     Run using DEVICE for your program's standard input and output.
`-tui'
`-tui'
     Activate the "Text User Interface" when starting.  The Text User
     Activate the "Text User Interface" when starting.  The Text User
     Interface manages several text windows on the terminal, showing
     Interface manages several text windows on the terminal, showing
     source, assembly, registers and GDB command outputs (*note GDB
     source, assembly, registers and GDB command outputs (*note GDB
     Text User Interface: TUI.).  Alternatively, the Text User
     Text User Interface: TUI.).  Alternatively, the Text User
     Interface can be enabled by invoking the program `gdbtui'.  Do not
     Interface can be enabled by invoking the program `gdbtui'.  Do not
     use this option if you run GDB from Emacs (*note Using GDB under
     use this option if you run GDB from Emacs (*note Using GDB under
     GNU Emacs: Emacs.).
     GNU Emacs: Emacs.).
`-interpreter INTERP'
`-interpreter INTERP'
     Use the interpreter INTERP for interface with the controlling
     Use the interpreter INTERP for interface with the controlling
     program or device.  This option is meant to be set by programs
     program or device.  This option is meant to be set by programs
     which communicate with GDB using it as a back end.  *Note Command
     which communicate with GDB using it as a back end.  *Note Command
     Interpreters: Interpreters.
     Interpreters: Interpreters.
     `--interpreter=mi' (or `--interpreter=mi2') causes GDB to use the
     `--interpreter=mi' (or `--interpreter=mi2') causes GDB to use the
     "GDB/MI interface" (*note The GDB/MI Interface: GDB/MI.) included
     "GDB/MI interface" (*note The GDB/MI Interface: GDB/MI.) included
     since GDB version 6.0.  The previous GDB/MI interface, included in
     since GDB version 6.0.  The previous GDB/MI interface, included in
     GDB version 5.3 and selected with `--interpreter=mi1', is
     GDB version 5.3 and selected with `--interpreter=mi1', is
     deprecated.  Earlier GDB/MI interfaces are no longer supported.
     deprecated.  Earlier GDB/MI interfaces are no longer supported.
`-write'
`-write'
     Open the executable and core files for both reading and writing.
     Open the executable and core files for both reading and writing.
     This is equivalent to the `set write on' command inside GDB (*note
     This is equivalent to the `set write on' command inside GDB (*note
     Patching::).
     Patching::).
`-statistics'
`-statistics'
     This option causes GDB to print statistics about time and memory
     This option causes GDB to print statistics about time and memory
     usage after it completes each command and returns to the prompt.
     usage after it completes each command and returns to the prompt.
`-version'
`-version'
     This option causes GDB to print its version number and no-warranty
     This option causes GDB to print its version number and no-warranty
     blurb, and exit.
     blurb, and exit.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Startup,  Prev: Mode Options,  Up: Invoking GDB
File: gdb.info,  Node: Startup,  Prev: Mode Options,  Up: Invoking GDB
2.1.3 What GDB Does During Startup
2.1.3 What GDB Does During Startup
----------------------------------
----------------------------------
Here's the description of what GDB does during session startup:
Here's the description of what GDB does during session startup:
  1. Sets up the command interpreter as specified by the command line
  1. Sets up the command interpreter as specified by the command line
     (*note interpreter: Mode Options.).
     (*note interpreter: Mode Options.).
  2. Reads the system-wide "init file" (if `--with-system-gdbinit' was
  2. Reads the system-wide "init file" (if `--with-system-gdbinit' was
     used when building GDB; *note System-wide configuration and
     used when building GDB; *note System-wide configuration and
     settings: System-wide configuration.) and executes all the
     settings: System-wide configuration.) and executes all the
     commands in that file.
     commands in that file.
  3. Reads the init file (if any) in your home directory(1) and
  3. Reads the init file (if any) in your home directory(1) and
     executes all the commands in that file.
     executes all the commands in that file.
  4. Processes command line options and operands.
  4. Processes command line options and operands.
  5. Reads and executes the commands from init file (if any) in the
  5. Reads and executes the commands from init file (if any) in the
     current working directory.  This is only done if the current
     current working directory.  This is only done if the current
     directory is different from your home directory.  Thus, you can
     directory is different from your home directory.  Thus, you can
     have more than one init file, one generic in your home directory,
     have more than one init file, one generic in your home directory,
     and another, specific to the program you are debugging, in the
     and another, specific to the program you are debugging, in the
     directory where you invoke GDB.
     directory where you invoke GDB.
  6. Reads command files specified by the `-x' option.  *Note Command
  6. Reads command files specified by the `-x' option.  *Note Command
     Files::, for more details about GDB command files.
     Files::, for more details about GDB command files.
  7. Reads the command history recorded in the "history file".  *Note
  7. Reads the command history recorded in the "history file".  *Note
     Command History::, for more details about the command history and
     Command History::, for more details about the command history and
     the files where GDB records it.
     the files where GDB records it.
   Init files use the same syntax as "command files" (*note Command
   Init files use the same syntax as "command files" (*note Command
Files::) and are processed by GDB in the same way.  The init file in
Files::) and are processed by GDB in the same way.  The init file in
your home directory can set options (such as `set complaints') that
your home directory can set options (such as `set complaints') that
affect subsequent processing of command line options and operands.
affect subsequent processing of command line options and operands.
Init files are not executed if you use the `-nx' option (*note Choosing
Init files are not executed if you use the `-nx' option (*note Choosing
Modes: Mode Options.).
Modes: Mode Options.).
   To display the list of init files loaded by gdb at startup, you can
   To display the list of init files loaded by gdb at startup, you can
use `gdb --help'.
use `gdb --help'.
   The GDB init files are normally called `.gdbinit'.  The DJGPP port
   The GDB init files are normally called `.gdbinit'.  The DJGPP port
of GDB uses the name `gdb.ini', due to the limitations of file names
of GDB uses the name `gdb.ini', due to the limitations of file names
imposed by DOS filesystems.  The Windows ports of GDB use the standard
imposed by DOS filesystems.  The Windows ports of GDB use the standard
name, but if they find a `gdb.ini' file, they warn you about that and
name, but if they find a `gdb.ini' file, they warn you about that and
suggest to rename the file to the standard name.
suggest to rename the file to the standard name.
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) On DOS/Windows systems, the home directory is the one pointed to
   (1) On DOS/Windows systems, the home directory is the one pointed to
by the `HOME' environment variable.
by the `HOME' environment variable.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Quitting GDB,  Next: Shell Commands,  Prev: Invoking GDB,  Up: Invocation
File: gdb.info,  Node: Quitting GDB,  Next: Shell Commands,  Prev: Invoking GDB,  Up: Invocation
2.2 Quitting GDB
2.2 Quitting GDB
================
================
`quit [EXPRESSION]'
`quit [EXPRESSION]'
`q'
`q'
     To exit GDB, use the `quit' command (abbreviated `q'), or type an
     To exit GDB, use the `quit' command (abbreviated `q'), or type an
     end-of-file character (usually `Ctrl-d').  If you do not supply
     end-of-file character (usually `Ctrl-d').  If you do not supply
     EXPRESSION, GDB will terminate normally; otherwise it will
     EXPRESSION, GDB will terminate normally; otherwise it will
     terminate using the result of EXPRESSION as the error code.
     terminate using the result of EXPRESSION as the error code.
   An interrupt (often `Ctrl-c') does not exit from GDB, but rather
   An interrupt (often `Ctrl-c') does not exit from GDB, but rather
terminates the action of any GDB command that is in progress and
terminates the action of any GDB command that is in progress and
returns to GDB command level.  It is safe to type the interrupt
returns to GDB command level.  It is safe to type the interrupt
character at any time because GDB does not allow it to take effect
character at any time because GDB does not allow it to take effect
until a time when it is safe.
until a time when it is safe.
   If you have been using GDB to control an attached process or device,
   If you have been using GDB to control an attached process or device,
you can release it with the `detach' command (*note Debugging an
you can release it with the `detach' command (*note Debugging an
Already-running Process: Attach.).
Already-running Process: Attach.).


File: gdb.info,  Node: Shell Commands,  Next: Logging Output,  Prev: Quitting GDB,  Up: Invocation
File: gdb.info,  Node: Shell Commands,  Next: Logging Output,  Prev: Quitting GDB,  Up: Invocation
2.3 Shell Commands
2.3 Shell Commands
==================
==================
If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your debugging
If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your debugging
session, there is no need to leave or suspend GDB; you can just use the
session, there is no need to leave or suspend GDB; you can just use the
`shell' command.
`shell' command.
`shell COMMAND STRING'
`shell COMMAND STRING'
     Invoke a standard shell to execute COMMAND STRING.  If it exists,
     Invoke a standard shell to execute COMMAND STRING.  If it exists,
     the environment variable `SHELL' determines which shell to run.
     the environment variable `SHELL' determines which shell to run.
     Otherwise GDB uses the default shell (`/bin/sh' on Unix systems,
     Otherwise GDB uses the default shell (`/bin/sh' on Unix systems,
     `COMMAND.COM' on MS-DOS, etc.).
     `COMMAND.COM' on MS-DOS, etc.).
   The utility `make' is often needed in development environments.  You
   The utility `make' is often needed in development environments.  You
do not have to use the `shell' command for this purpose in GDB:
do not have to use the `shell' command for this purpose in GDB:
`make MAKE-ARGS'
`make MAKE-ARGS'
     Execute the `make' program with the specified arguments.  This is
     Execute the `make' program with the specified arguments.  This is
     equivalent to `shell make MAKE-ARGS'.
     equivalent to `shell make MAKE-ARGS'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Logging Output,  Prev: Shell Commands,  Up: Invocation
File: gdb.info,  Node: Logging Output,  Prev: Shell Commands,  Up: Invocation
2.4 Logging Output
2.4 Logging Output
==================
==================
You may want to save the output of GDB commands to a file.  There are
You may want to save the output of GDB commands to a file.  There are
several commands to control GDB's logging.
several commands to control GDB's logging.
`set logging on'
`set logging on'
     Enable logging.
     Enable logging.
`set logging off'
`set logging off'
     Disable logging.
     Disable logging.
`set logging file FILE'
`set logging file FILE'
     Change the name of the current logfile.  The default logfile is
     Change the name of the current logfile.  The default logfile is
     `gdb.txt'.
     `gdb.txt'.
`set logging overwrite [on|off]'
`set logging overwrite [on|off]'
     By default, GDB will append to the logfile.  Set `overwrite' if
     By default, GDB will append to the logfile.  Set `overwrite' if
     you want `set logging on' to overwrite the logfile instead.
     you want `set logging on' to overwrite the logfile instead.
`set logging redirect [on|off]'
`set logging redirect [on|off]'
     By default, GDB output will go to both the terminal and the
     By default, GDB output will go to both the terminal and the
     logfile.  Set `redirect' if you want output to go only to the log
     logfile.  Set `redirect' if you want output to go only to the log
     file.
     file.
`show logging'
`show logging'
     Show the current values of the logging settings.
     Show the current values of the logging settings.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands,  Next: Running,  Prev: Invocation,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands,  Next: Running,  Prev: Invocation,  Up: Top
3 GDB Commands
3 GDB Commands
**************
**************
You can abbreviate a GDB command to the first few letters of the command
You can abbreviate a GDB command to the first few letters of the command
name, if that abbreviation is unambiguous; and you can repeat certain
name, if that abbreviation is unambiguous; and you can repeat certain
GDB commands by typing just .  You can also use the  key to
GDB commands by typing just .  You can also use the  key to
get GDB to fill out the rest of a word in a command (or to show you the
get GDB to fill out the rest of a word in a command (or to show you the
alternatives available, if there is more than one possibility).
alternatives available, if there is more than one possibility).
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Command Syntax::              How to give commands to GDB
* Command Syntax::              How to give commands to GDB
* Completion::                  Command completion
* Completion::                  Command completion
* Help::                        How to ask GDB for help
* Help::                        How to ask GDB for help


File: gdb.info,  Node: Command Syntax,  Next: Completion,  Up: Commands
File: gdb.info,  Node: Command Syntax,  Next: Completion,  Up: Commands
3.1 Command Syntax
3.1 Command Syntax
==================
==================
A GDB command is a single line of input.  There is no limit on how long
A GDB command is a single line of input.  There is no limit on how long
it can be.  It starts with a command name, which is followed by
it can be.  It starts with a command name, which is followed by
arguments whose meaning depends on the command name.  For example, the
arguments whose meaning depends on the command name.  For example, the
command `step' accepts an argument which is the number of times to
command `step' accepts an argument which is the number of times to
step, as in `step 5'.  You can also use the `step' command with no
step, as in `step 5'.  You can also use the `step' command with no
arguments.  Some commands do not allow any arguments.
arguments.  Some commands do not allow any arguments.
   GDB command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
   GDB command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
unambiguous.  Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
unambiguous.  Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
documentation for individual commands.  In some cases, even ambiguous
documentation for individual commands.  In some cases, even ambiguous
abbreviations are allowed; for example, `s' is specially defined as
abbreviations are allowed; for example, `s' is specially defined as
equivalent to `step' even though there are other commands whose names
equivalent to `step' even though there are other commands whose names
start with `s'.  You can test abbreviations by using them as arguments
start with `s'.  You can test abbreviations by using them as arguments
to the `help' command.
to the `help' command.
   A blank line as input to GDB (typing just ) means to repeat the
   A blank line as input to GDB (typing just ) means to repeat the
previous command.  Certain commands (for example, `run') will not
previous command.  Certain commands (for example, `run') will not
repeat this way; these are commands whose unintentional repetition
repeat this way; these are commands whose unintentional repetition
might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to repeat.
might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to repeat.
User-defined commands can disable this feature; see *note dont-repeat:
User-defined commands can disable this feature; see *note dont-repeat:
Define.
Define.
   The `list' and `x' commands, when you repeat them with ,
   The `list' and `x' commands, when you repeat them with ,
construct new arguments rather than repeating exactly as typed.  This
construct new arguments rather than repeating exactly as typed.  This
permits easy scanning of source or memory.
permits easy scanning of source or memory.
   GDB can also use  in another way: to partition lengthy output,
   GDB can also use  in another way: to partition lengthy output,
in a way similar to the common utility `more' (*note Screen Size:
in a way similar to the common utility `more' (*note Screen Size:
Screen Size.).  Since it is easy to press one  too many in this
Screen Size.).  Since it is easy to press one  too many in this
situation, GDB disables command repetition after any command that
situation, GDB disables command repetition after any command that
generates this sort of display.
generates this sort of display.
   Any text from a `#' to the end of the line is a comment; it does
   Any text from a `#' to the end of the line is a comment; it does
nothing.  This is useful mainly in command files (*note Command Files:
nothing.  This is useful mainly in command files (*note Command Files:
Command Files.).
Command Files.).
   The `Ctrl-o' binding is useful for repeating a complex sequence of
   The `Ctrl-o' binding is useful for repeating a complex sequence of
commands.  This command accepts the current line, like , and then
commands.  This command accepts the current line, like , and then
fetches the next line relative to the current line from the history for
fetches the next line relative to the current line from the history for
editing.
editing.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Completion,  Next: Help,  Prev: Command Syntax,  Up: Commands
File: gdb.info,  Node: Completion,  Next: Help,  Prev: Command Syntax,  Up: Commands
3.2 Command Completion
3.2 Command Completion
======================
======================
GDB can fill in the rest of a word in a command for you, if there is
GDB can fill in the rest of a word in a command for you, if there is
only one possibility; it can also show you what the valid possibilities
only one possibility; it can also show you what the valid possibilities
are for the next word in a command, at any time.  This works for GDB
are for the next word in a command, at any time.  This works for GDB
commands, GDB subcommands, and the names of symbols in your program.
commands, GDB subcommands, and the names of symbols in your program.
   Press the  key whenever you want GDB to fill out the rest of a
   Press the  key whenever you want GDB to fill out the rest of a
word.  If there is only one possibility, GDB fills in the word, and
word.  If there is only one possibility, GDB fills in the word, and
waits for you to finish the command (or press  to enter it).  For
waits for you to finish the command (or press  to enter it).  For
example, if you type
example, if you type
     (gdb) info bre 
     (gdb) info bre 
GDB fills in the rest of the word `breakpoints', since that is the only
GDB fills in the rest of the word `breakpoints', since that is the only
`info' subcommand beginning with `bre':
`info' subcommand beginning with `bre':
     (gdb) info breakpoints
     (gdb) info breakpoints
You can either press  at this point, to run the `info breakpoints'
You can either press  at this point, to run the `info breakpoints'
command, or backspace and enter something else, if `breakpoints' does
command, or backspace and enter something else, if `breakpoints' does
not look like the command you expected.  (If you were sure you wanted
not look like the command you expected.  (If you were sure you wanted
`info breakpoints' in the first place, you might as well just type
`info breakpoints' in the first place, you might as well just type
 immediately after `info bre', to exploit command abbreviations
 immediately after `info bre', to exploit command abbreviations
rather than command completion).
rather than command completion).
   If there is more than one possibility for the next word when you
   If there is more than one possibility for the next word when you
press , GDB sounds a bell.  You can either supply more characters
press , GDB sounds a bell.  You can either supply more characters
and try again, or just press  a second time; GDB displays all the
and try again, or just press  a second time; GDB displays all the
possible completions for that word.  For example, you might want to set
possible completions for that word.  For example, you might want to set
a breakpoint on a subroutine whose name begins with `make_', but when
a breakpoint on a subroutine whose name begins with `make_', but when
you type `b make_' GDB just sounds the bell.  Typing  again
you type `b make_' GDB just sounds the bell.  Typing  again
displays all the function names in your program that begin with those
displays all the function names in your program that begin with those
characters, for example:
characters, for example:
     (gdb) b make_ 
     (gdb) b make_ 
GDB sounds bell; press  again, to see:
GDB sounds bell; press  again, to see:
     make_a_section_from_file     make_environ
     make_a_section_from_file     make_environ
     make_abs_section             make_function_type
     make_abs_section             make_function_type
     make_blockvector             make_pointer_type
     make_blockvector             make_pointer_type
     make_cleanup                 make_reference_type
     make_cleanup                 make_reference_type
     make_command                 make_symbol_completion_list
     make_command                 make_symbol_completion_list
     (gdb) b make_
     (gdb) b make_
After displaying the available possibilities, GDB copies your partial
After displaying the available possibilities, GDB copies your partial
input (`b make_' in the example) so you can finish the command.
input (`b make_' in the example) so you can finish the command.
   If you just want to see the list of alternatives in the first place,
   If you just want to see the list of alternatives in the first place,
you can press `M-?' rather than pressing  twice.  `M-?' means
you can press `M-?' rather than pressing  twice.  `M-?' means
` ?'.  You can type this either by holding down a key designated
` ?'.  You can type this either by holding down a key designated
as the  shift on your keyboard (if there is one) while typing
as the  shift on your keyboard (if there is one) while typing
`?', or as  followed by `?'.
`?', or as  followed by `?'.
   Sometimes the string you need, while logically a "word", may contain
   Sometimes the string you need, while logically a "word", may contain
parentheses or other characters that GDB normally excludes from its
parentheses or other characters that GDB normally excludes from its
notion of a word.  To permit word completion to work in this situation,
notion of a word.  To permit word completion to work in this situation,
you may enclose words in `'' (single quote marks) in GDB commands.
you may enclose words in `'' (single quote marks) in GDB commands.
   The most likely situation where you might need this is in typing the
   The most likely situation where you might need this is in typing the
name of a C++ function.  This is because C++ allows function
name of a C++ function.  This is because C++ allows function
overloading (multiple definitions of the same function, distinguished
overloading (multiple definitions of the same function, distinguished
by argument type).  For example, when you want to set a breakpoint you
by argument type).  For example, when you want to set a breakpoint you
may need to distinguish whether you mean the version of `name' that
may need to distinguish whether you mean the version of `name' that
takes an `int' parameter, `name(int)', or the version that takes a
takes an `int' parameter, `name(int)', or the version that takes a
`float' parameter, `name(float)'.  To use the word-completion
`float' parameter, `name(float)'.  To use the word-completion
facilities in this situation, type a single quote `'' at the beginning
facilities in this situation, type a single quote `'' at the beginning
of the function name.  This alerts GDB that it may need to consider
of the function name.  This alerts GDB that it may need to consider
more information than usual when you press  or `M-?' to request
more information than usual when you press  or `M-?' to request
word completion:
word completion:
     (gdb) b 'bubble( M-?
     (gdb) b 'bubble( M-?
     bubble(double,double)    bubble(int,int)
     bubble(double,double)    bubble(int,int)
     (gdb) b 'bubble(
     (gdb) b 'bubble(
   In some cases, GDB can tell that completing a name requires using
   In some cases, GDB can tell that completing a name requires using
quotes.  When this happens, GDB inserts the quote for you (while
quotes.  When this happens, GDB inserts the quote for you (while
completing as much as it can) if you do not type the quote in the first
completing as much as it can) if you do not type the quote in the first
place:
place:
     (gdb) b bub 
     (gdb) b bub 
GDB alters your input line to the following, and rings a bell:
GDB alters your input line to the following, and rings a bell:
     (gdb) b 'bubble(
     (gdb) b 'bubble(
In general, GDB can tell that a quote is needed (and inserts it) if you
In general, GDB can tell that a quote is needed (and inserts it) if you
have not yet started typing the argument list when you ask for
have not yet started typing the argument list when you ask for
completion on an overloaded symbol.
completion on an overloaded symbol.
   For more information about overloaded functions, see *note C++
   For more information about overloaded functions, see *note C++
Expressions: C Plus Plus Expressions.  You can use the command `set
Expressions: C Plus Plus Expressions.  You can use the command `set
overload-resolution off' to disable overload resolution; see *note GDB
overload-resolution off' to disable overload resolution; see *note GDB
Features for C++: Debugging C Plus Plus.
Features for C++: Debugging C Plus Plus.
   When completing in an expression which looks up a field in a
   When completing in an expression which looks up a field in a
structure, GDB also tries(1) to limit completions to the field names
structure, GDB also tries(1) to limit completions to the field names
available in the type of the left-hand-side:
available in the type of the left-hand-side:
     (gdb) p gdb_stdout.M-?
     (gdb) p gdb_stdout.M-?
     magic      to_delete  to_fputs   to_put     to_rewind
     magic      to_delete  to_fputs   to_put     to_rewind
     to_data    to_flush   to_isatty  to_read    to_write
     to_data    to_flush   to_isatty  to_read    to_write
This is because the `gdb_stdout' is a variable of the type `struct
This is because the `gdb_stdout' is a variable of the type `struct
ui_file' that is defined in GDB sources as follows:
ui_file' that is defined in GDB sources as follows:
     struct ui_file
     struct ui_file
     {
     {
        int *magic;
        int *magic;
        ui_file_flush_ftype *to_flush;
        ui_file_flush_ftype *to_flush;
        ui_file_write_ftype *to_write;
        ui_file_write_ftype *to_write;
        ui_file_fputs_ftype *to_fputs;
        ui_file_fputs_ftype *to_fputs;
        ui_file_read_ftype *to_read;
        ui_file_read_ftype *to_read;
        ui_file_delete_ftype *to_delete;
        ui_file_delete_ftype *to_delete;
        ui_file_isatty_ftype *to_isatty;
        ui_file_isatty_ftype *to_isatty;
        ui_file_rewind_ftype *to_rewind;
        ui_file_rewind_ftype *to_rewind;
        ui_file_put_ftype *to_put;
        ui_file_put_ftype *to_put;
        void *to_data;
        void *to_data;
     }
     }
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) The completer can be confused by certain kinds of invalid
   (1) The completer can be confused by certain kinds of invalid
expressions.  Also, it only examines the static type of the expression,
expressions.  Also, it only examines the static type of the expression,
not the dynamic type.
not the dynamic type.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Help,  Prev: Completion,  Up: Commands
File: gdb.info,  Node: Help,  Prev: Completion,  Up: Commands
3.3 Getting Help
3.3 Getting Help
================
================
You can always ask GDB itself for information on its commands, using
You can always ask GDB itself for information on its commands, using
the command `help'.
the command `help'.
`help'
`help'
`h'
`h'
     You can use `help' (abbreviated `h') with no arguments to display
     You can use `help' (abbreviated `h') with no arguments to display
     a short list of named classes of commands:
     a short list of named classes of commands:
          (gdb) help
          (gdb) help
          List of classes of commands:
          List of classes of commands:
          aliases -- Aliases of other commands
          aliases -- Aliases of other commands
          breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
          breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
          data -- Examining data
          data -- Examining data
          files -- Specifying and examining files
          files -- Specifying and examining files
          internals -- Maintenance commands
          internals -- Maintenance commands
          obscure -- Obscure features
          obscure -- Obscure features
          running -- Running the program
          running -- Running the program
          stack -- Examining the stack
          stack -- Examining the stack
          status -- Status inquiries
          status -- Status inquiries
          support -- Support facilities
          support -- Support facilities
          tracepoints -- Tracing of program execution without
          tracepoints -- Tracing of program execution without
                         stopping the program
                         stopping the program
          user-defined -- User-defined commands
          user-defined -- User-defined commands
          Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of
          Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of
          commands in that class.
          commands in that class.
          Type "help" followed by command name for full
          Type "help" followed by command name for full
          documentation.
          documentation.
          Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
          Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
          (gdb)
          (gdb)
`help CLASS'
`help CLASS'
     Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
     Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
     list of the individual commands in that class.  For example, here
     list of the individual commands in that class.  For example, here
     is the help display for the class `status':
     is the help display for the class `status':
          (gdb) help status
          (gdb) help status
          Status inquiries.
          Status inquiries.
          List of commands:
          List of commands:
          info -- Generic command for showing things
          info -- Generic command for showing things
                  about the program being debugged
                  about the program being debugged
          show -- Generic command for showing things
          show -- Generic command for showing things
                  about the debugger
                  about the debugger
          Type "help" followed by command name for full
          Type "help" followed by command name for full
          documentation.
          documentation.
          Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
          Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
          (gdb)
          (gdb)
`help COMMAND'
`help COMMAND'
     With a command name as `help' argument, GDB displays a short
     With a command name as `help' argument, GDB displays a short
     paragraph on how to use that command.
     paragraph on how to use that command.
`apropos ARGS'
`apropos ARGS'
     The `apropos' command searches through all of the GDB commands,
     The `apropos' command searches through all of the GDB commands,
     and their documentation, for the regular expression specified in
     and their documentation, for the regular expression specified in
     ARGS.  It prints out all matches found.  For example:
     ARGS.  It prints out all matches found.  For example:
          apropos reload
          apropos reload
     results in:
     results in:
          set symbol-reloading -- Set dynamic symbol table reloading
          set symbol-reloading -- Set dynamic symbol table reloading
                                  multiple times in one run
                                  multiple times in one run
          show symbol-reloading -- Show dynamic symbol table reloading
          show symbol-reloading -- Show dynamic symbol table reloading
                                  multiple times in one run
                                  multiple times in one run
`complete ARGS'
`complete ARGS'
     The `complete ARGS' command lists all the possible completions for
     The `complete ARGS' command lists all the possible completions for
     the beginning of a command.  Use ARGS to specify the beginning of
     the beginning of a command.  Use ARGS to specify the beginning of
     the command you want completed.  For example:
     the command you want completed.  For example:
          complete i
          complete i
     results in:
     results in:
          if
          if
          ignore
          ignore
          info
          info
          inspect
          inspect
     This is intended for use by GNU Emacs.
     This is intended for use by GNU Emacs.
   In addition to `help', you can use the GDB commands `info' and
   In addition to `help', you can use the GDB commands `info' and
`show' to inquire about the state of your program, or the state of GDB
`show' to inquire about the state of your program, or the state of GDB
itself.  Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this manual
itself.  Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this manual
introduces each of them in the appropriate context.  The listings under
introduces each of them in the appropriate context.  The listings under
`info' and under `show' in the Index point to all the sub-commands.
`info' and under `show' in the Index point to all the sub-commands.
*Note Index::.
*Note Index::.
`info'
`info'
     This command (abbreviated `i') is for describing the state of your
     This command (abbreviated `i') is for describing the state of your
     program.  For example, you can show the arguments passed to a
     program.  For example, you can show the arguments passed to a
     function with `info args', list the registers currently in use
     function with `info args', list the registers currently in use
     with `info registers', or list the breakpoints you have set with
     with `info registers', or list the breakpoints you have set with
     `info breakpoints'.  You can get a complete list of the `info'
     `info breakpoints'.  You can get a complete list of the `info'
     sub-commands with `help info'.
     sub-commands with `help info'.
`set'
`set'
     You can assign the result of an expression to an environment
     You can assign the result of an expression to an environment
     variable with `set'.  For example, you can set the GDB prompt to a
     variable with `set'.  For example, you can set the GDB prompt to a
     $-sign with `set prompt $'.
     $-sign with `set prompt $'.
`show'
`show'
     In contrast to `info', `show' is for describing the state of GDB
     In contrast to `info', `show' is for describing the state of GDB
     itself.  You can change most of the things you can `show', by
     itself.  You can change most of the things you can `show', by
     using the related command `set'; for example, you can control what
     using the related command `set'; for example, you can control what
     number system is used for displays with `set radix', or simply
     number system is used for displays with `set radix', or simply
     inquire which is currently in use with `show radix'.
     inquire which is currently in use with `show radix'.
     To display all the settable parameters and their current values,
     To display all the settable parameters and their current values,
     you can use `show' with no arguments; you may also use `info set'.
     you can use `show' with no arguments; you may also use `info set'.
     Both commands produce the same display.
     Both commands produce the same display.
   Here are three miscellaneous `show' subcommands, all of which are
   Here are three miscellaneous `show' subcommands, all of which are
exceptional in lacking corresponding `set' commands:
exceptional in lacking corresponding `set' commands:
`show version'
`show version'
     Show what version of GDB is running.  You should include this
     Show what version of GDB is running.  You should include this
     information in GDB bug-reports.  If multiple versions of GDB are
     information in GDB bug-reports.  If multiple versions of GDB are
     in use at your site, you may need to determine which version of
     in use at your site, you may need to determine which version of
     GDB you are running; as GDB evolves, new commands are introduced,
     GDB you are running; as GDB evolves, new commands are introduced,
     and old ones may wither away.  Also, many system vendors ship
     and old ones may wither away.  Also, many system vendors ship
     variant versions of GDB, and there are variant versions of GDB in
     variant versions of GDB, and there are variant versions of GDB in
     GNU/Linux distributions as well.  The version number is the same
     GNU/Linux distributions as well.  The version number is the same
     as the one announced when you start GDB.
     as the one announced when you start GDB.
`show copying'
`show copying'
`info copying'
`info copying'
     Display information about permission for copying GDB.
     Display information about permission for copying GDB.
`show warranty'
`show warranty'
`info warranty'
`info warranty'
     Display the GNU "NO WARRANTY" statement, or a warranty, if your
     Display the GNU "NO WARRANTY" statement, or a warranty, if your
     version of GDB comes with one.
     version of GDB comes with one.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Running,  Next: Stopping,  Prev: Commands,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Running,  Next: Stopping,  Prev: Commands,  Up: Top
4 Running Programs Under GDB
4 Running Programs Under GDB
****************************
****************************
When you run a program under GDB, you must first generate debugging
When you run a program under GDB, you must first generate debugging
information when you compile it.
information when you compile it.
   You may start GDB with its arguments, if any, in an environment of
   You may start GDB with its arguments, if any, in an environment of
your choice.  If you are doing native debugging, you may redirect your
your choice.  If you are doing native debugging, you may redirect your
program's input and output, debug an already running process, or kill a
program's input and output, debug an already running process, or kill a
child process.
child process.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Compilation::                 Compiling for debugging
* Compilation::                 Compiling for debugging
* Starting::                    Starting your program
* Starting::                    Starting your program
* Arguments::                   Your program's arguments
* Arguments::                   Your program's arguments
* Environment::                 Your program's environment
* Environment::                 Your program's environment
* Working Directory::           Your program's working directory
* Working Directory::           Your program's working directory
* Input/Output::                Your program's input and output
* Input/Output::                Your program's input and output
* Attach::                      Debugging an already-running process
* Attach::                      Debugging an already-running process
* Kill Process::                Killing the child process
* Kill Process::                Killing the child process
* Inferiors and Programs::      Debugging multiple inferiors and programs
* Inferiors and Programs::      Debugging multiple inferiors and programs
* Threads::                     Debugging programs with multiple threads
* Threads::                     Debugging programs with multiple threads
* Forks::                       Debugging forks
* Forks::                       Debugging forks
* Checkpoint/Restart::          Setting a _bookmark_ to return to later
* Checkpoint/Restart::          Setting a _bookmark_ to return to later


File: gdb.info,  Node: Compilation,  Next: Starting,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Compilation,  Next: Starting,  Up: Running
4.1 Compiling for Debugging
4.1 Compiling for Debugging
===========================
===========================
In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate debugging
In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate debugging
information when you compile it.  This debugging information is stored
information when you compile it.  This debugging information is stored
in the object file; it describes the data type of each variable or
in the object file; it describes the data type of each variable or
function and the correspondence between source line numbers and
function and the correspondence between source line numbers and
addresses in the executable code.
addresses in the executable code.
   To request debugging information, specify the `-g' option when you
   To request debugging information, specify the `-g' option when you
run the compiler.
run the compiler.
   Programs that are to be shipped to your customers are compiled with
   Programs that are to be shipped to your customers are compiled with
optimizations, using the `-O' compiler option.  However, some compilers
optimizations, using the `-O' compiler option.  However, some compilers
are unable to handle the `-g' and `-O' options together.  Using those
are unable to handle the `-g' and `-O' options together.  Using those
compilers, you cannot generate optimized executables containing
compilers, you cannot generate optimized executables containing
debugging information.
debugging information.
   GCC, the GNU C/C++ compiler, supports `-g' with or without `-O',
   GCC, the GNU C/C++ compiler, supports `-g' with or without `-O',
making it possible to debug optimized code.  We recommend that you
making it possible to debug optimized code.  We recommend that you
_always_ use `-g' whenever you compile a program.  You may think your
_always_ use `-g' whenever you compile a program.  You may think your
program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing your luck.  For
program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing your luck.  For
more information, see *note Optimized Code::.
more information, see *note Optimized Code::.
   Older versions of the GNU C compiler permitted a variant option
   Older versions of the GNU C compiler permitted a variant option
`-gg' for debugging information.  GDB no longer supports this format;
`-gg' for debugging information.  GDB no longer supports this format;
if your GNU C compiler has this option, do not use it.
if your GNU C compiler has this option, do not use it.
   GDB knows about preprocessor macros and can show you their expansion
   GDB knows about preprocessor macros and can show you their expansion
(*note Macros::).  Most compilers do not include information about
(*note Macros::).  Most compilers do not include information about
preprocessor macros in the debugging information if you specify the
preprocessor macros in the debugging information if you specify the
`-g' flag alone, because this information is rather large.  Version 3.1
`-g' flag alone, because this information is rather large.  Version 3.1
and later of GCC, the GNU C compiler, provides macro information if you
and later of GCC, the GNU C compiler, provides macro information if you
specify the options `-gdwarf-2' and `-g3'; the former option requests
specify the options `-gdwarf-2' and `-g3'; the former option requests
debugging information in the Dwarf 2 format, and the latter requests
debugging information in the Dwarf 2 format, and the latter requests
"extra information".  In the future, we hope to find more compact ways
"extra information".  In the future, we hope to find more compact ways
to represent macro information, so that it can be included with `-g'
to represent macro information, so that it can be included with `-g'
alone.
alone.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Starting,  Next: Arguments,  Prev: Compilation,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Starting,  Next: Arguments,  Prev: Compilation,  Up: Running
4.2 Starting your Program
4.2 Starting your Program
=========================
=========================
`run'
`run'
`r'
`r'
     Use the `run' command to start your program under GDB.  You must
     Use the `run' command to start your program under GDB.  You must
     first specify the program name (except on VxWorks) with an
     first specify the program name (except on VxWorks) with an
     argument to GDB (*note Getting In and Out of GDB: Invocation.), or
     argument to GDB (*note Getting In and Out of GDB: Invocation.), or
     by using the `file' or `exec-file' command (*note Commands to
     by using the `file' or `exec-file' command (*note Commands to
     Specify Files: Files.).
     Specify Files: Files.).
   If you are running your program in an execution environment that
   If you are running your program in an execution environment that
supports processes, `run' creates an inferior process and makes that
supports processes, `run' creates an inferior process and makes that
process run your program.  In some environments without processes,
process run your program.  In some environments without processes,
`run' jumps to the start of your program.  Other targets, like
`run' jumps to the start of your program.  Other targets, like
`remote', are always running.  If you get an error message like this
`remote', are always running.  If you get an error message like this
one:
one:
     The "remote" target does not support "run".
     The "remote" target does not support "run".
     Try "help target" or "continue".
     Try "help target" or "continue".
then use `continue' to run your program.  You may need `load' first
then use `continue' to run your program.  You may need `load' first
(*note load::).
(*note load::).
   The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
   The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
receives from its superior.  GDB provides ways to specify this
receives from its superior.  GDB provides ways to specify this
information, which you must do _before_ starting your program.  (You
information, which you must do _before_ starting your program.  (You
can change it after starting your program, but such changes only affect
can change it after starting your program, but such changes only affect
your program the next time you start it.)  This information may be
your program the next time you start it.)  This information may be
divided into four categories:
divided into four categories:
The _arguments._
The _arguments._
     Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
     Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
     `run' command.  If a shell is available on your target, the shell
     `run' command.  If a shell is available on your target, the shell
     is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal
     is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal
     conventions (such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution)
     conventions (such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution)
     in describing the arguments.  In Unix systems, you can control
     in describing the arguments.  In Unix systems, you can control
     which shell is used with the `SHELL' environment variable.  *Note
     which shell is used with the `SHELL' environment variable.  *Note
     Your Program's Arguments: Arguments.
     Your Program's Arguments: Arguments.
The _environment._
The _environment._
     Your program normally inherits its environment from GDB, but you
     Your program normally inherits its environment from GDB, but you
     can use the GDB commands `set environment' and `unset environment'
     can use the GDB commands `set environment' and `unset environment'
     to change parts of the environment that affect your program.
     to change parts of the environment that affect your program.
     *Note Your Program's Environment: Environment.
     *Note Your Program's Environment: Environment.
The _working directory._
The _working directory._
     Your program inherits its working directory from GDB.  You can set
     Your program inherits its working directory from GDB.  You can set
     the GDB working directory with the `cd' command in GDB.  *Note
     the GDB working directory with the `cd' command in GDB.  *Note
     Your Program's Working Directory: Working Directory.
     Your Program's Working Directory: Working Directory.
The _standard input and output._
The _standard input and output._
     Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
     Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
     standard output as GDB is using.  You can redirect input and output
     standard output as GDB is using.  You can redirect input and output
     in the `run' command line, or you can use the `tty' command to set
     in the `run' command line, or you can use the `tty' command to set
     a different device for your program.  *Note Your Program's Input
     a different device for your program.  *Note Your Program's Input
     and Output: Input/Output.
     and Output: Input/Output.
     _Warning:_ While input and output redirection work, you cannot use
     _Warning:_ While input and output redirection work, you cannot use
     pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to
     pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to
     another program; if you attempt this, GDB is likely to wind up
     another program; if you attempt this, GDB is likely to wind up
     debugging the wrong program.
     debugging the wrong program.
   When you issue the `run' command, your program begins to execute
   When you issue the `run' command, your program begins to execute
immediately.  *Note Stopping and Continuing: Stopping, for discussion
immediately.  *Note Stopping and Continuing: Stopping, for discussion
of how to arrange for your program to stop.  Once your program has
of how to arrange for your program to stop.  Once your program has
stopped, you may call functions in your program, using the `print' or
stopped, you may call functions in your program, using the `print' or
`call' commands.  *Note Examining Data: Data.
`call' commands.  *Note Examining Data: Data.
   If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the
   If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the
last time GDB read its symbols, GDB discards its symbol table, and
last time GDB read its symbols, GDB discards its symbol table, and
reads it again.  When it does this, GDB tries to retain your current
reads it again.  When it does this, GDB tries to retain your current
breakpoints.
breakpoints.
`start'
`start'
     The name of the main procedure can vary from language to language.
     The name of the main procedure can vary from language to language.
     With C or C++, the main procedure name is always `main', but other
     With C or C++, the main procedure name is always `main', but other
     languages such as Ada do not require a specific name for their
     languages such as Ada do not require a specific name for their
     main procedure.  The debugger provides a convenient way to start
     main procedure.  The debugger provides a convenient way to start
     the execution of the program and to stop at the beginning of the
     the execution of the program and to stop at the beginning of the
     main procedure, depending on the language used.
     main procedure, depending on the language used.
     The `start' command does the equivalent of setting a temporary
     The `start' command does the equivalent of setting a temporary
     breakpoint at the beginning of the main procedure and then invoking
     breakpoint at the beginning of the main procedure and then invoking
     the `run' command.
     the `run' command.
     Some programs contain an "elaboration" phase where some startup
     Some programs contain an "elaboration" phase where some startup
     code is executed before the main procedure is called.  This
     code is executed before the main procedure is called.  This
     depends on the languages used to write your program.  In C++, for
     depends on the languages used to write your program.  In C++, for
     instance, constructors for static and global objects are executed
     instance, constructors for static and global objects are executed
     before `main' is called.  It is therefore possible that the
     before `main' is called.  It is therefore possible that the
     debugger stops before reaching the main procedure.  However, the
     debugger stops before reaching the main procedure.  However, the
     temporary breakpoint will remain to halt execution.
     temporary breakpoint will remain to halt execution.
     Specify the arguments to give to your program as arguments to the
     Specify the arguments to give to your program as arguments to the
     `start' command.  These arguments will be given verbatim to the
     `start' command.  These arguments will be given verbatim to the
     underlying `run' command.  Note that the same arguments will be
     underlying `run' command.  Note that the same arguments will be
     reused if no argument is provided during subsequent calls to
     reused if no argument is provided during subsequent calls to
     `start' or `run'.
     `start' or `run'.
     It is sometimes necessary to debug the program during elaboration.
     It is sometimes necessary to debug the program during elaboration.
     In these cases, using the `start' command would stop the execution
     In these cases, using the `start' command would stop the execution
     of your program too late, as the program would have already
     of your program too late, as the program would have already
     completed the elaboration phase.  Under these circumstances,
     completed the elaboration phase.  Under these circumstances,
     insert breakpoints in your elaboration code before running your
     insert breakpoints in your elaboration code before running your
     program.
     program.
`set exec-wrapper WRAPPER'
`set exec-wrapper WRAPPER'
`show exec-wrapper'
`show exec-wrapper'
`unset exec-wrapper'
`unset exec-wrapper'
     When `exec-wrapper' is set, the specified wrapper is used to
     When `exec-wrapper' is set, the specified wrapper is used to
     launch programs for debugging.  GDB starts your program with a
     launch programs for debugging.  GDB starts your program with a
     shell command of the form `exec WRAPPER PROGRAM'.  Quoting is
     shell command of the form `exec WRAPPER PROGRAM'.  Quoting is
     added to PROGRAM and its arguments, but not to WRAPPER, so you
     added to PROGRAM and its arguments, but not to WRAPPER, so you
     should add quotes if appropriate for your shell.  The wrapper runs
     should add quotes if appropriate for your shell.  The wrapper runs
     until it executes your program, and then GDB takes control.
     until it executes your program, and then GDB takes control.
     You can use any program that eventually calls `execve' with its
     You can use any program that eventually calls `execve' with its
     arguments as a wrapper.  Several standard Unix utilities do this,
     arguments as a wrapper.  Several standard Unix utilities do this,
     e.g. `env' and `nohup'.  Any Unix shell script ending with `exec
     e.g. `env' and `nohup'.  Any Unix shell script ending with `exec
     "$@"' will also work.
     "$@"' will also work.
     For example, you can use `env' to pass an environment variable to
     For example, you can use `env' to pass an environment variable to
     the debugged program, without setting the variable in your shell's
     the debugged program, without setting the variable in your shell's
     environment:
     environment:
          (gdb) set exec-wrapper env 'LD_PRELOAD=libtest.so'
          (gdb) set exec-wrapper env 'LD_PRELOAD=libtest.so'
          (gdb) run
          (gdb) run
     This command is available when debugging locally on most targets,
     This command is available when debugging locally on most targets,
     excluding DJGPP, Cygwin, MS Windows, and QNX Neutrino.
     excluding DJGPP, Cygwin, MS Windows, and QNX Neutrino.
`set disable-randomization'
`set disable-randomization'
`set disable-randomization on'
`set disable-randomization on'
     This option (enabled by default in GDB) will turn off the native
     This option (enabled by default in GDB) will turn off the native
     randomization of the virtual address space of the started program.
     randomization of the virtual address space of the started program.
     This option is useful for multiple debugging sessions to make the
     This option is useful for multiple debugging sessions to make the
     execution better reproducible and memory addresses reusable across
     execution better reproducible and memory addresses reusable across
     debugging sessions.
     debugging sessions.
     This feature is implemented only on GNU/Linux.  You can get the
     This feature is implemented only on GNU/Linux.  You can get the
     same behavior using
     same behavior using
          (gdb) set exec-wrapper setarch `uname -m` -R
          (gdb) set exec-wrapper setarch `uname -m` -R
`set disable-randomization off'
`set disable-randomization off'
     Leave the behavior of the started executable unchanged.  Some bugs
     Leave the behavior of the started executable unchanged.  Some bugs
     rear their ugly heads only when the program is loaded at certain
     rear their ugly heads only when the program is loaded at certain
     addresses.  If your bug disappears when you run the program under
     addresses.  If your bug disappears when you run the program under
     GDB, that might be because GDB by default disables the address
     GDB, that might be because GDB by default disables the address
     randomization on platforms, such as GNU/Linux, which do that for
     randomization on platforms, such as GNU/Linux, which do that for
     stand-alone programs.  Use `set disable-randomization off' to try
     stand-alone programs.  Use `set disable-randomization off' to try
     to reproduce such elusive bugs.
     to reproduce such elusive bugs.
     The virtual address space randomization is implemented only on
     The virtual address space randomization is implemented only on
     GNU/Linux.  It protects the programs against some kinds of
     GNU/Linux.  It protects the programs against some kinds of
     security attacks.  In these cases the attacker needs to know the
     security attacks.  In these cases the attacker needs to know the
     exact location of a concrete executable code.  Randomizing its
     exact location of a concrete executable code.  Randomizing its
     location makes it impossible to inject jumps misusing a code at
     location makes it impossible to inject jumps misusing a code at
     its expected addresses.
     its expected addresses.
     Prelinking shared libraries provides a startup performance
     Prelinking shared libraries provides a startup performance
     advantage but it makes addresses in these libraries predictable
     advantage but it makes addresses in these libraries predictable
     for privileged processes by having just unprivileged access at the
     for privileged processes by having just unprivileged access at the
     target system.  Reading the shared library binary gives enough
     target system.  Reading the shared library binary gives enough
     information for assembling the malicious code misusing it.  Still
     information for assembling the malicious code misusing it.  Still
     even a prelinked shared library can get loaded at a new random
     even a prelinked shared library can get loaded at a new random
     address just requiring the regular relocation process during the
     address just requiring the regular relocation process during the
     startup.  Shared libraries not already prelinked are always loaded
     startup.  Shared libraries not already prelinked are always loaded
     at a randomly chosen address.
     at a randomly chosen address.
     Position independent executables (PIE) contain position
     Position independent executables (PIE) contain position
     independent code similar to the shared libraries and therefore
     independent code similar to the shared libraries and therefore
     such executables get loaded at a randomly chosen address upon
     such executables get loaded at a randomly chosen address upon
     startup.  PIE executables always load even already prelinked
     startup.  PIE executables always load even already prelinked
     shared libraries at a random address.  You can build such
     shared libraries at a random address.  You can build such
     executable using `gcc -fPIE -pie'.
     executable using `gcc -fPIE -pie'.
     Heap (malloc storage), stack and custom mmap areas are always
     Heap (malloc storage), stack and custom mmap areas are always
     placed randomly (as long as the randomization is enabled).
     placed randomly (as long as the randomization is enabled).
`show disable-randomization'
`show disable-randomization'
     Show the current setting of the explicit disable of the native
     Show the current setting of the explicit disable of the native
     randomization of the virtual address space of the started program.
     randomization of the virtual address space of the started program.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Arguments,  Next: Environment,  Prev: Starting,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Arguments,  Next: Environment,  Prev: Starting,  Up: Running
4.3 Your Program's Arguments
4.3 Your Program's Arguments
============================
============================
The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
`run' command.  They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard
`run' command.  They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard
characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program.
characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program.
Your `SHELL' environment variable (if it exists) specifies what shell
Your `SHELL' environment variable (if it exists) specifies what shell
GDB uses.  If you do not define `SHELL', GDB uses the default shell
GDB uses.  If you do not define `SHELL', GDB uses the default shell
(`/bin/sh' on Unix).
(`/bin/sh' on Unix).
   On non-Unix systems, the program is usually invoked directly by GDB,
   On non-Unix systems, the program is usually invoked directly by GDB,
which emulates I/O redirection via the appropriate system calls, and
which emulates I/O redirection via the appropriate system calls, and
the wildcard characters are expanded by the startup code of the
the wildcard characters are expanded by the startup code of the
program, not by the shell.
program, not by the shell.
   `run' with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
   `run' with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
`run', or those set by the `set args' command.
`run', or those set by the `set args' command.
`set args'
`set args'
     Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is
     Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is
     run.  If `set args' has no arguments, `run' executes your program
     run.  If `set args' has no arguments, `run' executes your program
     with no arguments.  Once you have run your program with arguments,
     with no arguments.  Once you have run your program with arguments,
     using `set args' before the next `run' is the only way to run it
     using `set args' before the next `run' is the only way to run it
     again without arguments.
     again without arguments.
`show args'
`show args'
     Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.
     Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Environment,  Next: Working Directory,  Prev: Arguments,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Environment,  Next: Working Directory,  Prev: Arguments,  Up: Running
4.4 Your Program's Environment
4.4 Your Program's Environment
==============================
==============================
The "environment" consists of a set of environment variables and their
The "environment" consists of a set of environment variables and their
values.  Environment variables conventionally record such things as
values.  Environment variables conventionally record such things as
your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
path for programs to run.  Usually you set up environment variables with
path for programs to run.  Usually you set up environment variables with
the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run.
the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run.
When debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a
When debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a
modified environment without having to start GDB over again.
modified environment without having to start GDB over again.
`path DIRECTORY'
`path DIRECTORY'
     Add DIRECTORY to the front of the `PATH' environment variable (the
     Add DIRECTORY to the front of the `PATH' environment variable (the
     search path for executables) that will be passed to your program.
     search path for executables) that will be passed to your program.
     The value of `PATH' used by GDB does not change.  You may specify
     The value of `PATH' used by GDB does not change.  You may specify
     several directory names, separated by whitespace or by a
     several directory names, separated by whitespace or by a
     system-dependent separator character (`:' on Unix, `;' on MS-DOS
     system-dependent separator character (`:' on Unix, `;' on MS-DOS
     and MS-Windows).  If DIRECTORY is already in the path, it is moved
     and MS-Windows).  If DIRECTORY is already in the path, it is moved
     to the front, so it is searched sooner.
     to the front, so it is searched sooner.
     You can use the string `$cwd' to refer to whatever is the current
     You can use the string `$cwd' to refer to whatever is the current
     working directory at the time GDB searches the path.  If you use
     working directory at the time GDB searches the path.  If you use
     `.' instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
     `.' instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
     `path' command.  GDB replaces `.' in the DIRECTORY argument (with
     `path' command.  GDB replaces `.' in the DIRECTORY argument (with
     the current path) before adding DIRECTORY to the search path.
     the current path) before adding DIRECTORY to the search path.
`show paths'
`show paths'
     Display the list of search paths for executables (the `PATH'
     Display the list of search paths for executables (the `PATH'
     environment variable).
     environment variable).
`show environment [VARNAME]'
`show environment [VARNAME]'
     Print the value of environment variable VARNAME to be given to
     Print the value of environment variable VARNAME to be given to
     your program when it starts.  If you do not supply VARNAME, print
     your program when it starts.  If you do not supply VARNAME, print
     the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
     the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
     your program.  You can abbreviate `environment' as `env'.
     your program.  You can abbreviate `environment' as `env'.
`set environment VARNAME [=VALUE]'
`set environment VARNAME [=VALUE]'
     Set environment variable VARNAME to VALUE.  The value changes for
     Set environment variable VARNAME to VALUE.  The value changes for
     your program only, not for GDB itself.  VALUE may be any string;
     your program only, not for GDB itself.  VALUE may be any string;
     the values of environment variables are just strings, and any
     the values of environment variables are just strings, and any
     interpretation is supplied by your program itself.  The VALUE
     interpretation is supplied by your program itself.  The VALUE
     parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to
     parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to
     a null value.
     a null value.
     For example, this command:
     For example, this command:
          set env USER = foo
          set env USER = foo
     tells the debugged program, when subsequently run, that its user
     tells the debugged program, when subsequently run, that its user
     is named `foo'.  (The spaces around `=' are used for clarity here;
     is named `foo'.  (The spaces around `=' are used for clarity here;
     they are not actually required.)
     they are not actually required.)
`unset environment VARNAME'
`unset environment VARNAME'
     Remove variable VARNAME from the environment to be passed to your
     Remove variable VARNAME from the environment to be passed to your
     program.  This is different from `set env VARNAME ='; `unset
     program.  This is different from `set env VARNAME ='; `unset
     environment' removes the variable from the environment, rather
     environment' removes the variable from the environment, rather
     than assigning it an empty value.
     than assigning it an empty value.
   _Warning:_ On Unix systems, GDB runs your program using the shell
   _Warning:_ On Unix systems, GDB runs your program using the shell
indicated by your `SHELL' environment variable if it exists (or
indicated by your `SHELL' environment variable if it exists (or
`/bin/sh' if not).  If your `SHELL' variable names a shell that runs an
`/bin/sh' if not).  If your `SHELL' variable names a shell that runs an
initialization file--such as `.cshrc' for C-shell, or `.bashrc' for
initialization file--such as `.cshrc' for C-shell, or `.bashrc' for
BASH--any variables you set in that file affect your program.  You may
BASH--any variables you set in that file affect your program.  You may
wish to move setting of environment variables to files that are only
wish to move setting of environment variables to files that are only
run when you sign on, such as `.login' or `.profile'.
run when you sign on, such as `.login' or `.profile'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Working Directory,  Next: Input/Output,  Prev: Environment,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Working Directory,  Next: Input/Output,  Prev: Environment,  Up: Running
4.5 Your Program's Working Directory
4.5 Your Program's Working Directory
====================================
====================================
Each time you start your program with `run', it inherits its working
Each time you start your program with `run', it inherits its working
directory from the current working directory of GDB.  The GDB working
directory from the current working directory of GDB.  The GDB working
directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent process
directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent process
(typically the shell), but you can specify a new working directory in
(typically the shell), but you can specify a new working directory in
GDB with the `cd' command.
GDB with the `cd' command.
   The GDB working directory also serves as a default for the commands
   The GDB working directory also serves as a default for the commands
that specify files for GDB to operate on.  *Note Commands to Specify
that specify files for GDB to operate on.  *Note Commands to Specify
Files: Files.
Files: Files.
`cd DIRECTORY'
`cd DIRECTORY'
     Set the GDB working directory to DIRECTORY.
     Set the GDB working directory to DIRECTORY.
`pwd'
`pwd'
     Print the GDB working directory.
     Print the GDB working directory.
   It is generally impossible to find the current working directory of
   It is generally impossible to find the current working directory of
the process being debugged (since a program can change its directory
the process being debugged (since a program can change its directory
during its run).  If you work on a system where GDB is configured with
during its run).  If you work on a system where GDB is configured with
the `/proc' support, you can use the `info proc' command (*note SVR4
the `/proc' support, you can use the `info proc' command (*note SVR4
Process Information::) to find out the current working directory of the
Process Information::) to find out the current working directory of the
debuggee.
debuggee.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Input/Output,  Next: Attach,  Prev: Working Directory,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Input/Output,  Next: Attach,  Prev: Working Directory,  Up: Running
4.6 Your Program's Input and Output
4.6 Your Program's Input and Output
===================================
===================================
By default, the program you run under GDB does input and output to the
By default, the program you run under GDB does input and output to the
same terminal that GDB uses.  GDB switches the terminal to its own
same terminal that GDB uses.  GDB switches the terminal to its own
terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal modes
terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal modes
your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
running your program.
running your program.
`info terminal'
`info terminal'
     Displays information recorded by GDB about the terminal modes your
     Displays information recorded by GDB about the terminal modes your
     program is using.
     program is using.
   You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell
   You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell
redirection with the `run' command.  For example,
redirection with the `run' command.  For example,
     run > outfile
     run > outfile
starts your program, diverting its output to the file `outfile'.
starts your program, diverting its output to the file `outfile'.
   Another way to specify where your program should do input and output
   Another way to specify where your program should do input and output
is with the `tty' command.  This command accepts a file name as
is with the `tty' command.  This command accepts a file name as
argument, and causes this file to be the default for future `run'
argument, and causes this file to be the default for future `run'
commands.  It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
commands.  It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
process, for future `run' commands.  For example,
process, for future `run' commands.  For example,
     tty /dev/ttyb
     tty /dev/ttyb
directs that processes started with subsequent `run' commands default
directs that processes started with subsequent `run' commands default
to do input and output on the terminal `/dev/ttyb' and have that as
to do input and output on the terminal `/dev/ttyb' and have that as
their controlling terminal.
their controlling terminal.
   An explicit redirection in `run' overrides the `tty' command's
   An explicit redirection in `run' overrides the `tty' command's
effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
terminal.
terminal.
   When you use the `tty' command or redirect input in the `run'
   When you use the `tty' command or redirect input in the `run'
command, only the input _for your program_ is affected.  The input for
command, only the input _for your program_ is affected.  The input for
GDB still comes from your terminal.  `tty' is an alias for `set
GDB still comes from your terminal.  `tty' is an alias for `set
inferior-tty'.
inferior-tty'.
   You can use the `show inferior-tty' command to tell GDB to display
   You can use the `show inferior-tty' command to tell GDB to display
the name of the terminal that will be used for future runs of your
the name of the terminal that will be used for future runs of your
program.
program.
`set inferior-tty /dev/ttyb'
`set inferior-tty /dev/ttyb'
     Set the tty for the program being debugged to /dev/ttyb.
     Set the tty for the program being debugged to /dev/ttyb.
`show inferior-tty'
`show inferior-tty'
     Show the current tty for the program being debugged.
     Show the current tty for the program being debugged.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Attach,  Next: Kill Process,  Prev: Input/Output,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Attach,  Next: Kill Process,  Prev: Input/Output,  Up: Running
4.7 Debugging an Already-running Process
4.7 Debugging an Already-running Process
========================================
========================================
`attach PROCESS-ID'
`attach PROCESS-ID'
     This command attaches to a running process--one that was started
     This command attaches to a running process--one that was started
     outside GDB.  (`info files' shows your active targets.)  The
     outside GDB.  (`info files' shows your active targets.)  The
     command takes as argument a process ID.  The usual way to find out
     command takes as argument a process ID.  The usual way to find out
     the PROCESS-ID of a Unix process is with the `ps' utility, or with
     the PROCESS-ID of a Unix process is with the `ps' utility, or with
     the `jobs -l' shell command.
     the `jobs -l' shell command.
     `attach' does not repeat if you press  a second time after
     `attach' does not repeat if you press  a second time after
     executing the command.
     executing the command.
   To use `attach', your program must be running in an environment
   To use `attach', your program must be running in an environment
which supports processes; for example, `attach' does not work for
which supports processes; for example, `attach' does not work for
programs on bare-board targets that lack an operating system.  You must
programs on bare-board targets that lack an operating system.  You must
also have permission to send the process a signal.
also have permission to send the process a signal.
   When you use `attach', the debugger finds the program running in the
   When you use `attach', the debugger finds the program running in the
process first by looking in the current working directory, then (if the
process first by looking in the current working directory, then (if the
program is not found) by using the source file search path (*note
program is not found) by using the source file search path (*note
Specifying Source Directories: Source Path.).  You can also use the
Specifying Source Directories: Source Path.).  You can also use the
`file' command to load the program.  *Note Commands to Specify Files:
`file' command to load the program.  *Note Commands to Specify Files:
Files.
Files.
   The first thing GDB does after arranging to debug the specified
   The first thing GDB does after arranging to debug the specified
process is to stop it.  You can examine and modify an attached process
process is to stop it.  You can examine and modify an attached process
with all the GDB commands that are ordinarily available when you start
with all the GDB commands that are ordinarily available when you start
processes with `run'.  You can insert breakpoints; you can step and
processes with `run'.  You can insert breakpoints; you can step and
continue; you can modify storage.  If you would rather the process
continue; you can modify storage.  If you would rather the process
continue running, you may use the `continue' command after attaching
continue running, you may use the `continue' command after attaching
GDB to the process.
GDB to the process.
`detach'
`detach'
     When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use
     When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use
     the `detach' command to release it from GDB control.  Detaching
     the `detach' command to release it from GDB control.  Detaching
     the process continues its execution.  After the `detach' command,
     the process continues its execution.  After the `detach' command,
     that process and GDB become completely independent once more, and
     that process and GDB become completely independent once more, and
     you are ready to `attach' another process or start one with `run'.
     you are ready to `attach' another process or start one with `run'.
     `detach' does not repeat if you press  again after executing
     `detach' does not repeat if you press  again after executing
     the command.
     the command.
   If you exit GDB while you have an attached process, you detach that
   If you exit GDB while you have an attached process, you detach that
process.  If you use the `run' command, you kill that process.  By
process.  If you use the `run' command, you kill that process.  By
default, GDB asks for confirmation if you try to do either of these
default, GDB asks for confirmation if you try to do either of these
things; you can control whether or not you need to confirm by using the
things; you can control whether or not you need to confirm by using the
`set confirm' command (*note Optional Warnings and Messages:
`set confirm' command (*note Optional Warnings and Messages:
Messages/Warnings.).
Messages/Warnings.).


File: gdb.info,  Node: Kill Process,  Next: Inferiors and Programs,  Prev: Attach,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Kill Process,  Next: Inferiors and Programs,  Prev: Attach,  Up: Running
4.8 Killing the Child Process
4.8 Killing the Child Process
=============================
=============================
`kill'
`kill'
     Kill the child process in which your program is running under GDB.
     Kill the child process in which your program is running under GDB.
   This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
   This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
running process.  GDB ignores any core dump file while your program is
running process.  GDB ignores any core dump file while your program is
running.
running.
   On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside GDB
   On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside GDB
while you have breakpoints set on it inside GDB.  You can use the
while you have breakpoints set on it inside GDB.  You can use the
`kill' command in this situation to permit running your program outside
`kill' command in this situation to permit running your program outside
the debugger.
the debugger.
   The `kill' command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
   The `kill' command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
executable file while it is running in a process.  In this case, when
executable file while it is running in a process.  In this case, when
you next type `run', GDB notices that the file has changed, and reads
you next type `run', GDB notices that the file has changed, and reads
the symbol table again (while trying to preserve your current
the symbol table again (while trying to preserve your current
breakpoint settings).
breakpoint settings).


File: gdb.info,  Node: Inferiors and Programs,  Next: Threads,  Prev: Kill Process,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Inferiors and Programs,  Next: Threads,  Prev: Kill Process,  Up: Running
4.9 Debugging Multiple Inferiors and Programs
4.9 Debugging Multiple Inferiors and Programs
=============================================
=============================================
GDB lets you run and debug multiple programs in a single session.  In
GDB lets you run and debug multiple programs in a single session.  In
addition, GDB on some systems may let you run several programs
addition, GDB on some systems may let you run several programs
simultaneously (otherwise you have to exit from one before starting
simultaneously (otherwise you have to exit from one before starting
another).  In the most general case, you can have multiple threads of
another).  In the most general case, you can have multiple threads of
execution in each of multiple processes, launched from multiple
execution in each of multiple processes, launched from multiple
executables.
executables.
   GDB represents the state of each program execution with an object
   GDB represents the state of each program execution with an object
called an "inferior".  An inferior typically corresponds to a process,
called an "inferior".  An inferior typically corresponds to a process,
but is more general and applies also to targets that do not have
but is more general and applies also to targets that do not have
processes.  Inferiors may be created before a process runs, and may be
processes.  Inferiors may be created before a process runs, and may be
retained after a process exits.  Inferiors have unique identifiers that
retained after a process exits.  Inferiors have unique identifiers that
are different from process ids.  Usually each inferior will also have
are different from process ids.  Usually each inferior will also have
its own distinct address space, although some embedded targets may have
its own distinct address space, although some embedded targets may have
several inferiors running in different parts of a single address space.
several inferiors running in different parts of a single address space.
Each inferior may in turn have multiple threads running in it.
Each inferior may in turn have multiple threads running in it.
   To find out what inferiors exist at any moment, use `info inferiors':
   To find out what inferiors exist at any moment, use `info inferiors':
`info inferiors'
`info inferiors'
     Print a list of all inferiors currently being managed by GDB.
     Print a list of all inferiors currently being managed by GDB.
     GDB displays for each inferior (in this order):
     GDB displays for each inferior (in this order):
       1. the inferior number assigned by GDB
       1. the inferior number assigned by GDB
       2. the target system's inferior identifier
       2. the target system's inferior identifier
       3. the name of the executable the inferior is running.
       3. the name of the executable the inferior is running.
     An asterisk `*' preceding the GDB inferior number indicates the
     An asterisk `*' preceding the GDB inferior number indicates the
     current inferior.
     current inferior.
     For example,
     For example,
     (gdb) info inferiors
     (gdb) info inferiors
       Num  Description       Executable
       Num  Description       Executable
       2    process 2307      hello
       2    process 2307      hello
     * 1    process 3401      goodbye
     * 1    process 3401      goodbye
   To switch focus between inferiors, use the `inferior' command:
   To switch focus between inferiors, use the `inferior' command:
`inferior INFNO'
`inferior INFNO'
     Make inferior number INFNO the current inferior.  The argument
     Make inferior number INFNO the current inferior.  The argument
     INFNO is the inferior number assigned by GDB, as shown in the
     INFNO is the inferior number assigned by GDB, as shown in the
     first field of the `info inferiors' display.
     first field of the `info inferiors' display.
   You can get multiple executables into a debugging session via the
   You can get multiple executables into a debugging session via the
`add-inferior' and `clone-inferior' commands.  On some systems GDB can
`add-inferior' and `clone-inferior' commands.  On some systems GDB can
add inferiors to the debug session automatically by following calls to
add inferiors to the debug session automatically by following calls to
`fork' and `exec'.  To remove inferiors from the debugging session use
`fork' and `exec'.  To remove inferiors from the debugging session use
the `remove-inferior' command.
the `remove-inferior' command.
`add-inferior [ -copies N ] [ -exec EXECUTABLE ]'
`add-inferior [ -copies N ] [ -exec EXECUTABLE ]'
     Adds N inferiors to be run using EXECUTABLE as the executable.  N
     Adds N inferiors to be run using EXECUTABLE as the executable.  N
     defaults to 1.  If no executable is specified, the inferiors
     defaults to 1.  If no executable is specified, the inferiors
     begins empty, with no program.  You can still assign or change the
     begins empty, with no program.  You can still assign or change the
     program assigned to the inferior at any time by using the `file'
     program assigned to the inferior at any time by using the `file'
     command with the executable name as its argument.
     command with the executable name as its argument.
`clone-inferior [ -copies N ] [ INFNO ]'
`clone-inferior [ -copies N ] [ INFNO ]'
     Adds N inferiors ready to execute the same program as inferior
     Adds N inferiors ready to execute the same program as inferior
     INFNO.  N defaults to 1.  INFNO defaults to the number of the
     INFNO.  N defaults to 1.  INFNO defaults to the number of the
     current inferior.  This is a convenient command when you want to
     current inferior.  This is a convenient command when you want to
     run another instance of the inferior you are debugging.
     run another instance of the inferior you are debugging.
          (gdb) info inferiors
          (gdb) info inferiors
            Num  Description       Executable
            Num  Description       Executable
          * 1    process 29964     helloworld
          * 1    process 29964     helloworld
          (gdb) clone-inferior
          (gdb) clone-inferior
          Added inferior 2.
          Added inferior 2.
          1 inferiors added.
          1 inferiors added.
          (gdb) info inferiors
          (gdb) info inferiors
            Num  Description       Executable
            Num  Description       Executable
            2                helloworld
            2                helloworld
          * 1    process 29964     helloworld
          * 1    process 29964     helloworld
     You can now simply switch focus to inferior 2 and run it.
     You can now simply switch focus to inferior 2 and run it.
`remove-inferior INFNO'
`remove-inferior INFNO'
     Removes the inferior INFNO.  It is not possible to remove an
     Removes the inferior INFNO.  It is not possible to remove an
     inferior that is running with this command.  For those, use the
     inferior that is running with this command.  For those, use the
     `kill' or `detach' command first.
     `kill' or `detach' command first.
   To quit debugging one of the running inferiors that is not the
   To quit debugging one of the running inferiors that is not the
current inferior, you can either detach from it by using the
current inferior, you can either detach from it by using the
`detach inferior' command (allowing it to run independently), or kill it
`detach inferior' command (allowing it to run independently), or kill it
using the `kill inferior' command:
using the `kill inferior' command:
`detach inferior INFNO'
`detach inferior INFNO'
     Detach from the inferior identified by GDB inferior number INFNO.
     Detach from the inferior identified by GDB inferior number INFNO.
     Note that the inferior's entry still stays on the list of
     Note that the inferior's entry still stays on the list of
     inferiors shown by `info inferiors', but its Description will show
     inferiors shown by `info inferiors', but its Description will show
     `'.
     `'.
`kill inferior INFNO'
`kill inferior INFNO'
     Kill the inferior identified by GDB inferior number INFNO.  Note
     Kill the inferior identified by GDB inferior number INFNO.  Note
     that the inferior's entry still stays on the list of inferiors
     that the inferior's entry still stays on the list of inferiors
     shown by `info inferiors', but its Description will show `'.
     shown by `info inferiors', but its Description will show `'.
   After the successful completion of a command such as `detach',
   After the successful completion of a command such as `detach',
`detach inferior', `kill' or `kill inferior', or after a normal process
`detach inferior', `kill' or `kill inferior', or after a normal process
exit, the inferior is still valid and listed with `info inferiors',
exit, the inferior is still valid and listed with `info inferiors',
ready to be restarted.
ready to be restarted.
   To be notified when inferiors are started or exit under GDB's
   To be notified when inferiors are started or exit under GDB's
control use `set print inferior-events':
control use `set print inferior-events':
`set print inferior-events'
`set print inferior-events'
`set print inferior-events on'
`set print inferior-events on'
`set print inferior-events off'
`set print inferior-events off'
     The `set print inferior-events' command allows you to enable or
     The `set print inferior-events' command allows you to enable or
     disable printing of messages when GDB notices that new inferiors
     disable printing of messages when GDB notices that new inferiors
     have started or that inferiors have exited or have been detached.
     have started or that inferiors have exited or have been detached.
     By default, these messages will not be printed.
     By default, these messages will not be printed.
`show print inferior-events'
`show print inferior-events'
     Show whether messages will be printed when GDB detects that
     Show whether messages will be printed when GDB detects that
     inferiors have started, exited or have been detached.
     inferiors have started, exited or have been detached.
   Many commands will work the same with multiple programs as with a
   Many commands will work the same with multiple programs as with a
single program: e.g., `print myglobal' will simply display the value of
single program: e.g., `print myglobal' will simply display the value of
`myglobal' in the current inferior.
`myglobal' in the current inferior.
   Occasionaly, when debugging GDB itself, it may be useful to get more
   Occasionaly, when debugging GDB itself, it may be useful to get more
info about the relationship of inferiors, programs, address spaces in a
info about the relationship of inferiors, programs, address spaces in a
debug session.  You can do that with the `maint info program-spaces'
debug session.  You can do that with the `maint info program-spaces'
command.
command.
`maint info program-spaces'
`maint info program-spaces'
     Print a list of all program spaces currently being managed by GDB.
     Print a list of all program spaces currently being managed by GDB.
     GDB displays for each program space (in this order):
     GDB displays for each program space (in this order):
       1. the program space number assigned by GDB
       1. the program space number assigned by GDB
       2. the name of the executable loaded into the program space,
       2. the name of the executable loaded into the program space,
          with e.g., the `file' command.
          with e.g., the `file' command.
     An asterisk `*' preceding the GDB program space number indicates
     An asterisk `*' preceding the GDB program space number indicates
     the current program space.
     the current program space.
     In addition, below each program space line, GDB prints extra
     In addition, below each program space line, GDB prints extra
     information that isn't suitable to display in tabular form.  For
     information that isn't suitable to display in tabular form.  For
     example, the list of inferiors bound to the program space.
     example, the list of inferiors bound to the program space.
          (gdb) maint info program-spaces
          (gdb) maint info program-spaces
            Id   Executable
            Id   Executable
            2    goodbye
            2    goodbye
                  Bound inferiors: ID 1 (process 21561)
                  Bound inferiors: ID 1 (process 21561)
          * 1    hello
          * 1    hello
     Here we can see that no inferior is running the program `hello',
     Here we can see that no inferior is running the program `hello',
     while `process 21561' is running the program `goodbye'.  On some
     while `process 21561' is running the program `goodbye'.  On some
     targets, it is possible that multiple inferiors are bound to the
     targets, it is possible that multiple inferiors are bound to the
     same program space.  The most common example is that of debugging
     same program space.  The most common example is that of debugging
     both the parent and child processes of a `vfork' call.  For
     both the parent and child processes of a `vfork' call.  For
     example,
     example,
          (gdb) maint info program-spaces
          (gdb) maint info program-spaces
            Id   Executable
            Id   Executable
          * 1    vfork-test
          * 1    vfork-test
                  Bound inferiors: ID 2 (process 18050), ID 1 (process 18045)
                  Bound inferiors: ID 2 (process 18050), ID 1 (process 18045)
     Here, both inferior 2 and inferior 1 are running in the same
     Here, both inferior 2 and inferior 1 are running in the same
     program space as a result of inferior 1 having executed a `vfork'
     program space as a result of inferior 1 having executed a `vfork'
     call.
     call.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Threads,  Next: Forks,  Prev: Inferiors and Programs,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Threads,  Next: Forks,  Prev: Inferiors and Programs,  Up: Running
4.10 Debugging Programs with Multiple Threads
4.10 Debugging Programs with Multiple Threads
=============================================
=============================================
In some operating systems, such as HP-UX and Solaris, a single program
In some operating systems, such as HP-UX and Solaris, a single program
may have more than one "thread" of execution.  The precise semantics of
may have more than one "thread" of execution.  The precise semantics of
threads differ from one operating system to another, but in general the
threads differ from one operating system to another, but in general the
threads of a single program are akin to multiple processes--except that
threads of a single program are akin to multiple processes--except that
they share one address space (that is, they can all examine and modify
they share one address space (that is, they can all examine and modify
the same variables).  On the other hand, each thread has its own
the same variables).  On the other hand, each thread has its own
registers and execution stack, and perhaps private memory.
registers and execution stack, and perhaps private memory.
   GDB provides these facilities for debugging multi-thread programs:
   GDB provides these facilities for debugging multi-thread programs:
   * automatic notification of new threads
   * automatic notification of new threads
   * `thread THREADNO', a command to switch among threads
   * `thread THREADNO', a command to switch among threads
   * `info threads', a command to inquire about existing threads
   * `info threads', a command to inquire about existing threads
   * `thread apply [THREADNO] [ALL] ARGS', a command to apply a command
   * `thread apply [THREADNO] [ALL] ARGS', a command to apply a command
     to a list of threads
     to a list of threads
   * thread-specific breakpoints
   * thread-specific breakpoints
   * `set print thread-events', which controls printing of messages on
   * `set print thread-events', which controls printing of messages on
     thread start and exit.
     thread start and exit.
   * `set libthread-db-search-path PATH', which lets the user specify
   * `set libthread-db-search-path PATH', which lets the user specify
     which `libthread_db' to use if the default choice isn't compatible
     which `libthread_db' to use if the default choice isn't compatible
     with the program.
     with the program.
     _Warning:_ These facilities are not yet available on every GDB
     _Warning:_ These facilities are not yet available on every GDB
     configuration where the operating system supports threads.  If
     configuration where the operating system supports threads.  If
     your GDB does not support threads, these commands have no effect.
     your GDB does not support threads, these commands have no effect.
     For example, a system without thread support shows no output from
     For example, a system without thread support shows no output from
     `info threads', and always rejects the `thread' command, like this:
     `info threads', and always rejects the `thread' command, like this:
          (gdb) info threads
          (gdb) info threads
          (gdb) thread 1
          (gdb) thread 1
          Thread ID 1 not known.  Use the "info threads" command to
          Thread ID 1 not known.  Use the "info threads" command to
          see the IDs of currently known threads.
          see the IDs of currently known threads.
   The GDB thread debugging facility allows you to observe all threads
   The GDB thread debugging facility allows you to observe all threads
while your program runs--but whenever GDB takes control, one thread in
while your program runs--but whenever GDB takes control, one thread in
particular is always the focus of debugging.  This thread is called the
particular is always the focus of debugging.  This thread is called the
"current thread".  Debugging commands show program information from the
"current thread".  Debugging commands show program information from the
perspective of the current thread.
perspective of the current thread.
   Whenever GDB detects a new thread in your program, it displays the
   Whenever GDB detects a new thread in your program, it displays the
target system's identification for the thread with a message in the
target system's identification for the thread with a message in the
form `[New SYSTAG]'.  SYSTAG is a thread identifier whose form varies
form `[New SYSTAG]'.  SYSTAG is a thread identifier whose form varies
depending on the particular system.  For example, on GNU/Linux, you
depending on the particular system.  For example, on GNU/Linux, you
might see
might see
     [New Thread 46912507313328 (LWP 25582)]
     [New Thread 46912507313328 (LWP 25582)]
when GDB notices a new thread.  In contrast, on an SGI system, the
when GDB notices a new thread.  In contrast, on an SGI system, the
SYSTAG is simply something like `process 368', with no further
SYSTAG is simply something like `process 368', with no further
qualifier.
qualifier.
   For debugging purposes, GDB associates its own thread number--always
   For debugging purposes, GDB associates its own thread number--always
a single integer--with each thread in your program.
a single integer--with each thread in your program.
`info threads'
`info threads'
     Display a summary of all threads currently in your program.  GDB
     Display a summary of all threads currently in your program.  GDB
     displays for each thread (in this order):
     displays for each thread (in this order):
       1. the thread number assigned by GDB
       1. the thread number assigned by GDB
       2. the target system's thread identifier (SYSTAG)
       2. the target system's thread identifier (SYSTAG)
       3. the current stack frame summary for that thread
       3. the current stack frame summary for that thread
     An asterisk `*' to the left of the GDB thread number indicates the
     An asterisk `*' to the left of the GDB thread number indicates the
     current thread.
     current thread.
     For example,
     For example,
     (gdb) info threads
     (gdb) info threads
       3 process 35 thread 27  0x34e5 in sigpause ()
       3 process 35 thread 27  0x34e5 in sigpause ()
       2 process 35 thread 23  0x34e5 in sigpause ()
       2 process 35 thread 23  0x34e5 in sigpause ()
     * 1 process 35 thread 13  main (argc=1, argv=0x7ffffff8)
     * 1 process 35 thread 13  main (argc=1, argv=0x7ffffff8)
         at threadtest.c:68
         at threadtest.c:68
   On HP-UX systems:
   On HP-UX systems:
   For debugging purposes, GDB associates its own thread number--a
   For debugging purposes, GDB associates its own thread number--a
small integer assigned in thread-creation order--with each thread in
small integer assigned in thread-creation order--with each thread in
your program.
your program.
   Whenever GDB detects a new thread in your program, it displays both
   Whenever GDB detects a new thread in your program, it displays both
GDB's thread number and the target system's identification for the
GDB's thread number and the target system's identification for the
thread with a message in the form `[New SYSTAG]'.  SYSTAG is a thread
thread with a message in the form `[New SYSTAG]'.  SYSTAG is a thread
identifier whose form varies depending on the particular system.  For
identifier whose form varies depending on the particular system.  For
example, on HP-UX, you see
example, on HP-UX, you see
     [New thread 2 (system thread 26594)]
     [New thread 2 (system thread 26594)]
when GDB notices a new thread.
when GDB notices a new thread.
`info threads'
`info threads'
     Display a summary of all threads currently in your program.  GDB
     Display a summary of all threads currently in your program.  GDB
     displays for each thread (in this order):
     displays for each thread (in this order):
       1. the thread number assigned by GDB
       1. the thread number assigned by GDB
       2. the target system's thread identifier (SYSTAG)
       2. the target system's thread identifier (SYSTAG)
       3. the current stack frame summary for that thread
       3. the current stack frame summary for that thread
     An asterisk `*' to the left of the GDB thread number indicates the
     An asterisk `*' to the left of the GDB thread number indicates the
     current thread.
     current thread.
     For example,
     For example,
     (gdb) info threads
     (gdb) info threads
         * 3 system thread 26607  worker (wptr=0x7b09c318 "@") \
         * 3 system thread 26607  worker (wptr=0x7b09c318 "@") \
     at quicksort.c:137
     at quicksort.c:137
           2 system thread 26606  0x7b0030d8 in __ksleep () \
           2 system thread 26606  0x7b0030d8 in __ksleep () \
     from /usr/lib/libc.2
     from /usr/lib/libc.2
           1 system thread 27905  0x7b003498 in _brk () \
           1 system thread 27905  0x7b003498 in _brk () \
     from /usr/lib/libc.2
     from /usr/lib/libc.2
   On Solaris, you can display more information about user threads with
   On Solaris, you can display more information about user threads with
a Solaris-specific command:
a Solaris-specific command:
`maint info sol-threads'
`maint info sol-threads'
     Display info on Solaris user threads.
     Display info on Solaris user threads.
`thread THREADNO'
`thread THREADNO'
     Make thread number THREADNO the current thread.  The command
     Make thread number THREADNO the current thread.  The command
     argument THREADNO is the internal GDB thread number, as shown in
     argument THREADNO is the internal GDB thread number, as shown in
     the first field of the `info threads' display.  GDB responds by
     the first field of the `info threads' display.  GDB responds by
     displaying the system identifier of the thread you selected, and
     displaying the system identifier of the thread you selected, and
     its current stack frame summary:
     its current stack frame summary:
          (gdb) thread 2
          (gdb) thread 2
          [Switching to process 35 thread 23]
          [Switching to process 35 thread 23]
          0x34e5 in sigpause ()
          0x34e5 in sigpause ()
     As with the `[New ...]' message, the form of the text after
     As with the `[New ...]' message, the form of the text after
     `Switching to' depends on your system's conventions for identifying
     `Switching to' depends on your system's conventions for identifying
     threads.
     threads.
     The debugger convenience variable `$_thread' contains the number
     The debugger convenience variable `$_thread' contains the number
     of the current thread.  You may find this useful in writing
     of the current thread.  You may find this useful in writing
     breakpoint conditional expressions, command scripts, and so forth.
     breakpoint conditional expressions, command scripts, and so forth.
     See *Note Convenience Variables: Convenience Vars, for general
     See *Note Convenience Variables: Convenience Vars, for general
     information on convenience variables.
     information on convenience variables.
`thread apply [THREADNO] [ALL] COMMAND'
`thread apply [THREADNO] [ALL] COMMAND'
     The `thread apply' command allows you to apply the named COMMAND
     The `thread apply' command allows you to apply the named COMMAND
     to one or more threads.  Specify the numbers of the threads that
     to one or more threads.  Specify the numbers of the threads that
     you want affected with the command argument THREADNO.  It can be a
     you want affected with the command argument THREADNO.  It can be a
     single thread number, one of the numbers shown in the first field
     single thread number, one of the numbers shown in the first field
     of the `info threads' display; or it could be a range of thread
     of the `info threads' display; or it could be a range of thread
     numbers, as in `2-4'.  To apply a command to all threads, type
     numbers, as in `2-4'.  To apply a command to all threads, type
     `thread apply all COMMAND'.
     `thread apply all COMMAND'.
`set print thread-events'
`set print thread-events'
`set print thread-events on'
`set print thread-events on'
`set print thread-events off'
`set print thread-events off'
     The `set print thread-events' command allows you to enable or
     The `set print thread-events' command allows you to enable or
     disable printing of messages when GDB notices that new threads have
     disable printing of messages when GDB notices that new threads have
     started or that threads have exited.  By default, these messages
     started or that threads have exited.  By default, these messages
     will be printed if detection of these events is supported by the
     will be printed if detection of these events is supported by the
     target.  Note that these messages cannot be disabled on all
     target.  Note that these messages cannot be disabled on all
     targets.
     targets.
`show print thread-events'
`show print thread-events'
     Show whether messages will be printed when GDB detects that threads
     Show whether messages will be printed when GDB detects that threads
     have started and exited.
     have started and exited.
   *Note Stopping and Starting Multi-thread Programs: Thread Stops, for
   *Note Stopping and Starting Multi-thread Programs: Thread Stops, for
more information about how GDB behaves when you stop and start programs
more information about how GDB behaves when you stop and start programs
with multiple threads.
with multiple threads.
   *Note Setting Watchpoints: Set Watchpoints, for information about
   *Note Setting Watchpoints: Set Watchpoints, for information about
watchpoints in programs with multiple threads.
watchpoints in programs with multiple threads.
`set libthread-db-search-path [PATH]'
`set libthread-db-search-path [PATH]'
     If this variable is set, PATH is a colon-separated list of
     If this variable is set, PATH is a colon-separated list of
     directories GDB will use to search for `libthread_db'.  If you
     directories GDB will use to search for `libthread_db'.  If you
     omit PATH, `libthread-db-search-path' will be reset to an empty
     omit PATH, `libthread-db-search-path' will be reset to an empty
     list.
     list.
     On GNU/Linux and Solaris systems, GDB uses a "helper"
     On GNU/Linux and Solaris systems, GDB uses a "helper"
     `libthread_db' library to obtain information about threads in the
     `libthread_db' library to obtain information about threads in the
     inferior process.  GDB will use `libthread-db-search-path' to find
     inferior process.  GDB will use `libthread-db-search-path' to find
     `libthread_db'.  If that fails, GDB will continue with default
     `libthread_db'.  If that fails, GDB will continue with default
     system shared library directories, and finally the directory from
     system shared library directories, and finally the directory from
     which `libpthread' was loaded in the inferior process.
     which `libpthread' was loaded in the inferior process.
     For any `libthread_db' library GDB finds in above directories, GDB
     For any `libthread_db' library GDB finds in above directories, GDB
     attempts to initialize it with the current inferior process.  If
     attempts to initialize it with the current inferior process.  If
     this initialization fails (which could happen because of a version
     this initialization fails (which could happen because of a version
     mismatch between `libthread_db' and `libpthread'), GDB will unload
     mismatch between `libthread_db' and `libpthread'), GDB will unload
     `libthread_db', and continue with the next directory.  If none of
     `libthread_db', and continue with the next directory.  If none of
     `libthread_db' libraries initialize successfully, GDB will issue a
     `libthread_db' libraries initialize successfully, GDB will issue a
     warning and thread debugging will be disabled.
     warning and thread debugging will be disabled.
     Setting `libthread-db-search-path' is currently implemented only
     Setting `libthread-db-search-path' is currently implemented only
     on some platforms.
     on some platforms.
`show libthread-db-search-path'
`show libthread-db-search-path'
     Display current libthread_db search path.
     Display current libthread_db search path.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Forks,  Next: Checkpoint/Restart,  Prev: Threads,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Forks,  Next: Checkpoint/Restart,  Prev: Threads,  Up: Running
4.11 Debugging Forks
4.11 Debugging Forks
====================
====================
On most systems, GDB has no special support for debugging programs
On most systems, GDB has no special support for debugging programs
which create additional processes using the `fork' function.  When a
which create additional processes using the `fork' function.  When a
program forks, GDB will continue to debug the parent process and the
program forks, GDB will continue to debug the parent process and the
child process will run unimpeded.  If you have set a breakpoint in any
child process will run unimpeded.  If you have set a breakpoint in any
code which the child then executes, the child will get a `SIGTRAP'
code which the child then executes, the child will get a `SIGTRAP'
signal which (unless it catches the signal) will cause it to terminate.
signal which (unless it catches the signal) will cause it to terminate.
   However, if you want to debug the child process there is a workaround
   However, if you want to debug the child process there is a workaround
which isn't too painful.  Put a call to `sleep' in the code which the
which isn't too painful.  Put a call to `sleep' in the code which the
child process executes after the fork.  It may be useful to sleep only
child process executes after the fork.  It may be useful to sleep only
if a certain environment variable is set, or a certain file exists, so
if a certain environment variable is set, or a certain file exists, so
that the delay need not occur when you don't want to run GDB on the
that the delay need not occur when you don't want to run GDB on the
child.  While the child is sleeping, use the `ps' program to get its
child.  While the child is sleeping, use the `ps' program to get its
process ID.  Then tell GDB (a new invocation of GDB if you are also
process ID.  Then tell GDB (a new invocation of GDB if you are also
debugging the parent process) to attach to the child process (*note
debugging the parent process) to attach to the child process (*note
Attach::).  From that point on you can debug the child process just
Attach::).  From that point on you can debug the child process just
like any other process which you attached to.
like any other process which you attached to.
   On some systems, GDB provides support for debugging programs that
   On some systems, GDB provides support for debugging programs that
create additional processes using the `fork' or `vfork' functions.
create additional processes using the `fork' or `vfork' functions.
Currently, the only platforms with this feature are HP-UX (11.x and
Currently, the only platforms with this feature are HP-UX (11.x and
later only?) and GNU/Linux (kernel version 2.5.60 and later).
later only?) and GNU/Linux (kernel version 2.5.60 and later).
   By default, when a program forks, GDB will continue to debug the
   By default, when a program forks, GDB will continue to debug the
parent process and the child process will run unimpeded.
parent process and the child process will run unimpeded.
   If you want to follow the child process instead of the parent
   If you want to follow the child process instead of the parent
process, use the command `set follow-fork-mode'.
process, use the command `set follow-fork-mode'.
`set follow-fork-mode MODE'
`set follow-fork-mode MODE'
     Set the debugger response to a program call of `fork' or `vfork'.
     Set the debugger response to a program call of `fork' or `vfork'.
     A call to `fork' or `vfork' creates a new process.  The MODE
     A call to `fork' or `vfork' creates a new process.  The MODE
     argument can be:
     argument can be:
    `parent'
    `parent'
          The original process is debugged after a fork.  The child
          The original process is debugged after a fork.  The child
          process runs unimpeded.  This is the default.
          process runs unimpeded.  This is the default.
    `child'
    `child'
          The new process is debugged after a fork.  The parent process
          The new process is debugged after a fork.  The parent process
          runs unimpeded.
          runs unimpeded.
`show follow-fork-mode'
`show follow-fork-mode'
     Display the current debugger response to a `fork' or `vfork' call.
     Display the current debugger response to a `fork' or `vfork' call.
   On Linux, if you want to debug both the parent and child processes,
   On Linux, if you want to debug both the parent and child processes,
use the command `set detach-on-fork'.
use the command `set detach-on-fork'.
`set detach-on-fork MODE'
`set detach-on-fork MODE'
     Tells gdb whether to detach one of the processes after a fork, or
     Tells gdb whether to detach one of the processes after a fork, or
     retain debugger control over them both.
     retain debugger control over them both.
    `on'
    `on'
          The child process (or parent process, depending on the value
          The child process (or parent process, depending on the value
          of `follow-fork-mode') will be detached and allowed to run
          of `follow-fork-mode') will be detached and allowed to run
          independently.  This is the default.
          independently.  This is the default.
    `off'
    `off'
          Both processes will be held under the control of GDB.  One
          Both processes will be held under the control of GDB.  One
          process (child or parent, depending on the value of
          process (child or parent, depending on the value of
          `follow-fork-mode') is debugged as usual, while the other is
          `follow-fork-mode') is debugged as usual, while the other is
          held suspended.
          held suspended.
`show detach-on-fork'
`show detach-on-fork'
     Show whether detach-on-fork mode is on/off.
     Show whether detach-on-fork mode is on/off.
   If you choose to set `detach-on-fork' mode off, then GDB will retain
   If you choose to set `detach-on-fork' mode off, then GDB will retain
control of all forked processes (including nested forks).  You can list
control of all forked processes (including nested forks).  You can list
the forked processes under the control of GDB by using the
the forked processes under the control of GDB by using the
`info inferiors' command, and switch from one fork to another by using
`info inferiors' command, and switch from one fork to another by using
the `inferior' command (*note Debugging Multiple Inferiors and
the `inferior' command (*note Debugging Multiple Inferiors and
Programs: Inferiors and Programs.).
Programs: Inferiors and Programs.).
   To quit debugging one of the forked processes, you can either detach
   To quit debugging one of the forked processes, you can either detach
from it by using the `detach inferior' command (allowing it to run
from it by using the `detach inferior' command (allowing it to run
independently), or kill it using the `kill inferior' command.  *Note
independently), or kill it using the `kill inferior' command.  *Note
Debugging Multiple Inferiors and Programs: Inferiors and Programs.
Debugging Multiple Inferiors and Programs: Inferiors and Programs.
   If you ask to debug a child process and a `vfork' is followed by an
   If you ask to debug a child process and a `vfork' is followed by an
`exec', GDB executes the new target up to the first breakpoint in the
`exec', GDB executes the new target up to the first breakpoint in the
new target.  If you have a breakpoint set on `main' in your original
new target.  If you have a breakpoint set on `main' in your original
program, the breakpoint will also be set on the child process's `main'.
program, the breakpoint will also be set on the child process's `main'.
   On some systems, when a child process is spawned by `vfork', you
   On some systems, when a child process is spawned by `vfork', you
cannot debug the child or parent until an `exec' call completes.
cannot debug the child or parent until an `exec' call completes.
   If you issue a `run' command to GDB after an `exec' call executes,
   If you issue a `run' command to GDB after an `exec' call executes,
the new target restarts.  To restart the parent process, use the `file'
the new target restarts.  To restart the parent process, use the `file'
command with the parent executable name as its argument.  By default,
command with the parent executable name as its argument.  By default,
after an `exec' call executes, GDB discards the symbols of the previous
after an `exec' call executes, GDB discards the symbols of the previous
executable image.  You can change this behaviour with the
executable image.  You can change this behaviour with the
`set follow-exec-mode' command.
`set follow-exec-mode' command.
`set follow-exec-mode MODE'
`set follow-exec-mode MODE'
     Set debugger response to a program call of `exec'.  An `exec' call
     Set debugger response to a program call of `exec'.  An `exec' call
     replaces the program image of a process.
     replaces the program image of a process.
     `follow-exec-mode' can be:
     `follow-exec-mode' can be:
    `new'
    `new'
          GDB creates a new inferior and rebinds the process to this
          GDB creates a new inferior and rebinds the process to this
          new inferior.  The program the process was running before the
          new inferior.  The program the process was running before the
          `exec' call can be restarted afterwards by restarting the
          `exec' call can be restarted afterwards by restarting the
          original inferior.
          original inferior.
          For example:
          For example:
               (gdb) info inferiors
               (gdb) info inferiors
               (gdb) info inferior
               (gdb) info inferior
                 Id   Description   Executable
                 Id   Description   Executable
               * 1            prog1
               * 1            prog1
               (gdb) run
               (gdb) run
               process 12020 is executing new program: prog2
               process 12020 is executing new program: prog2
               Program exited normally.
               Program exited normally.
               (gdb) info inferiors
               (gdb) info inferiors
                 Id   Description   Executable
                 Id   Description   Executable
               * 2            prog2
               * 2            prog2
                 1            prog1
                 1            prog1
    `same'
    `same'
          GDB keeps the process bound to the same inferior.  The new
          GDB keeps the process bound to the same inferior.  The new
          executable image replaces the previous executable loaded in
          executable image replaces the previous executable loaded in
          the inferior.  Restarting the inferior after the `exec' call,
          the inferior.  Restarting the inferior after the `exec' call,
          with e.g., the `run' command, restarts the executable the
          with e.g., the `run' command, restarts the executable the
          process was running after the `exec' call.  This is the
          process was running after the `exec' call.  This is the
          default mode.
          default mode.
          For example:
          For example:
               (gdb) info inferiors
               (gdb) info inferiors
                 Id   Description   Executable
                 Id   Description   Executable
               * 1            prog1
               * 1            prog1
               (gdb) run
               (gdb) run
               process 12020 is executing new program: prog2
               process 12020 is executing new program: prog2
               Program exited normally.
               Program exited normally.
               (gdb) info inferiors
               (gdb) info inferiors
                 Id   Description   Executable
                 Id   Description   Executable
               * 1            prog2
               * 1            prog2
   You can use the `catch' command to make GDB stop whenever a `fork',
   You can use the `catch' command to make GDB stop whenever a `fork',
`vfork', or `exec' call is made.  *Note Setting Catchpoints: Set
`vfork', or `exec' call is made.  *Note Setting Catchpoints: Set
Catchpoints.
Catchpoints.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Checkpoint/Restart,  Prev: Forks,  Up: Running
File: gdb.info,  Node: Checkpoint/Restart,  Prev: Forks,  Up: Running
4.12 Setting a _Bookmark_ to Return to Later
4.12 Setting a _Bookmark_ to Return to Later
============================================
============================================
On certain operating systems(1), GDB is able to save a "snapshot" of a
On certain operating systems(1), GDB is able to save a "snapshot" of a
program's state, called a "checkpoint", and come back to it later.
program's state, called a "checkpoint", and come back to it later.
   Returning to a checkpoint effectively undoes everything that has
   Returning to a checkpoint effectively undoes everything that has
happened in the program since the `checkpoint' was saved.  This
happened in the program since the `checkpoint' was saved.  This
includes changes in memory, registers, and even (within some limits)
includes changes in memory, registers, and even (within some limits)
system state.  Effectively, it is like going back in time to the moment
system state.  Effectively, it is like going back in time to the moment
when the checkpoint was saved.
when the checkpoint was saved.
   Thus, if you're stepping thru a program and you think you're getting
   Thus, if you're stepping thru a program and you think you're getting
close to the point where things go wrong, you can save a checkpoint.
close to the point where things go wrong, you can save a checkpoint.
Then, if you accidentally go too far and miss the critical statement,
Then, if you accidentally go too far and miss the critical statement,
instead of having to restart your program from the beginning, you can
instead of having to restart your program from the beginning, you can
just go back to the checkpoint and start again from there.
just go back to the checkpoint and start again from there.
   This can be especially useful if it takes a lot of time or steps to
   This can be especially useful if it takes a lot of time or steps to
reach the point where you think the bug occurs.
reach the point where you think the bug occurs.
   To use the `checkpoint'/`restart' method of debugging:
   To use the `checkpoint'/`restart' method of debugging:
`checkpoint'
`checkpoint'
     Save a snapshot of the debugged program's current execution state.
     Save a snapshot of the debugged program's current execution state.
     The `checkpoint' command takes no arguments, but each checkpoint
     The `checkpoint' command takes no arguments, but each checkpoint
     is assigned a small integer id, similar to a breakpoint id.
     is assigned a small integer id, similar to a breakpoint id.
`info checkpoints'
`info checkpoints'
     List the checkpoints that have been saved in the current debugging
     List the checkpoints that have been saved in the current debugging
     session.  For each checkpoint, the following information will be
     session.  For each checkpoint, the following information will be
     listed:
     listed:
    `Checkpoint ID'
    `Checkpoint ID'
    `Process ID'
    `Process ID'
    `Code Address'
    `Code Address'
    `Source line, or label'
    `Source line, or label'
`restart CHECKPOINT-ID'
`restart CHECKPOINT-ID'
     Restore the program state that was saved as checkpoint number
     Restore the program state that was saved as checkpoint number
     CHECKPOINT-ID.  All program variables, registers, stack frames
     CHECKPOINT-ID.  All program variables, registers, stack frames
     etc.  will be returned to the values that they had when the
     etc.  will be returned to the values that they had when the
     checkpoint was saved.  In essence, gdb will "wind back the clock"
     checkpoint was saved.  In essence, gdb will "wind back the clock"
     to the point in time when the checkpoint was saved.
     to the point in time when the checkpoint was saved.
     Note that breakpoints, GDB variables, command history etc.  are
     Note that breakpoints, GDB variables, command history etc.  are
     not affected by restoring a checkpoint.  In general, a checkpoint
     not affected by restoring a checkpoint.  In general, a checkpoint
     only restores things that reside in the program being debugged,
     only restores things that reside in the program being debugged,
     not in the debugger.
     not in the debugger.
`delete checkpoint CHECKPOINT-ID'
`delete checkpoint CHECKPOINT-ID'
     Delete the previously-saved checkpoint identified by CHECKPOINT-ID.
     Delete the previously-saved checkpoint identified by CHECKPOINT-ID.
   Returning to a previously saved checkpoint will restore the user
   Returning to a previously saved checkpoint will restore the user
state of the program being debugged, plus a significant subset of the
state of the program being debugged, plus a significant subset of the
system (OS) state, including file pointers.  It won't "un-write" data
system (OS) state, including file pointers.  It won't "un-write" data
from a file, but it will rewind the file pointer to the previous
from a file, but it will rewind the file pointer to the previous
location, so that the previously written data can be overwritten.  For
location, so that the previously written data can be overwritten.  For
files opened in read mode, the pointer will also be restored so that the
files opened in read mode, the pointer will also be restored so that the
previously read data can be read again.
previously read data can be read again.
   Of course, characters that have been sent to a printer (or other
   Of course, characters that have been sent to a printer (or other
external device) cannot be "snatched back", and characters received
external device) cannot be "snatched back", and characters received
from eg. a serial device can be removed from internal program buffers,
from eg. a serial device can be removed from internal program buffers,
but they cannot be "pushed back" into the serial pipeline, ready to be
but they cannot be "pushed back" into the serial pipeline, ready to be
received again.  Similarly, the actual contents of files that have been
received again.  Similarly, the actual contents of files that have been
changed cannot be restored (at this time).
changed cannot be restored (at this time).
   However, within those constraints, you actually can "rewind" your
   However, within those constraints, you actually can "rewind" your
program to a previously saved point in time, and begin debugging it
program to a previously saved point in time, and begin debugging it
again -- and you can change the course of events so as to debug a
again -- and you can change the course of events so as to debug a
different execution path this time.
different execution path this time.
   Finally, there is one bit of internal program state that will be
   Finally, there is one bit of internal program state that will be
different when you return to a checkpoint -- the program's process id.
different when you return to a checkpoint -- the program's process id.
Each checkpoint will have a unique process id (or PID), and each will
Each checkpoint will have a unique process id (or PID), and each will
be different from the program's original PID.  If your program has
be different from the program's original PID.  If your program has
saved a local copy of its process id, this could potentially pose a
saved a local copy of its process id, this could potentially pose a
problem.
problem.
4.12.1 A Non-obvious Benefit of Using Checkpoints
4.12.1 A Non-obvious Benefit of Using Checkpoints
-------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------
On some systems such as GNU/Linux, address space randomization is
On some systems such as GNU/Linux, address space randomization is
performed on new processes for security reasons.  This makes it
performed on new processes for security reasons.  This makes it
difficult or impossible to set a breakpoint, or watchpoint, on an
difficult or impossible to set a breakpoint, or watchpoint, on an
absolute address if you have to restart the program, since the absolute
absolute address if you have to restart the program, since the absolute
location of a symbol will change from one execution to the next.
location of a symbol will change from one execution to the next.
   A checkpoint, however, is an _identical_ copy of a process.
   A checkpoint, however, is an _identical_ copy of a process.
Therefore if you create a checkpoint at (eg.) the start of main, and
Therefore if you create a checkpoint at (eg.) the start of main, and
simply return to that checkpoint instead of restarting the process, you
simply return to that checkpoint instead of restarting the process, you
can avoid the effects of address randomization and your symbols will
can avoid the effects of address randomization and your symbols will
all stay in the same place.
all stay in the same place.
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) Currently, only GNU/Linux.
   (1) Currently, only GNU/Linux.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Stopping,  Next: Reverse Execution,  Prev: Running,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Stopping,  Next: Reverse Execution,  Prev: Running,  Up: Top
5 Stopping and Continuing
5 Stopping and Continuing
*************************
*************************
The principal purposes of using a debugger are so that you can stop your
The principal purposes of using a debugger are so that you can stop your
program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into
program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into
trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
   Inside GDB, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such
   Inside GDB, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such
as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a GDB command
as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a GDB command
such as `step'.  You may then examine and change variables, set new
such as `step'.  You may then examine and change variables, set new
breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue execution.  Usually,
breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue execution.  Usually,
the messages shown by GDB provide ample explanation of the status of
the messages shown by GDB provide ample explanation of the status of
your program--but you can also explicitly request this information at
your program--but you can also explicitly request this information at
any time.
any time.
`info program'
`info program'
     Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
     Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
     running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
     running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Breakpoints::                 Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints
* Breakpoints::                 Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints
* Continuing and Stepping::     Resuming execution
* Continuing and Stepping::     Resuming execution
* Signals::                     Signals
* Signals::                     Signals
* Thread Stops::                Stopping and starting multi-thread programs
* Thread Stops::                Stopping and starting multi-thread programs


File: gdb.info,  Node: Breakpoints,  Next: Continuing and Stepping,  Up: Stopping
File: gdb.info,  Node: Breakpoints,  Next: Continuing and Stepping,  Up: Stopping
5.1 Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Catchpoints
5.1 Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Catchpoints
=============================================
=============================================
A "breakpoint" makes your program stop whenever a certain point in the
A "breakpoint" makes your program stop whenever a certain point in the
program is reached.  For each breakpoint, you can add conditions to
program is reached.  For each breakpoint, you can add conditions to
control in finer detail whether your program stops.  You can set
control in finer detail whether your program stops.  You can set
breakpoints with the `break' command and its variants (*note Setting
breakpoints with the `break' command and its variants (*note Setting
Breakpoints: Set Breaks.), to specify the place where your program
Breakpoints: Set Breaks.), to specify the place where your program
should stop by line number, function name or exact address in the
should stop by line number, function name or exact address in the
program.
program.
   On some systems, you can set breakpoints in shared libraries before
   On some systems, you can set breakpoints in shared libraries before
the executable is run.  There is a minor limitation on HP-UX systems:
the executable is run.  There is a minor limitation on HP-UX systems:
you must wait until the executable is run in order to set breakpoints
you must wait until the executable is run in order to set breakpoints
in shared library routines that are not called directly by the program
in shared library routines that are not called directly by the program
(for example, routines that are arguments in a `pthread_create' call).
(for example, routines that are arguments in a `pthread_create' call).
   A "watchpoint" is a special breakpoint that stops your program when
   A "watchpoint" is a special breakpoint that stops your program when
the value of an expression changes.  The expression may be a value of a
the value of an expression changes.  The expression may be a value of a
variable, or it could involve values of one or more variables combined
variable, or it could involve values of one or more variables combined
by operators, such as `a + b'.  This is sometimes called "data
by operators, such as `a + b'.  This is sometimes called "data
breakpoints".  You must use a different command to set watchpoints
breakpoints".  You must use a different command to set watchpoints
(*note Setting Watchpoints: Set Watchpoints.), but aside from that, you
(*note Setting Watchpoints: Set Watchpoints.), but aside from that, you
can manage a watchpoint like any other breakpoint: you enable, disable,
can manage a watchpoint like any other breakpoint: you enable, disable,
and delete both breakpoints and watchpoints using the same commands.
and delete both breakpoints and watchpoints using the same commands.
   You can arrange to have values from your program displayed
   You can arrange to have values from your program displayed
automatically whenever GDB stops at a breakpoint.  *Note Automatic
automatically whenever GDB stops at a breakpoint.  *Note Automatic
Display: Auto Display.
Display: Auto Display.
   A "catchpoint" is another special breakpoint that stops your program
   A "catchpoint" is another special breakpoint that stops your program
when a certain kind of event occurs, such as the throwing of a C++
when a certain kind of event occurs, such as the throwing of a C++
exception or the loading of a library.  As with watchpoints, you use a
exception or the loading of a library.  As with watchpoints, you use a
different command to set a catchpoint (*note Setting Catchpoints: Set
different command to set a catchpoint (*note Setting Catchpoints: Set
Catchpoints.), but aside from that, you can manage a catchpoint like any
Catchpoints.), but aside from that, you can manage a catchpoint like any
other breakpoint.  (To stop when your program receives a signal, use the
other breakpoint.  (To stop when your program receives a signal, use the
`handle' command; see *note Signals: Signals.)
`handle' command; see *note Signals: Signals.)
   GDB assigns a number to each breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint
   GDB assigns a number to each breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint
when you create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with
when you create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with
one.  In many of the commands for controlling various features of
one.  In many of the commands for controlling various features of
breakpoints you use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you
breakpoints you use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you
want to change.  Each breakpoint may be "enabled" or "disabled"; if
want to change.  Each breakpoint may be "enabled" or "disabled"; if
disabled, it has no effect on your program until you enable it again.
disabled, it has no effect on your program until you enable it again.
   Some GDB commands accept a range of breakpoints on which to operate.
   Some GDB commands accept a range of breakpoints on which to operate.
A breakpoint range is either a single breakpoint number, like `5', or
A breakpoint range is either a single breakpoint number, like `5', or
two such numbers, in increasing order, separated by a hyphen, like
two such numbers, in increasing order, separated by a hyphen, like
`5-7'.  When a breakpoint range is given to a command, all breakpoints
`5-7'.  When a breakpoint range is given to a command, all breakpoints
in that range are operated on.
in that range are operated on.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Set Breaks::                  Setting breakpoints
* Set Breaks::                  Setting breakpoints
* Set Watchpoints::             Setting watchpoints
* Set Watchpoints::             Setting watchpoints
* Set Catchpoints::             Setting catchpoints
* Set Catchpoints::             Setting catchpoints
* Delete Breaks::               Deleting breakpoints
* Delete Breaks::               Deleting breakpoints
* Disabling::                   Disabling breakpoints
* Disabling::                   Disabling breakpoints
* Conditions::                  Break conditions
* Conditions::                  Break conditions
* Break Commands::              Breakpoint command lists
* Break Commands::              Breakpoint command lists
* Save Breakpoints::            How to save breakpoints in a file
* Save Breakpoints::            How to save breakpoints in a file
* Error in Breakpoints::        ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
* Error in Breakpoints::        ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
* Breakpoint-related Warnings:: ``Breakpoint address adjusted...''
* Breakpoint-related Warnings:: ``Breakpoint address adjusted...''


File: gdb.info,  Node: Set Breaks,  Next: Set Watchpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Set Breaks,  Next: Set Watchpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.1 Setting Breakpoints
5.1.1 Setting Breakpoints
-------------------------
-------------------------
Breakpoints are set with the `break' command (abbreviated `b').  The
Breakpoints are set with the `break' command (abbreviated `b').  The
debugger convenience variable `$bpnum' records the number of the
debugger convenience variable `$bpnum' records the number of the
breakpoint you've set most recently; see *note Convenience Variables:
breakpoint you've set most recently; see *note Convenience Variables:
Convenience Vars, for a discussion of what you can do with convenience
Convenience Vars, for a discussion of what you can do with convenience
variables.
variables.
`break LOCATION'
`break LOCATION'
     Set a breakpoint at the given LOCATION, which can specify a
     Set a breakpoint at the given LOCATION, which can specify a
     function name, a line number, or an address of an instruction.
     function name, a line number, or an address of an instruction.
     (*Note Specify Location::, for a list of all the possible ways to
     (*Note Specify Location::, for a list of all the possible ways to
     specify a LOCATION.)  The breakpoint will stop your program just
     specify a LOCATION.)  The breakpoint will stop your program just
     before it executes any of the code in the specified LOCATION.
     before it executes any of the code in the specified LOCATION.
     When using source languages that permit overloading of symbols,
     When using source languages that permit overloading of symbols,
     such as C++, a function name may refer to more than one possible
     such as C++, a function name may refer to more than one possible
     place to break.  *Note Ambiguous Expressions: Ambiguous
     place to break.  *Note Ambiguous Expressions: Ambiguous
     Expressions, for a discussion of that situation.
     Expressions, for a discussion of that situation.
     It is also possible to insert a breakpoint that will stop the
     It is also possible to insert a breakpoint that will stop the
     program only if a specific thread (*note Thread-Specific
     program only if a specific thread (*note Thread-Specific
     Breakpoints::) or a specific task (*note Ada Tasks::) hits that
     Breakpoints::) or a specific task (*note Ada Tasks::) hits that
     breakpoint.
     breakpoint.
`break'
`break'
     When called without any arguments, `break' sets a breakpoint at
     When called without any arguments, `break' sets a breakpoint at
     the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
     the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
     (*note Examining the Stack: Stack.).  In any selected frame but the
     (*note Examining the Stack: Stack.).  In any selected frame but the
     innermost, this makes your program stop as soon as control returns
     innermost, this makes your program stop as soon as control returns
     to that frame.  This is similar to the effect of a `finish'
     to that frame.  This is similar to the effect of a `finish'
     command in the frame inside the selected frame--except that
     command in the frame inside the selected frame--except that
     `finish' does not leave an active breakpoint.  If you use `break'
     `finish' does not leave an active breakpoint.  If you use `break'
     without an argument in the innermost frame, GDB stops the next
     without an argument in the innermost frame, GDB stops the next
     time it reaches the current location; this may be useful inside
     time it reaches the current location; this may be useful inside
     loops.
     loops.
     GDB normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until
     GDB normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until
     at least one instruction has been executed.  If it did not do
     at least one instruction has been executed.  If it did not do
     this, you would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without
     this, you would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without
     first disabling the breakpoint.  This rule applies whether or not
     first disabling the breakpoint.  This rule applies whether or not
     the breakpoint already existed when your program stopped.
     the breakpoint already existed when your program stopped.
`break ... if COND'
`break ... if COND'
     Set a breakpoint with condition COND; evaluate the expression COND
     Set a breakpoint with condition COND; evaluate the expression COND
     each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the value is
     each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the value is
     nonzero--that is, if COND evaluates as true.  `...' stands for one
     nonzero--that is, if COND evaluates as true.  `...' stands for one
     of the possible arguments described above (or no argument)
     of the possible arguments described above (or no argument)
     specifying where to break.  *Note Break Conditions: Conditions,
     specifying where to break.  *Note Break Conditions: Conditions,
     for more information on breakpoint conditions.
     for more information on breakpoint conditions.
`tbreak ARGS'
`tbreak ARGS'
     Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop.  ARGS are the same as
     Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop.  ARGS are the same as
     for the `break' command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
     for the `break' command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
     way, but the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first
     way, but the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first
     time your program stops there.  *Note Disabling Breakpoints:
     time your program stops there.  *Note Disabling Breakpoints:
     Disabling.
     Disabling.
`hbreak ARGS'
`hbreak ARGS'
     Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint.  ARGS are the same as for the
     Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint.  ARGS are the same as for the
     `break' command and the breakpoint is set in the same way, but the
     `break' command and the breakpoint is set in the same way, but the
     breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may
     breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may
     not have this support.  The main purpose of this is EPROM/ROM code
     not have this support.  The main purpose of this is EPROM/ROM code
     debugging, so you can set a breakpoint at an instruction without
     debugging, so you can set a breakpoint at an instruction without
     changing the instruction.  This can be used with the new
     changing the instruction.  This can be used with the new
     trap-generation provided by SPARClite DSU and most x86-based
     trap-generation provided by SPARClite DSU and most x86-based
     targets.  These targets will generate traps when a program
     targets.  These targets will generate traps when a program
     accesses some data or instruction address that is assigned to the
     accesses some data or instruction address that is assigned to the
     debug registers.  However the hardware breakpoint registers can
     debug registers.  However the hardware breakpoint registers can
     take a limited number of breakpoints.  For example, on the DSU,
     take a limited number of breakpoints.  For example, on the DSU,
     only two data breakpoints can be set at a time, and GDB will
     only two data breakpoints can be set at a time, and GDB will
     reject this command if more than two are used.  Delete or disable
     reject this command if more than two are used.  Delete or disable
     unused hardware breakpoints before setting new ones (*note
     unused hardware breakpoints before setting new ones (*note
     Disabling Breakpoints: Disabling.).  *Note Break Conditions:
     Disabling Breakpoints: Disabling.).  *Note Break Conditions:
     Conditions.  For remote targets, you can restrict the number of
     Conditions.  For remote targets, you can restrict the number of
     hardware breakpoints GDB will use, see *note set remote
     hardware breakpoints GDB will use, see *note set remote
     hardware-breakpoint-limit::.
     hardware-breakpoint-limit::.
`thbreak ARGS'
`thbreak ARGS'
     Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint enabled only for one stop.  ARGS
     Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint enabled only for one stop.  ARGS
     are the same as for the `hbreak' command and the breakpoint is set
     are the same as for the `hbreak' command and the breakpoint is set
     in the same way.  However, like the `tbreak' command, the
     in the same way.  However, like the `tbreak' command, the
     breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first time your
     breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first time your
     program stops there.  Also, like the `hbreak' command, the
     program stops there.  Also, like the `hbreak' command, the
     breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may
     breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may
     not have this support.  *Note Disabling Breakpoints: Disabling.
     not have this support.  *Note Disabling Breakpoints: Disabling.
     See also *note Break Conditions: Conditions.
     See also *note Break Conditions: Conditions.
`rbreak REGEX'
`rbreak REGEX'
     Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
     Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
     REGEX.  This command sets an unconditional breakpoint on all
     REGEX.  This command sets an unconditional breakpoint on all
     matches, printing a list of all breakpoints it set.  Once these
     matches, printing a list of all breakpoints it set.  Once these
     breakpoints are set, they are treated just like the breakpoints
     breakpoints are set, they are treated just like the breakpoints
     set with the `break' command.  You can delete them, disable them,
     set with the `break' command.  You can delete them, disable them,
     or make them conditional the same way as any other breakpoint.
     or make them conditional the same way as any other breakpoint.
     The syntax of the regular expression is the standard one used with
     The syntax of the regular expression is the standard one used with
     tools like `grep'.  Note that this is different from the syntax
     tools like `grep'.  Note that this is different from the syntax
     used by shells, so for instance `foo*' matches all functions that
     used by shells, so for instance `foo*' matches all functions that
     include an `fo' followed by zero or more `o's.  There is an
     include an `fo' followed by zero or more `o's.  There is an
     implicit `.*' leading and trailing the regular expression you
     implicit `.*' leading and trailing the regular expression you
     supply, so to match only functions that begin with `foo', use
     supply, so to match only functions that begin with `foo', use
     `^foo'.
     `^foo'.
     When debugging C++ programs, `rbreak' is useful for setting
     When debugging C++ programs, `rbreak' is useful for setting
     breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any
     breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any
     special classes.
     special classes.
     The `rbreak' command can be used to set breakpoints in *all* the
     The `rbreak' command can be used to set breakpoints in *all* the
     functions in a program, like this:
     functions in a program, like this:
          (gdb) rbreak .
          (gdb) rbreak .
`rbreak FILE:REGEX'
`rbreak FILE:REGEX'
     If `rbreak' is called with a filename qualification, it limits the
     If `rbreak' is called with a filename qualification, it limits the
     search for functions matching the given regular expression to the
     search for functions matching the given regular expression to the
     specified FILE.  This can be used, for example, to set breakpoints
     specified FILE.  This can be used, for example, to set breakpoints
     on every function in a given file:
     on every function in a given file:
          (gdb) rbreak file.c:.
          (gdb) rbreak file.c:.
     The colon separating the filename qualifier from the regex may
     The colon separating the filename qualifier from the regex may
     optionally be surrounded by spaces.
     optionally be surrounded by spaces.
`info breakpoints [N]'
`info breakpoints [N]'
`info break [N]'
`info break [N]'
     Print a table of all breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints set
     Print a table of all breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints set
     and not deleted.  Optional argument N means print information only
     and not deleted.  Optional argument N means print information only
     about the specified breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint).  For
     about the specified breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint).  For
     each breakpoint, following columns are printed:
     each breakpoint, following columns are printed:
    _Breakpoint Numbers_
    _Breakpoint Numbers_
    _Type_
    _Type_
          Breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint.
          Breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint.
    _Disposition_
    _Disposition_
          Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted
          Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted
          when hit.
          when hit.
    _Enabled or Disabled_
    _Enabled or Disabled_
          Enabled breakpoints are marked with `y'.  `n' marks
          Enabled breakpoints are marked with `y'.  `n' marks
          breakpoints that are not enabled.
          breakpoints that are not enabled.
    _Address_
    _Address_
          Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address.
          Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address.
          For a pending breakpoint whose address is not yet known, this
          For a pending breakpoint whose address is not yet known, this
          field will contain `'.  Such breakpoint won't fire
          field will contain `'.  Such breakpoint won't fire
          until a shared library that has the symbol or line referred
          until a shared library that has the symbol or line referred
          by breakpoint is loaded.  See below for details.  A
          by breakpoint is loaded.  See below for details.  A
          breakpoint with several locations will have `' in
          breakpoint with several locations will have `' in
          this field--see below for details.
          this field--see below for details.
    _What_
    _What_
          Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a
          Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a
          file and line number.  For a pending breakpoint, the original
          file and line number.  For a pending breakpoint, the original
          string passed to the breakpoint command will be listed as it
          string passed to the breakpoint command will be listed as it
          cannot be resolved until the appropriate shared library is
          cannot be resolved until the appropriate shared library is
          loaded in the future.
          loaded in the future.
     If a breakpoint is conditional, `info break' shows the condition on
     If a breakpoint is conditional, `info break' shows the condition on
     the line following the affected breakpoint; breakpoint commands,
     the line following the affected breakpoint; breakpoint commands,
     if any, are listed after that.  A pending breakpoint is allowed to
     if any, are listed after that.  A pending breakpoint is allowed to
     have a condition specified for it.  The condition is not parsed
     have a condition specified for it.  The condition is not parsed
     for validity until a shared library is loaded that allows the
     for validity until a shared library is loaded that allows the
     pending breakpoint to resolve to a valid location.
     pending breakpoint to resolve to a valid location.
     `info break' with a breakpoint number N as argument lists only
     `info break' with a breakpoint number N as argument lists only
     that breakpoint.  The convenience variable `$_' and the default
     that breakpoint.  The convenience variable `$_' and the default
     examining-address for the `x' command are set to the address of
     examining-address for the `x' command are set to the address of
     the last breakpoint listed (*note Examining Memory: Memory.).
     the last breakpoint listed (*note Examining Memory: Memory.).
     `info break' displays a count of the number of times the breakpoint
     `info break' displays a count of the number of times the breakpoint
     has been hit.  This is especially useful in conjunction with the
     has been hit.  This is especially useful in conjunction with the
     `ignore' command.  You can ignore a large number of breakpoint
     `ignore' command.  You can ignore a large number of breakpoint
     hits, look at the breakpoint info to see how many times the
     hits, look at the breakpoint info to see how many times the
     breakpoint was hit, and then run again, ignoring one less than
     breakpoint was hit, and then run again, ignoring one less than
     that number.  This will get you quickly to the last hit of that
     that number.  This will get you quickly to the last hit of that
     breakpoint.
     breakpoint.
   GDB allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in
   GDB allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in
your program.  There is nothing silly or meaningless about this.  When
your program.  There is nothing silly or meaningless about this.  When
the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful (*note Break
the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful (*note Break
Conditions: Conditions.).
Conditions: Conditions.).
   It is possible that a breakpoint corresponds to several locations in
   It is possible that a breakpoint corresponds to several locations in
your program.  Examples of this situation are:
your program.  Examples of this situation are:
   * For a C++ constructor, the GCC compiler generates several
   * For a C++ constructor, the GCC compiler generates several
     instances of the function body, used in different cases.
     instances of the function body, used in different cases.
   * For a C++ template function, a given line in the function can
   * For a C++ template function, a given line in the function can
     correspond to any number of instantiations.
     correspond to any number of instantiations.
   * For an inlined function, a given source line can correspond to
   * For an inlined function, a given source line can correspond to
     several places where that function is inlined.
     several places where that function is inlined.
   In all those cases, GDB will insert a breakpoint at all the relevant
   In all those cases, GDB will insert a breakpoint at all the relevant
locations(1).
locations(1).
   A breakpoint with multiple locations is displayed in the breakpoint
   A breakpoint with multiple locations is displayed in the breakpoint
table using several rows--one header row, followed by one row for each
table using several rows--one header row, followed by one row for each
breakpoint location.  The header row has `' in the address
breakpoint location.  The header row has `' in the address
column.  The rows for individual locations contain the actual addresses
column.  The rows for individual locations contain the actual addresses
for locations, and show the functions to which those locations belong.
for locations, and show the functions to which those locations belong.
The number column for a location is of the form
The number column for a location is of the form
BREAKPOINT-NUMBER.LOCATION-NUMBER.
BREAKPOINT-NUMBER.LOCATION-NUMBER.
   For example:
   For example:
     Num     Type           Disp Enb  Address    What
     Num     Type           Disp Enb  Address    What
     1       breakpoint     keep y    
     1       breakpoint     keep y    
             stop only if i==1
             stop only if i==1
             breakpoint already hit 1 time
             breakpoint already hit 1 time
     1.1                         y    0x080486a2 in void foo() at t.cc:8
     1.1                         y    0x080486a2 in void foo() at t.cc:8
     1.2                         y    0x080486ca in void foo() at t.cc:8
     1.2                         y    0x080486ca in void foo() at t.cc:8
   Each location can be individually enabled or disabled by passing
   Each location can be individually enabled or disabled by passing
BREAKPOINT-NUMBER.LOCATION-NUMBER as argument to the `enable' and
BREAKPOINT-NUMBER.LOCATION-NUMBER as argument to the `enable' and
`disable' commands.  Note that you cannot delete the individual
`disable' commands.  Note that you cannot delete the individual
locations from the list, you can only delete the entire list of
locations from the list, you can only delete the entire list of
locations that belong to their parent breakpoint (with the `delete NUM'
locations that belong to their parent breakpoint (with the `delete NUM'
command, where NUM is the number of the parent breakpoint, 1 in the
command, where NUM is the number of the parent breakpoint, 1 in the
above example).  Disabling or enabling the parent breakpoint (*note
above example).  Disabling or enabling the parent breakpoint (*note
Disabling::) affects all of the locations that belong to that
Disabling::) affects all of the locations that belong to that
breakpoint.
breakpoint.
   It's quite common to have a breakpoint inside a shared library.
   It's quite common to have a breakpoint inside a shared library.
Shared libraries can be loaded and unloaded explicitly, and possibly
Shared libraries can be loaded and unloaded explicitly, and possibly
repeatedly, as the program is executed.  To support this use case, GDB
repeatedly, as the program is executed.  To support this use case, GDB
updates breakpoint locations whenever any shared library is loaded or
updates breakpoint locations whenever any shared library is loaded or
unloaded.  Typically, you would set a breakpoint in a shared library at
unloaded.  Typically, you would set a breakpoint in a shared library at
the beginning of your debugging session, when the library is not
the beginning of your debugging session, when the library is not
loaded, and when the symbols from the library are not available.  When
loaded, and when the symbols from the library are not available.  When
you try to set breakpoint, GDB will ask you if you want to set a so
you try to set breakpoint, GDB will ask you if you want to set a so
called "pending breakpoint"--breakpoint whose address is not yet
called "pending breakpoint"--breakpoint whose address is not yet
resolved.
resolved.
   After the program is run, whenever a new shared library is loaded,
   After the program is run, whenever a new shared library is loaded,
GDB reevaluates all the breakpoints.  When a newly loaded shared
GDB reevaluates all the breakpoints.  When a newly loaded shared
library contains the symbol or line referred to by some pending
library contains the symbol or line referred to by some pending
breakpoint, that breakpoint is resolved and becomes an ordinary
breakpoint, that breakpoint is resolved and becomes an ordinary
breakpoint.  When a library is unloaded, all breakpoints that refer to
breakpoint.  When a library is unloaded, all breakpoints that refer to
its symbols or source lines become pending again.
its symbols or source lines become pending again.
   This logic works for breakpoints with multiple locations, too.  For
   This logic works for breakpoints with multiple locations, too.  For
example, if you have a breakpoint in a C++ template function, and a
example, if you have a breakpoint in a C++ template function, and a
newly loaded shared library has an instantiation of that template, a
newly loaded shared library has an instantiation of that template, a
new location is added to the list of locations for the breakpoint.
new location is added to the list of locations for the breakpoint.
   Except for having unresolved address, pending breakpoints do not
   Except for having unresolved address, pending breakpoints do not
differ from regular breakpoints.  You can set conditions or commands,
differ from regular breakpoints.  You can set conditions or commands,
enable and disable them and perform other breakpoint operations.
enable and disable them and perform other breakpoint operations.
   GDB provides some additional commands for controlling what happens
   GDB provides some additional commands for controlling what happens
when the `break' command cannot resolve breakpoint address
when the `break' command cannot resolve breakpoint address
specification to an address:
specification to an address:
`set breakpoint pending auto'
`set breakpoint pending auto'
     This is the default behavior.  When GDB cannot find the breakpoint
     This is the default behavior.  When GDB cannot find the breakpoint
     location, it queries you whether a pending breakpoint should be
     location, it queries you whether a pending breakpoint should be
     created.
     created.
`set breakpoint pending on'
`set breakpoint pending on'
     This indicates that an unrecognized breakpoint location should
     This indicates that an unrecognized breakpoint location should
     automatically result in a pending breakpoint being created.
     automatically result in a pending breakpoint being created.
`set breakpoint pending off'
`set breakpoint pending off'
     This indicates that pending breakpoints are not to be created.  Any
     This indicates that pending breakpoints are not to be created.  Any
     unrecognized breakpoint location results in an error.  This
     unrecognized breakpoint location results in an error.  This
     setting does not affect any pending breakpoints previously created.
     setting does not affect any pending breakpoints previously created.
`show breakpoint pending'
`show breakpoint pending'
     Show the current behavior setting for creating pending breakpoints.
     Show the current behavior setting for creating pending breakpoints.
   The settings above only affect the `break' command and its variants.
   The settings above only affect the `break' command and its variants.
Once breakpoint is set, it will be automatically updated as shared
Once breakpoint is set, it will be automatically updated as shared
libraries are loaded and unloaded.
libraries are loaded and unloaded.
   For some targets, GDB can automatically decide if hardware or
   For some targets, GDB can automatically decide if hardware or
software breakpoints should be used, depending on whether the
software breakpoints should be used, depending on whether the
breakpoint address is read-only or read-write.  This applies to
breakpoint address is read-only or read-write.  This applies to
breakpoints set with the `break' command as well as to internal
breakpoints set with the `break' command as well as to internal
breakpoints set by commands like `next' and `finish'.  For breakpoints
breakpoints set by commands like `next' and `finish'.  For breakpoints
set with `hbreak', GDB will always use hardware breakpoints.
set with `hbreak', GDB will always use hardware breakpoints.
   You can control this automatic behaviour with the following
   You can control this automatic behaviour with the following
commands::
commands::
`set breakpoint auto-hw on'
`set breakpoint auto-hw on'
     This is the default behavior.  When GDB sets a breakpoint, it will
     This is the default behavior.  When GDB sets a breakpoint, it will
     try to use the target memory map to decide if software or hardware
     try to use the target memory map to decide if software or hardware
     breakpoint must be used.
     breakpoint must be used.
`set breakpoint auto-hw off'
`set breakpoint auto-hw off'
     This indicates GDB should not automatically select breakpoint
     This indicates GDB should not automatically select breakpoint
     type.  If the target provides a memory map, GDB will warn when
     type.  If the target provides a memory map, GDB will warn when
     trying to set software breakpoint at a read-only address.
     trying to set software breakpoint at a read-only address.
   GDB normally implements breakpoints by replacing the program code at
   GDB normally implements breakpoints by replacing the program code at
the breakpoint address with a special instruction, which, when
the breakpoint address with a special instruction, which, when
executed, given control to the debugger.  By default, the program code
executed, given control to the debugger.  By default, the program code
is so modified only when the program is resumed.  As soon as the
is so modified only when the program is resumed.  As soon as the
program stops, GDB restores the original instructions.  This behaviour
program stops, GDB restores the original instructions.  This behaviour
guards against leaving breakpoints inserted in the target should gdb
guards against leaving breakpoints inserted in the target should gdb
abrubptly disconnect.  However, with slow remote targets, inserting and
abrubptly disconnect.  However, with slow remote targets, inserting and
removing breakpoint can reduce the performance.  This behavior can be
removing breakpoint can reduce the performance.  This behavior can be
controlled with the following commands::
controlled with the following commands::
`set breakpoint always-inserted off'
`set breakpoint always-inserted off'
     All breakpoints, including newly added by the user, are inserted in
     All breakpoints, including newly added by the user, are inserted in
     the target only when the target is resumed.  All breakpoints are
     the target only when the target is resumed.  All breakpoints are
     removed from the target when it stops.
     removed from the target when it stops.
`set breakpoint always-inserted on'
`set breakpoint always-inserted on'
     Causes all breakpoints to be inserted in the target at all times.
     Causes all breakpoints to be inserted in the target at all times.
     If the user adds a new breakpoint, or changes an existing
     If the user adds a new breakpoint, or changes an existing
     breakpoint, the breakpoints in the target are updated immediately.
     breakpoint, the breakpoints in the target are updated immediately.
     A breakpoint is removed from the target only when breakpoint
     A breakpoint is removed from the target only when breakpoint
     itself is removed.
     itself is removed.
`set breakpoint always-inserted auto'
`set breakpoint always-inserted auto'
     This is the default mode.  If GDB is controlling the inferior in
     This is the default mode.  If GDB is controlling the inferior in
     non-stop mode (*note Non-Stop Mode::), gdb behaves as if
     non-stop mode (*note Non-Stop Mode::), gdb behaves as if
     `breakpoint always-inserted' mode is on.  If GDB is controlling
     `breakpoint always-inserted' mode is on.  If GDB is controlling
     the inferior in all-stop mode, GDB behaves as if `breakpoint
     the inferior in all-stop mode, GDB behaves as if `breakpoint
     always-inserted' mode is off.
     always-inserted' mode is off.
   GDB itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special
   GDB itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special
purposes, such as proper handling of `longjmp' (in C programs).  These
purposes, such as proper handling of `longjmp' (in C programs).  These
internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with `-1';
internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with `-1';
`info breakpoints' does not display them.  You can see these
`info breakpoints' does not display them.  You can see these
breakpoints with the GDB maintenance command `maint info breakpoints'
breakpoints with the GDB maintenance command `maint info breakpoints'
(*note maint info breakpoints::).
(*note maint info breakpoints::).
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) As of this writing, multiple-location breakpoints work only if
   (1) As of this writing, multiple-location breakpoints work only if
there's line number information for all the locations.  This means that
there's line number information for all the locations.  This means that
they will generally not work in system libraries, unless you have debug
they will generally not work in system libraries, unless you have debug
info with line numbers for them.
info with line numbers for them.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Set Watchpoints,  Next: Set Catchpoints,  Prev: Set Breaks,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Set Watchpoints,  Next: Set Catchpoints,  Prev: Set Breaks,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.2 Setting Watchpoints
5.1.2 Setting Watchpoints
-------------------------
-------------------------
You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
expression changes, without having to predict a particular place where
expression changes, without having to predict a particular place where
this may happen.  (This is sometimes called a "data breakpoint".)  The
this may happen.  (This is sometimes called a "data breakpoint".)  The
expression may be as simple as the value of a single variable, or as
expression may be as simple as the value of a single variable, or as
complex as many variables combined by operators.  Examples include:
complex as many variables combined by operators.  Examples include:
   * A reference to the value of a single variable.
   * A reference to the value of a single variable.
   * An address cast to an appropriate data type.  For example, `*(int
   * An address cast to an appropriate data type.  For example, `*(int
     *)0x12345678' will watch a 4-byte region at the specified address
     *)0x12345678' will watch a 4-byte region at the specified address
     (assuming an `int' occupies 4 bytes).
     (assuming an `int' occupies 4 bytes).
   * An arbitrarily complex expression, such as `a*b + c/d'.  The
   * An arbitrarily complex expression, such as `a*b + c/d'.  The
     expression can use any operators valid in the program's native
     expression can use any operators valid in the program's native
     language (*note Languages::).
     language (*note Languages::).
   You can set a watchpoint on an expression even if the expression can
   You can set a watchpoint on an expression even if the expression can
not be evaluated yet.  For instance, you can set a watchpoint on
not be evaluated yet.  For instance, you can set a watchpoint on
`*global_ptr' before `global_ptr' is initialized.  GDB will stop when
`*global_ptr' before `global_ptr' is initialized.  GDB will stop when
your program sets `global_ptr' and the expression produces a valid
your program sets `global_ptr' and the expression produces a valid
value.  If the expression becomes valid in some other way than changing
value.  If the expression becomes valid in some other way than changing
a variable (e.g. if the memory pointed to by `*global_ptr' becomes
a variable (e.g. if the memory pointed to by `*global_ptr' becomes
readable as the result of a `malloc' call), GDB may not stop until the
readable as the result of a `malloc' call), GDB may not stop until the
next time the expression changes.
next time the expression changes.
   Depending on your system, watchpoints may be implemented in software
   Depending on your system, watchpoints may be implemented in software
or hardware.  GDB does software watchpointing by single-stepping your
or hardware.  GDB does software watchpointing by single-stepping your
program and testing the variable's value each time, which is hundreds of
program and testing the variable's value each time, which is hundreds of
times slower than normal execution.  (But this may still be worth it, to
times slower than normal execution.  (But this may still be worth it, to
catch errors where you have no clue what part of your program is the
catch errors where you have no clue what part of your program is the
culprit.)
culprit.)
   On some systems, such as HP-UX, PowerPC, GNU/Linux and most other
   On some systems, such as HP-UX, PowerPC, GNU/Linux and most other
x86-based targets, GDB includes support for hardware watchpoints, which
x86-based targets, GDB includes support for hardware watchpoints, which
do not slow down the running of your program.
do not slow down the running of your program.
`watch EXPR [thread THREADNUM]'
`watch EXPR [thread THREADNUM]'
     Set a watchpoint for an expression.  GDB will break when the
     Set a watchpoint for an expression.  GDB will break when the
     expression EXPR is written into by the program and its value
     expression EXPR is written into by the program and its value
     changes.  The simplest (and the most popular) use of this command
     changes.  The simplest (and the most popular) use of this command
     is to watch the value of a single variable:
     is to watch the value of a single variable:
          (gdb) watch foo
          (gdb) watch foo
     If the command includes a `[thread THREADNUM]' clause, GDB breaks
     If the command includes a `[thread THREADNUM]' clause, GDB breaks
     only when the thread identified by THREADNUM changes the value of
     only when the thread identified by THREADNUM changes the value of
     EXPR.  If any other threads change the value of EXPR, GDB will not
     EXPR.  If any other threads change the value of EXPR, GDB will not
     break.  Note that watchpoints restricted to a single thread in
     break.  Note that watchpoints restricted to a single thread in
     this way only work with Hardware Watchpoints.
     this way only work with Hardware Watchpoints.
`rwatch EXPR [thread THREADNUM]'
`rwatch EXPR [thread THREADNUM]'
     Set a watchpoint that will break when the value of EXPR is read by
     Set a watchpoint that will break when the value of EXPR is read by
     the program.
     the program.
`awatch EXPR [thread THREADNUM]'
`awatch EXPR [thread THREADNUM]'
     Set a watchpoint that will break when EXPR is either read from or
     Set a watchpoint that will break when EXPR is either read from or
     written into by the program.
     written into by the program.
`info watchpoints'
`info watchpoints'
     This command prints a list of watchpoints, using the same format as
     This command prints a list of watchpoints, using the same format as
     `info break' (*note Set Breaks::).
     `info break' (*note Set Breaks::).
   If you watch for a change in a numerically entered address you need
   If you watch for a change in a numerically entered address you need
to dereference it, as the address itself is just a constant number
to dereference it, as the address itself is just a constant number
which will never change.  GDB refuses to create a watchpoint that
which will never change.  GDB refuses to create a watchpoint that
watches a never-changing value:
watches a never-changing value:
     (gdb) watch 0x600850
     (gdb) watch 0x600850
     Cannot watch constant value 0x600850.
     Cannot watch constant value 0x600850.
     (gdb) watch *(int *) 0x600850
     (gdb) watch *(int *) 0x600850
     Watchpoint 1: *(int *) 6293584
     Watchpoint 1: *(int *) 6293584
   GDB sets a "hardware watchpoint" if possible.  Hardware watchpoints
   GDB sets a "hardware watchpoint" if possible.  Hardware watchpoints
execute very quickly, and the debugger reports a change in value at the
execute very quickly, and the debugger reports a change in value at the
exact instruction where the change occurs.  If GDB cannot set a
exact instruction where the change occurs.  If GDB cannot set a
hardware watchpoint, it sets a software watchpoint, which executes more
hardware watchpoint, it sets a software watchpoint, which executes more
slowly and reports the change in value at the next _statement_, not the
slowly and reports the change in value at the next _statement_, not the
instruction, after the change occurs.
instruction, after the change occurs.
   You can force GDB to use only software watchpoints with the `set
   You can force GDB to use only software watchpoints with the `set
can-use-hw-watchpoints 0' command.  With this variable set to zero, GDB
can-use-hw-watchpoints 0' command.  With this variable set to zero, GDB
will never try to use hardware watchpoints, even if the underlying
will never try to use hardware watchpoints, even if the underlying
system supports them.  (Note that hardware-assisted watchpoints that
system supports them.  (Note that hardware-assisted watchpoints that
were set _before_ setting `can-use-hw-watchpoints' to zero will still
were set _before_ setting `can-use-hw-watchpoints' to zero will still
use the hardware mechanism of watching expression values.)
use the hardware mechanism of watching expression values.)
`set can-use-hw-watchpoints'
`set can-use-hw-watchpoints'
     Set whether or not to use hardware watchpoints.
     Set whether or not to use hardware watchpoints.
`show can-use-hw-watchpoints'
`show can-use-hw-watchpoints'
     Show the current mode of using hardware watchpoints.
     Show the current mode of using hardware watchpoints.
   For remote targets, you can restrict the number of hardware
   For remote targets, you can restrict the number of hardware
watchpoints GDB will use, see *note set remote
watchpoints GDB will use, see *note set remote
hardware-breakpoint-limit::.
hardware-breakpoint-limit::.
   When you issue the `watch' command, GDB reports
   When you issue the `watch' command, GDB reports
     Hardware watchpoint NUM: EXPR
     Hardware watchpoint NUM: EXPR
if it was able to set a hardware watchpoint.
if it was able to set a hardware watchpoint.
   Currently, the `awatch' and `rwatch' commands can only set hardware
   Currently, the `awatch' and `rwatch' commands can only set hardware
watchpoints, because accesses to data that don't change the value of
watchpoints, because accesses to data that don't change the value of
the watched expression cannot be detected without examining every
the watched expression cannot be detected without examining every
instruction as it is being executed, and GDB does not do that
instruction as it is being executed, and GDB does not do that
currently.  If GDB finds that it is unable to set a hardware breakpoint
currently.  If GDB finds that it is unable to set a hardware breakpoint
with the `awatch' or `rwatch' command, it will print a message like
with the `awatch' or `rwatch' command, it will print a message like
this:
this:
     Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint.
     Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint.
   Sometimes, GDB cannot set a hardware watchpoint because the data
   Sometimes, GDB cannot set a hardware watchpoint because the data
type of the watched expression is wider than what a hardware watchpoint
type of the watched expression is wider than what a hardware watchpoint
on the target machine can handle.  For example, some systems can only
on the target machine can handle.  For example, some systems can only
watch regions that are up to 4 bytes wide; on such systems you cannot
watch regions that are up to 4 bytes wide; on such systems you cannot
set hardware watchpoints for an expression that yields a
set hardware watchpoints for an expression that yields a
double-precision floating-point number (which is typically 8 bytes
double-precision floating-point number (which is typically 8 bytes
wide).  As a work-around, it might be possible to break the large region
wide).  As a work-around, it might be possible to break the large region
into a series of smaller ones and watch them with separate watchpoints.
into a series of smaller ones and watch them with separate watchpoints.
   If you set too many hardware watchpoints, GDB might be unable to
   If you set too many hardware watchpoints, GDB might be unable to
insert all of them when you resume the execution of your program.
insert all of them when you resume the execution of your program.
Since the precise number of active watchpoints is unknown until such
Since the precise number of active watchpoints is unknown until such
time as the program is about to be resumed, GDB might not be able to
time as the program is about to be resumed, GDB might not be able to
warn you about this when you set the watchpoints, and the warning will
warn you about this when you set the watchpoints, and the warning will
be printed only when the program is resumed:
be printed only when the program is resumed:
     Hardware watchpoint NUM: Could not insert watchpoint
     Hardware watchpoint NUM: Could not insert watchpoint
If this happens, delete or disable some of the watchpoints.
If this happens, delete or disable some of the watchpoints.
   Watching complex expressions that reference many variables can also
   Watching complex expressions that reference many variables can also
exhaust the resources available for hardware-assisted watchpoints.
exhaust the resources available for hardware-assisted watchpoints.
That's because GDB needs to watch every variable in the expression with
That's because GDB needs to watch every variable in the expression with
separately allocated resources.
separately allocated resources.
   If you call a function interactively using `print' or `call', any
   If you call a function interactively using `print' or `call', any
watchpoints you have set will be inactive until GDB reaches another
watchpoints you have set will be inactive until GDB reaches another
kind of breakpoint or the call completes.
kind of breakpoint or the call completes.
   GDB automatically deletes watchpoints that watch local (automatic)
   GDB automatically deletes watchpoints that watch local (automatic)
variables, or expressions that involve such variables, when they go out
variables, or expressions that involve such variables, when they go out
of scope, that is, when the execution leaves the block in which these
of scope, that is, when the execution leaves the block in which these
variables were defined.  In particular, when the program being debugged
variables were defined.  In particular, when the program being debugged
terminates, _all_ local variables go out of scope, and so only
terminates, _all_ local variables go out of scope, and so only
watchpoints that watch global variables remain set.  If you rerun the
watchpoints that watch global variables remain set.  If you rerun the
program, you will need to set all such watchpoints again.  One way of
program, you will need to set all such watchpoints again.  One way of
doing that would be to set a code breakpoint at the entry to the `main'
doing that would be to set a code breakpoint at the entry to the `main'
function and when it breaks, set all the watchpoints.
function and when it breaks, set all the watchpoints.
   In multi-threaded programs, watchpoints will detect changes to the
   In multi-threaded programs, watchpoints will detect changes to the
watched expression from every thread.
watched expression from every thread.
     _Warning:_ In multi-threaded programs, software watchpoints have
     _Warning:_ In multi-threaded programs, software watchpoints have
     only limited usefulness.  If GDB creates a software watchpoint, it
     only limited usefulness.  If GDB creates a software watchpoint, it
     can only watch the value of an expression _in a single thread_.
     can only watch the value of an expression _in a single thread_.
     If you are confident that the expression can only change due to
     If you are confident that the expression can only change due to
     the current thread's activity (and if you are also confident that
     the current thread's activity (and if you are also confident that
     no other thread can become current), then you can use software
     no other thread can become current), then you can use software
     watchpoints as usual.  However, GDB may not notice when a
     watchpoints as usual.  However, GDB may not notice when a
     non-current thread's activity changes the expression.  (Hardware
     non-current thread's activity changes the expression.  (Hardware
     watchpoints, in contrast, watch an expression in all threads.)
     watchpoints, in contrast, watch an expression in all threads.)
   *Note set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit::.
   *Note set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit::.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Set Catchpoints,  Next: Delete Breaks,  Prev: Set Watchpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Set Catchpoints,  Next: Delete Breaks,  Prev: Set Watchpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.3 Setting Catchpoints
5.1.3 Setting Catchpoints
-------------------------
-------------------------
You can use "catchpoints" to cause the debugger to stop for certain
You can use "catchpoints" to cause the debugger to stop for certain
kinds of program events, such as C++ exceptions or the loading of a
kinds of program events, such as C++ exceptions or the loading of a
shared library.  Use the `catch' command to set a catchpoint.
shared library.  Use the `catch' command to set a catchpoint.
`catch EVENT'
`catch EVENT'
     Stop when EVENT occurs.  EVENT can be any of the following:
     Stop when EVENT occurs.  EVENT can be any of the following:
    `throw'
    `throw'
          The throwing of a C++ exception.
          The throwing of a C++ exception.
    `catch'
    `catch'
          The catching of a C++ exception.
          The catching of a C++ exception.
    `exception'
    `exception'
          An Ada exception being raised.  If an exception name is
          An Ada exception being raised.  If an exception name is
          specified at the end of the command (eg `catch exception
          specified at the end of the command (eg `catch exception
          Program_Error'), the debugger will stop only when this
          Program_Error'), the debugger will stop only when this
          specific exception is raised.  Otherwise, the debugger stops
          specific exception is raised.  Otherwise, the debugger stops
          execution when any Ada exception is raised.
          execution when any Ada exception is raised.
          When inserting an exception catchpoint on a user-defined
          When inserting an exception catchpoint on a user-defined
          exception whose name is identical to one of the exceptions
          exception whose name is identical to one of the exceptions
          defined by the language, the fully qualified name must be
          defined by the language, the fully qualified name must be
          used as the exception name.  Otherwise, GDB will assume that
          used as the exception name.  Otherwise, GDB will assume that
          it should stop on the pre-defined exception rather than the
          it should stop on the pre-defined exception rather than the
          user-defined one.  For instance, assuming an exception called
          user-defined one.  For instance, assuming an exception called
          `Constraint_Error' is defined in package `Pck', then the
          `Constraint_Error' is defined in package `Pck', then the
          command to use to catch such exceptions is `catch exception
          command to use to catch such exceptions is `catch exception
          Pck.Constraint_Error'.
          Pck.Constraint_Error'.
    `exception unhandled'
    `exception unhandled'
          An exception that was raised but is not handled by the
          An exception that was raised but is not handled by the
          program.
          program.
    `assert'
    `assert'
          A failed Ada assertion.
          A failed Ada assertion.
    `exec'
    `exec'
          A call to `exec'.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
          A call to `exec'.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
          and GNU/Linux.
          and GNU/Linux.
    `syscall'
    `syscall'
    `syscall [NAME | NUMBER] ...'
    `syscall [NAME | NUMBER] ...'
          A call to or return from a system call, a.k.a. "syscall".  A
          A call to or return from a system call, a.k.a. "syscall".  A
          syscall is a mechanism for application programs to request a
          syscall is a mechanism for application programs to request a
          service from the operating system (OS) or one of the OS
          service from the operating system (OS) or one of the OS
          system services.  GDB can catch some or all of the syscalls
          system services.  GDB can catch some or all of the syscalls
          issued by the debuggee, and show the related information for
          issued by the debuggee, and show the related information for
          each syscall.  If no argument is specified, calls to and
          each syscall.  If no argument is specified, calls to and
          returns from all system calls will be caught.
          returns from all system calls will be caught.
          NAME can be any system call name that is valid for the
          NAME can be any system call name that is valid for the
          underlying OS.  Just what syscalls are valid depends on the
          underlying OS.  Just what syscalls are valid depends on the
          OS.  On GNU and Unix systems, you can find the full list of
          OS.  On GNU and Unix systems, you can find the full list of
          valid syscall names on `/usr/include/asm/unistd.h'.
          valid syscall names on `/usr/include/asm/unistd.h'.
          Normally, GDB knows in advance which syscalls are valid for
          Normally, GDB knows in advance which syscalls are valid for
          each OS, so you can use the GDB command-line completion
          each OS, so you can use the GDB command-line completion
          facilities (*note command completion: Completion.) to list the
          facilities (*note command completion: Completion.) to list the
          available choices.
          available choices.
          You may also specify the system call numerically.  A syscall's
          You may also specify the system call numerically.  A syscall's
          number is the value passed to the OS's syscall dispatcher to
          number is the value passed to the OS's syscall dispatcher to
          identify the requested service.  When you specify the syscall
          identify the requested service.  When you specify the syscall
          by its name, GDB uses its database of syscalls to convert the
          by its name, GDB uses its database of syscalls to convert the
          name into the corresponding numeric code, but using the
          name into the corresponding numeric code, but using the
          number directly may be useful if GDB's database does not have
          number directly may be useful if GDB's database does not have
          the complete list of syscalls on your system (e.g., because
          the complete list of syscalls on your system (e.g., because
          GDB lags behind the OS upgrades).
          GDB lags behind the OS upgrades).
          The example below illustrates how this command works if you
          The example below illustrates how this command works if you
          don't provide arguments to it:
          don't provide arguments to it:
               (gdb) catch syscall
               (gdb) catch syscall
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall)
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall)
               (gdb) r
               (gdb) r
               Starting program: /tmp/catch-syscall
               Starting program: /tmp/catch-syscall
               Catchpoint 1 (call to syscall 'close'), \
               Catchpoint 1 (call to syscall 'close'), \
                   0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
                   0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
               (gdb) c
               (gdb) c
               Continuing.
               Continuing.
               Catchpoint 1 (returned from syscall 'close'), \
               Catchpoint 1 (returned from syscall 'close'), \
                0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
                0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
               (gdb)
               (gdb)
          Here is an example of catching a system call by name:
          Here is an example of catching a system call by name:
               (gdb) catch syscall chroot
               (gdb) catch syscall chroot
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall 'chroot' [61])
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall 'chroot' [61])
               (gdb) r
               (gdb) r
               Starting program: /tmp/catch-syscall
               Starting program: /tmp/catch-syscall
               Catchpoint 1 (call to syscall 'chroot'), \
               Catchpoint 1 (call to syscall 'chroot'), \
                           0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
                           0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
               (gdb) c
               (gdb) c
               Continuing.
               Continuing.
               Catchpoint 1 (returned from syscall 'chroot'), \
               Catchpoint 1 (returned from syscall 'chroot'), \
                0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
                0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
               (gdb)
               (gdb)
          An example of specifying a system call numerically.  In the
          An example of specifying a system call numerically.  In the
          case below, the syscall number has a corresponding entry in
          case below, the syscall number has a corresponding entry in
          the XML file, so GDB finds its name and prints it:
          the XML file, so GDB finds its name and prints it:
               (gdb) catch syscall 252
               (gdb) catch syscall 252
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall(s) 'exit_group')
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall(s) 'exit_group')
               (gdb) r
               (gdb) r
               Starting program: /tmp/catch-syscall
               Starting program: /tmp/catch-syscall
               Catchpoint 1 (call to syscall 'exit_group'), \
               Catchpoint 1 (call to syscall 'exit_group'), \
                           0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
                           0xffffe424 in __kernel_vsyscall ()
               (gdb) c
               (gdb) c
               Continuing.
               Continuing.
               Program exited normally.
               Program exited normally.
               (gdb)
               (gdb)
          However, there can be situations when there is no
          However, there can be situations when there is no
          corresponding name in XML file for that syscall number.  In
          corresponding name in XML file for that syscall number.  In
          this case, GDB prints a warning message saying that it was
          this case, GDB prints a warning message saying that it was
          not able to find the syscall name, but the catchpoint will be
          not able to find the syscall name, but the catchpoint will be
          set anyway.  See the example below:
          set anyway.  See the example below:
               (gdb) catch syscall 764
               (gdb) catch syscall 764
               warning: The number '764' does not represent a known syscall.
               warning: The number '764' does not represent a known syscall.
               Catchpoint 2 (syscall 764)
               Catchpoint 2 (syscall 764)
               (gdb)
               (gdb)
          If you configure GDB using the `--without-expat' option, it
          If you configure GDB using the `--without-expat' option, it
          will not be able to display syscall names.  Also, if your
          will not be able to display syscall names.  Also, if your
          architecture does not have an XML file describing its system
          architecture does not have an XML file describing its system
          calls, you will not be able to see the syscall names.  It is
          calls, you will not be able to see the syscall names.  It is
          important to notice that these two features are used for
          important to notice that these two features are used for
          accessing the syscall name database.  In either case, you
          accessing the syscall name database.  In either case, you
          will see a warning like this:
          will see a warning like this:
               (gdb) catch syscall
               (gdb) catch syscall
               warning: Could not open "syscalls/i386-linux.xml"
               warning: Could not open "syscalls/i386-linux.xml"
               warning: Could not load the syscall XML file 'syscalls/i386-linux.xml'.
               warning: Could not load the syscall XML file 'syscalls/i386-linux.xml'.
               GDB will not be able to display syscall names.
               GDB will not be able to display syscall names.
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall)
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall)
               (gdb)
               (gdb)
          Of course, the file name will change depending on your
          Of course, the file name will change depending on your
          architecture and system.
          architecture and system.
          Still using the example above, you can also try to catch a
          Still using the example above, you can also try to catch a
          syscall by its number.  In this case, you would see something
          syscall by its number.  In this case, you would see something
          like:
          like:
               (gdb) catch syscall 252
               (gdb) catch syscall 252
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall(s) 252)
               Catchpoint 1 (syscall(s) 252)
          Again, in this case GDB would not be able to display
          Again, in this case GDB would not be able to display
          syscall's names.
          syscall's names.
    `fork'
    `fork'
          A call to `fork'.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
          A call to `fork'.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
          and GNU/Linux.
          and GNU/Linux.
    `vfork'
    `vfork'
          A call to `vfork'.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
          A call to `vfork'.  This is currently only available for HP-UX
          and GNU/Linux.
          and GNU/Linux.
`tcatch EVENT'
`tcatch EVENT'
     Set a catchpoint that is enabled only for one stop.  The
     Set a catchpoint that is enabled only for one stop.  The
     catchpoint is automatically deleted after the first time the event
     catchpoint is automatically deleted after the first time the event
     is caught.
     is caught.
   Use the `info break' command to list the current catchpoints.
   Use the `info break' command to list the current catchpoints.
   There are currently some limitations to C++ exception handling
   There are currently some limitations to C++ exception handling
(`catch throw' and `catch catch') in GDB:
(`catch throw' and `catch catch') in GDB:
   * If you call a function interactively, GDB normally returns control
   * If you call a function interactively, GDB normally returns control
     to you when the function has finished executing.  If the call
     to you when the function has finished executing.  If the call
     raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism
     raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism
     that returns control to you and cause your program either to abort
     that returns control to you and cause your program either to abort
     or to simply continue running until it hits a breakpoint, catches
     or to simply continue running until it hits a breakpoint, catches
     a signal that GDB is listening for, or exits.  This is the case
     a signal that GDB is listening for, or exits.  This is the case
     even if you set a catchpoint for the exception; catchpoints on
     even if you set a catchpoint for the exception; catchpoints on
     exceptions are disabled within interactive calls.
     exceptions are disabled within interactive calls.
   * You cannot raise an exception interactively.
   * You cannot raise an exception interactively.
   * You cannot install an exception handler interactively.
   * You cannot install an exception handler interactively.
   Sometimes `catch' is not the best way to debug exception handling:
   Sometimes `catch' is not the best way to debug exception handling:
if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better
if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better
to stop _before_ the exception handler is called, since that way you
to stop _before_ the exception handler is called, since that way you
can see the stack before any unwinding takes place.  If you set a
can see the stack before any unwinding takes place.  If you set a
breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
out where the exception was raised.
out where the exception was raised.
   To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
   To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
knowledge of the implementation.  In the case of GNU C++, exceptions are
knowledge of the implementation.  In the case of GNU C++, exceptions are
raised by calling a library function named `__raise_exception' which
raised by calling a library function named `__raise_exception' which
has the following ANSI C interface:
has the following ANSI C interface:
         /* ADDR is where the exception identifier is stored.
         /* ADDR is where the exception identifier is stored.
            ID is the exception identifier.  */
            ID is the exception identifier.  */
         void __raise_exception (void **addr, void *id);
         void __raise_exception (void **addr, void *id);
To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack unwinding
To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack unwinding
takes place, set a breakpoint on `__raise_exception' (*note
takes place, set a breakpoint on `__raise_exception' (*note
Breakpoints; Watchpoints; and Exceptions: Breakpoints.).
Breakpoints; Watchpoints; and Exceptions: Breakpoints.).
   With a conditional breakpoint (*note Break Conditions: Conditions.)
   With a conditional breakpoint (*note Break Conditions: Conditions.)
that depends on the value of ID, you can stop your program when a
that depends on the value of ID, you can stop your program when a
specific exception is raised.  You can use multiple conditional
specific exception is raised.  You can use multiple conditional
breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are
breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are
raised.
raised.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Delete Breaks,  Next: Disabling,  Prev: Set Catchpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Delete Breaks,  Next: Disabling,  Prev: Set Catchpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.4 Deleting Breakpoints
5.1.4 Deleting Breakpoints
--------------------------
--------------------------
It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint, watchpoint, or
It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint, watchpoint, or
catchpoint once it has done its job and you no longer want your program
catchpoint once it has done its job and you no longer want your program
to stop there.  This is called "deleting" the breakpoint.  A breakpoint
to stop there.  This is called "deleting" the breakpoint.  A breakpoint
that has been deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
that has been deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
   With the `clear' command you can delete breakpoints according to
   With the `clear' command you can delete breakpoints according to
where they are in your program.  With the `delete' command you can
where they are in your program.  With the `delete' command you can
delete individual breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints by specifying
delete individual breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints by specifying
their breakpoint numbers.
their breakpoint numbers.
   It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it.  GDB
   It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it.  GDB
automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be
automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be
executed when you continue execution without changing the execution
executed when you continue execution without changing the execution
address.
address.
`clear'
`clear'
     Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in
     Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in
     the selected stack frame (*note Selecting a Frame: Selection.).
     the selected stack frame (*note Selecting a Frame: Selection.).
     When the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete
     When the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete
     a breakpoint where your program just stopped.
     a breakpoint where your program just stopped.
`clear LOCATION'
`clear LOCATION'
     Delete any breakpoints set at the specified LOCATION.  *Note
     Delete any breakpoints set at the specified LOCATION.  *Note
     Specify Location::, for the various forms of LOCATION; the most
     Specify Location::, for the various forms of LOCATION; the most
     useful ones are listed below:
     useful ones are listed below:
    `clear FUNCTION'
    `clear FUNCTION'
    `clear FILENAME:FUNCTION'
    `clear FILENAME:FUNCTION'
          Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the named FUNCTION.
          Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the named FUNCTION.
    `clear LINENUM'
    `clear LINENUM'
    `clear FILENAME:LINENUM'
    `clear FILENAME:LINENUM'
          Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the
          Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the
          specified LINENUM of the specified FILENAME.
          specified LINENUM of the specified FILENAME.
`delete [breakpoints] [RANGE...]'
`delete [breakpoints] [RANGE...]'
     Delete the breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints of the
     Delete the breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints of the
     breakpoint ranges specified as arguments.  If no argument is
     breakpoint ranges specified as arguments.  If no argument is
     specified, delete all breakpoints (GDB asks confirmation, unless
     specified, delete all breakpoints (GDB asks confirmation, unless
     you have `set confirm off').  You can abbreviate this command as
     you have `set confirm off').  You can abbreviate this command as
     `d'.
     `d'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Disabling,  Next: Conditions,  Prev: Delete Breaks,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Disabling,  Next: Conditions,  Prev: Delete Breaks,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.5 Disabling Breakpoints
5.1.5 Disabling Breakpoints
---------------------------
---------------------------
Rather than deleting a breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint, you might
Rather than deleting a breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint, you might
prefer to "disable" it.  This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it
prefer to "disable" it.  This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it
had been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so
had been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so
that you can "enable" it again later.
that you can "enable" it again later.
   You disable and enable breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints with
   You disable and enable breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints with
the `enable' and `disable' commands, optionally specifying one or more
the `enable' and `disable' commands, optionally specifying one or more
breakpoint numbers as arguments.  Use `info break' to print a list of
breakpoint numbers as arguments.  Use `info break' to print a list of
all breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints if you do not know which
all breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints if you do not know which
numbers to use.
numbers to use.
   Disabling and enabling a breakpoint that has multiple locations
   Disabling and enabling a breakpoint that has multiple locations
affects all of its locations.
affects all of its locations.
   A breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint can have any of four
   A breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint can have any of four
different states of enablement:
different states of enablement:
   * Enabled.  The breakpoint stops your program.  A breakpoint set
   * Enabled.  The breakpoint stops your program.  A breakpoint set
     with the `break' command starts out in this state.
     with the `break' command starts out in this state.
   * Disabled.  The breakpoint has no effect on your program.
   * Disabled.  The breakpoint has no effect on your program.
   * Enabled once.  The breakpoint stops your program, but then becomes
   * Enabled once.  The breakpoint stops your program, but then becomes
     disabled.
     disabled.
   * Enabled for deletion.  The breakpoint stops your program, but
   * Enabled for deletion.  The breakpoint stops your program, but
     immediately after it does so it is deleted permanently.  A
     immediately after it does so it is deleted permanently.  A
     breakpoint set with the `tbreak' command starts out in this state.
     breakpoint set with the `tbreak' command starts out in this state.
   You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints,
   You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints,
watchpoints, and catchpoints:
watchpoints, and catchpoints:
`disable [breakpoints] [RANGE...]'
`disable [breakpoints] [RANGE...]'
     Disable the specified breakpoints--or all breakpoints, if none are
     Disable the specified breakpoints--or all breakpoints, if none are
     listed.  A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten.
     listed.  A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten.
     All options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are
     All options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are
     remembered in case the breakpoint is enabled again later.  You may
     remembered in case the breakpoint is enabled again later.  You may
     abbreviate `disable' as `dis'.
     abbreviate `disable' as `dis'.
`enable [breakpoints] [RANGE...]'
`enable [breakpoints] [RANGE...]'
     Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints).
     Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints).
     They become effective once again in stopping your program.
     They become effective once again in stopping your program.
`enable [breakpoints] once RANGE...'
`enable [breakpoints] once RANGE...'
     Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily.  GDB disables any of
     Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily.  GDB disables any of
     these breakpoints immediately after stopping your program.
     these breakpoints immediately after stopping your program.
`enable [breakpoints] delete RANGE...'
`enable [breakpoints] delete RANGE...'
     Enable the specified breakpoints to work once, then die.  GDB
     Enable the specified breakpoints to work once, then die.  GDB
     deletes any of these breakpoints as soon as your program stops
     deletes any of these breakpoints as soon as your program stops
     there.  Breakpoints set by the `tbreak' command start out in this
     there.  Breakpoints set by the `tbreak' command start out in this
     state.
     state.
   Except for a breakpoint set with `tbreak' (*note Setting
   Except for a breakpoint set with `tbreak' (*note Setting
Breakpoints: Set Breaks.), breakpoints that you set are initially
Breakpoints: Set Breaks.), breakpoints that you set are initially
enabled; subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you
enabled; subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you
use one of the commands above.  (The command `until' can set and delete
use one of the commands above.  (The command `until' can set and delete
a breakpoint of its own, but it does not change the state of your other
a breakpoint of its own, but it does not change the state of your other
breakpoints; see *note Continuing and Stepping: Continuing and
breakpoints; see *note Continuing and Stepping: Continuing and
Stepping.)
Stepping.)


File: gdb.info,  Node: Conditions,  Next: Break Commands,  Prev: Disabling,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Conditions,  Next: Break Commands,  Prev: Disabling,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.6 Break Conditions
5.1.6 Break Conditions
----------------------
----------------------
The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a
The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a
specified place.  You can also specify a "condition" for a breakpoint.
specified place.  You can also specify a "condition" for a breakpoint.
A condition is just a Boolean expression in your programming language
A condition is just a Boolean expression in your programming language
(*note Expressions: Expressions.).  A breakpoint with a condition
(*note Expressions: Expressions.).  A breakpoint with a condition
evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it, and your
evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it, and your
program stops only if the condition is _true_.
program stops only if the condition is _true_.
   This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in
   This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in
that situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated--that
that situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated--that
is, when the condition is false.  In C, if you want to test an
is, when the condition is false.  In C, if you want to test an
assertion expressed by the condition ASSERT, you should set the
assertion expressed by the condition ASSERT, you should set the
condition `! ASSERT' on the appropriate breakpoint.
condition `! ASSERT' on the appropriate breakpoint.
   Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
   Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow--but
since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow--but
it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an
and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an
interesting one.
interesting one.
   Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions
   Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions
in your program.  This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
in your program.  This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to format
that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to format
special data structures.  The effects are completely predictable unless
special data structures.  The effects are completely predictable unless
there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address.  (In that
there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address.  (In that
case, GDB might see the other breakpoint first and stop your program
case, GDB might see the other breakpoint first and stop your program
without checking the condition of this one.)  Note that breakpoint
without checking the condition of this one.)  Note that breakpoint
commands are usually more convenient and flexible than break conditions
commands are usually more convenient and flexible than break conditions
for the purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
for the purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
(*note Breakpoint Command Lists: Break Commands.).
(*note Breakpoint Command Lists: Break Commands.).
   Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
   Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
`if' in the arguments to the `break' command.  *Note Setting
`if' in the arguments to the `break' command.  *Note Setting
Breakpoints: Set Breaks.  They can also be changed at any time with the
Breakpoints: Set Breaks.  They can also be changed at any time with the
`condition' command.
`condition' command.
   You can also use the `if' keyword with the `watch' command.  The
   You can also use the `if' keyword with the `watch' command.  The
`catch' command does not recognize the `if' keyword; `condition' is the
`catch' command does not recognize the `if' keyword; `condition' is the
only way to impose a further condition on a catchpoint.
only way to impose a further condition on a catchpoint.
`condition BNUM EXPRESSION'
`condition BNUM EXPRESSION'
     Specify EXPRESSION as the break condition for breakpoint,
     Specify EXPRESSION as the break condition for breakpoint,
     watchpoint, or catchpoint number BNUM.  After you set a condition,
     watchpoint, or catchpoint number BNUM.  After you set a condition,
     breakpoint BNUM stops your program only if the value of EXPRESSION
     breakpoint BNUM stops your program only if the value of EXPRESSION
     is true (nonzero, in C).  When you use `condition', GDB checks
     is true (nonzero, in C).  When you use `condition', GDB checks
     EXPRESSION immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine
     EXPRESSION immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine
     whether symbols in it have referents in the context of your
     whether symbols in it have referents in the context of your
     breakpoint.  If EXPRESSION uses symbols not referenced in the
     breakpoint.  If EXPRESSION uses symbols not referenced in the
     context of the breakpoint, GDB prints an error message:
     context of the breakpoint, GDB prints an error message:
          No symbol "foo" in current context.
          No symbol "foo" in current context.
     GDB does not actually evaluate EXPRESSION at the time the
     GDB does not actually evaluate EXPRESSION at the time the
     `condition' command (or a command that sets a breakpoint with a
     `condition' command (or a command that sets a breakpoint with a
     condition, like `break if ...') is given, however.  *Note
     condition, like `break if ...') is given, however.  *Note
     Expressions: Expressions.
     Expressions: Expressions.
`condition BNUM'
`condition BNUM'
     Remove the condition from breakpoint number BNUM.  It becomes an
     Remove the condition from breakpoint number BNUM.  It becomes an
     ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
     ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
   A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
   A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times.  This is so
breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times.  This is so
useful that there is a special way to do it, using the "ignore count"
useful that there is a special way to do it, using the "ignore count"
of the breakpoint.  Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which is an
of the breakpoint.  Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which is an
integer.  Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and therefore has
integer.  Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and therefore has
no effect.  But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose ignore count
no effect.  But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose ignore count
is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements the ignore
is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements the ignore
count by one and continues.  As a result, if the ignore count value is
count by one and continues.  As a result, if the ignore count value is
N, the breakpoint does not stop the next N times your program reaches
N, the breakpoint does not stop the next N times your program reaches
it.
it.
`ignore BNUM COUNT'
`ignore BNUM COUNT'
     Set the ignore count of breakpoint number BNUM to COUNT.  The next
     Set the ignore count of breakpoint number BNUM to COUNT.  The next
     COUNT times the breakpoint is reached, your program's execution
     COUNT times the breakpoint is reached, your program's execution
     does not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, GDB takes
     does not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, GDB takes
     no action.
     no action.
     To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify a
     To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify a
     count of zero.
     count of zero.
     When you use `continue' to resume execution of your program from a
     When you use `continue' to resume execution of your program from a
     breakpoint, you can specify an ignore count directly as an
     breakpoint, you can specify an ignore count directly as an
     argument to `continue', rather than using `ignore'.  *Note
     argument to `continue', rather than using `ignore'.  *Note
     Continuing and Stepping: Continuing and Stepping.
     Continuing and Stepping: Continuing and Stepping.
     If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the
     If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the
     condition is not checked.  Once the ignore count reaches zero, GDB
     condition is not checked.  Once the ignore count reaches zero, GDB
     resumes checking the condition.
     resumes checking the condition.
     You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition
     You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition
     such as `$foo-- <= 0' using a debugger convenience variable that
     such as `$foo-- <= 0' using a debugger convenience variable that
     is decremented each time.  *Note Convenience Variables:
     is decremented each time.  *Note Convenience Variables:
     Convenience Vars.
     Convenience Vars.
   Ignore counts apply to breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints.
   Ignore counts apply to breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Break Commands,  Next: Save Breakpoints,  Prev: Conditions,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Break Commands,  Next: Save Breakpoints,  Prev: Conditions,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.7 Breakpoint Command Lists
5.1.7 Breakpoint Command Lists
------------------------------
------------------------------
You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint) a series of
You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint) a series of
commands to execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint.  For
commands to execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint.  For
example, you might want to print the values of certain expressions, or
example, you might want to print the values of certain expressions, or
enable other breakpoints.
enable other breakpoints.
`commands [RANGE...]'
`commands [RANGE...]'
`... COMMAND-LIST ...'
`... COMMAND-LIST ...'
`end'
`end'
     Specify a list of commands for the given breakpoints.  The commands
     Specify a list of commands for the given breakpoints.  The commands
     themselves appear on the following lines.  Type a line containing
     themselves appear on the following lines.  Type a line containing
     just `end' to terminate the commands.
     just `end' to terminate the commands.
     To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type `commands' and
     To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type `commands' and
     follow it immediately with `end'; that is, give no commands.
     follow it immediately with `end'; that is, give no commands.
     With no argument, `commands' refers to the last breakpoint,
     With no argument, `commands' refers to the last breakpoint,
     watchpoint, or catchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently
     watchpoint, or catchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently
     encountered).  If the most recent breakpoints were set with a
     encountered).  If the most recent breakpoints were set with a
     single command, then the `commands' will apply to all the
     single command, then the `commands' will apply to all the
     breakpoints set by that command.  This applies to breakpoints set
     breakpoints set by that command.  This applies to breakpoints set
     by `rbreak', and also applies when a single `break' command
     by `rbreak', and also applies when a single `break' command
     creates multiple breakpoints (*note Ambiguous Expressions:
     creates multiple breakpoints (*note Ambiguous Expressions:
     Ambiguous Expressions.).
     Ambiguous Expressions.).
   Pressing  as a means of repeating the last GDB command is
   Pressing  as a means of repeating the last GDB command is
disabled within a COMMAND-LIST.
disabled within a COMMAND-LIST.
   You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again.
   You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again.
Simply use the `continue' command, or `step', or any other command that
Simply use the `continue' command, or `step', or any other command that
resumes execution.
resumes execution.
   Any other commands in the command list, after a command that resumes
   Any other commands in the command list, after a command that resumes
execution, are ignored.  This is because any time you resume execution
execution, are ignored.  This is because any time you resume execution
(even with a simple `next' or `step'), you may encounter another
(even with a simple `next' or `step'), you may encounter another
breakpoint--which could have its own command list, leading to
breakpoint--which could have its own command list, leading to
ambiguities about which list to execute.
ambiguities about which list to execute.
   If the first command you specify in a command list is `silent', the
   If the first command you specify in a command list is `silent', the
usual message about stopping at a breakpoint is not printed.  This may
usual message about stopping at a breakpoint is not printed.  This may
be desirable for breakpoints that are to print a specific message and
be desirable for breakpoints that are to print a specific message and
then continue.  If none of the remaining commands print anything, you
then continue.  If none of the remaining commands print anything, you
see no sign that the breakpoint was reached.  `silent' is meaningful
see no sign that the breakpoint was reached.  `silent' is meaningful
only at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
only at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
   The commands `echo', `output', and `printf' allow you to print
   The commands `echo', `output', and `printf' allow you to print
precisely controlled output, and are often useful in silent
precisely controlled output, and are often useful in silent
breakpoints.  *Note Commands for Controlled Output: Output.
breakpoints.  *Note Commands for Controlled Output: Output.
   For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print
   For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print
the value of `x' at entry to `foo' whenever `x' is positive.
the value of `x' at entry to `foo' whenever `x' is positive.
     break foo if x>0
     break foo if x>0
     commands
     commands
     silent
     silent
     printf "x is %d\n",x
     printf "x is %d\n",x
     cont
     cont
     end
     end
   One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug
   One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug
so you can test for another.  Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous
so you can test for another.  Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous
line of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
line of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
to any variables that need them.  End with the `continue' command so
to any variables that need them.  End with the `continue' command so
that your program does not stop, and start with the `silent' command so
that your program does not stop, and start with the `silent' command so
that no output is produced.  Here is an example:
that no output is produced.  Here is an example:
     break 403
     break 403
     commands
     commands
     silent
     silent
     set x = y + 4
     set x = y + 4
     cont
     cont
     end
     end


File: gdb.info,  Node: Save Breakpoints,  Next: Error in Breakpoints,  Prev: Break Commands,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Save Breakpoints,  Next: Error in Breakpoints,  Prev: Break Commands,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.8 How to save breakpoints to a file
5.1.8 How to save breakpoints to a file
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
To save breakpoint definitions to a file use the `save breakpoints'
To save breakpoint definitions to a file use the `save breakpoints'
command.
command.
`save breakpoints [FILENAME]'
`save breakpoints [FILENAME]'
     This command saves all current breakpoint definitions together with
     This command saves all current breakpoint definitions together with
     their commands and ignore counts, into a file `FILENAME' suitable
     their commands and ignore counts, into a file `FILENAME' suitable
     for use in a later debugging session.  This includes all types of
     for use in a later debugging session.  This includes all types of
     breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints, tracepoints).
     breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints, tracepoints).
     To read the saved breakpoint definitions, use the `source' command
     To read the saved breakpoint definitions, use the `source' command
     (*note Command Files::).  Note that watchpoints with expressions
     (*note Command Files::).  Note that watchpoints with expressions
     involving local variables may fail to be recreated because it may
     involving local variables may fail to be recreated because it may
     not be possible to access the context where the watchpoint is
     not be possible to access the context where the watchpoint is
     valid anymore.  Because the saved breakpoint definitions are
     valid anymore.  Because the saved breakpoint definitions are
     simply a sequence of GDB commands that recreate the breakpoints,
     simply a sequence of GDB commands that recreate the breakpoints,
     you can edit the file in your favorite editing program, and remove
     you can edit the file in your favorite editing program, and remove
     the breakpoint definitions you're not interested in, or that can
     the breakpoint definitions you're not interested in, or that can
     no longer be recreated.
     no longer be recreated.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Error in Breakpoints,  Next: Breakpoint-related Warnings,  Prev: Save Breakpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Error in Breakpoints,  Next: Breakpoint-related Warnings,  Prev: Save Breakpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.9 "Cannot insert breakpoints"
5.1.9 "Cannot insert breakpoints"
---------------------------------
---------------------------------
If you request too many active hardware-assisted breakpoints and
If you request too many active hardware-assisted breakpoints and
watchpoints, you will see this error message:
watchpoints, you will see this error message:
     Stopped; cannot insert breakpoints.
     Stopped; cannot insert breakpoints.
     You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints and watchpoints.
     You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints and watchpoints.
This message is printed when you attempt to resume the program, since
This message is printed when you attempt to resume the program, since
only then GDB knows exactly how many hardware breakpoints and
only then GDB knows exactly how many hardware breakpoints and
watchpoints it needs to insert.
watchpoints it needs to insert.
   When this message is printed, you need to disable or remove some of
   When this message is printed, you need to disable or remove some of
the hardware-assisted breakpoints and watchpoints, and then continue.
the hardware-assisted breakpoints and watchpoints, and then continue.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Breakpoint-related Warnings,  Prev: Error in Breakpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
File: gdb.info,  Node: Breakpoint-related Warnings,  Prev: Error in Breakpoints,  Up: Breakpoints
5.1.10 "Breakpoint address adjusted..."
5.1.10 "Breakpoint address adjusted..."
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
Some processor architectures place constraints on the addresses at
Some processor architectures place constraints on the addresses at
which breakpoints may be placed.  For architectures thus constrained,
which breakpoints may be placed.  For architectures thus constrained,
GDB will attempt to adjust the breakpoint's address to comply with the
GDB will attempt to adjust the breakpoint's address to comply with the
constraints dictated by the architecture.
constraints dictated by the architecture.
   One example of such an architecture is the Fujitsu FR-V.  The FR-V is
   One example of such an architecture is the Fujitsu FR-V.  The FR-V is
a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like instructions may be
a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like instructions may be
bundled together for parallel execution.  The FR-V architecture
bundled together for parallel execution.  The FR-V architecture
constrains the location of a breakpoint instruction within such a
constrains the location of a breakpoint instruction within such a
bundle to the instruction with the lowest address.  GDB honors this
bundle to the instruction with the lowest address.  GDB honors this
constraint by adjusting a breakpoint's address to the first in the
constraint by adjusting a breakpoint's address to the first in the
bundle.
bundle.
   It is not uncommon for optimized code to have bundles which contain
   It is not uncommon for optimized code to have bundles which contain
instructions from different source statements, thus it may happen that
instructions from different source statements, thus it may happen that
a breakpoint's address will be adjusted from one source statement to
a breakpoint's address will be adjusted from one source statement to
another.  Since this adjustment may significantly alter GDB's
another.  Since this adjustment may significantly alter GDB's
breakpoint related behavior from what the user expects, a warning is
breakpoint related behavior from what the user expects, a warning is
printed when the breakpoint is first set and also when the breakpoint
printed when the breakpoint is first set and also when the breakpoint
is hit.
is hit.
   A warning like the one below is printed when setting a breakpoint
   A warning like the one below is printed when setting a breakpoint
that's been subject to address adjustment:
that's been subject to address adjustment:
     warning: Breakpoint address adjusted from 0x00010414 to 0x00010410.
     warning: Breakpoint address adjusted from 0x00010414 to 0x00010410.
   Such warnings are printed both for user settable and GDB's internal
   Such warnings are printed both for user settable and GDB's internal
breakpoints.  If you see one of these warnings, you should verify that
breakpoints.  If you see one of these warnings, you should verify that
a breakpoint set at the adjusted address will have the desired affect.
a breakpoint set at the adjusted address will have the desired affect.
If not, the breakpoint in question may be removed and other breakpoints
If not, the breakpoint in question may be removed and other breakpoints
may be set which will have the desired behavior.  E.g., it may be
may be set which will have the desired behavior.  E.g., it may be
sufficient to place the breakpoint at a later instruction.  A
sufficient to place the breakpoint at a later instruction.  A
conditional breakpoint may also be useful in some cases to prevent the
conditional breakpoint may also be useful in some cases to prevent the
breakpoint from triggering too often.
breakpoint from triggering too often.
   GDB will also issue a warning when stopping at one of these adjusted
   GDB will also issue a warning when stopping at one of these adjusted
breakpoints:
breakpoints:
     warning: Breakpoint 1 address previously adjusted from 0x00010414
     warning: Breakpoint 1 address previously adjusted from 0x00010414
     to 0x00010410.
     to 0x00010410.
   When this warning is encountered, it may be too late to take remedial
   When this warning is encountered, it may be too late to take remedial
action except in cases where the breakpoint is hit earlier or more
action except in cases where the breakpoint is hit earlier or more
frequently than expected.
frequently than expected.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Continuing and Stepping,  Next: Signals,  Prev: Breakpoints,  Up: Stopping
File: gdb.info,  Node: Continuing and Stepping,  Next: Signals,  Prev: Breakpoints,  Up: Stopping
5.2 Continuing and Stepping
5.2 Continuing and Stepping
===========================
===========================
"Continuing" means resuming program execution until your program
"Continuing" means resuming program execution until your program
completes normally.  In contrast, "stepping" means executing just one
completes normally.  In contrast, "stepping" means executing just one
more "step" of your program, where "step" may mean either one line of
more "step" of your program, where "step" may mean either one line of
source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what particular
source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what particular
command you use).  Either when continuing or when stepping, your
command you use).  Either when continuing or when stepping, your
program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint or a signal.  (If it
program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint or a signal.  (If it
stops due to a signal, you may want to use `handle', or use `signal 0'
stops due to a signal, you may want to use `handle', or use `signal 0'
to resume execution.  *Note Signals: Signals.)
to resume execution.  *Note Signals: Signals.)
`continue [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`continue [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`c [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`c [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`fg [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`fg [IGNORE-COUNT]'
     Resume program execution, at the address where your program last
     Resume program execution, at the address where your program last
     stopped; any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed.  The
     stopped; any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed.  The
     optional argument IGNORE-COUNT allows you to specify a further
     optional argument IGNORE-COUNT allows you to specify a further
     number of times to ignore a breakpoint at this location; its
     number of times to ignore a breakpoint at this location; its
     effect is like that of `ignore' (*note Break Conditions:
     effect is like that of `ignore' (*note Break Conditions:
     Conditions.).
     Conditions.).
     The argument IGNORE-COUNT is meaningful only when your program
     The argument IGNORE-COUNT is meaningful only when your program
     stopped due to a breakpoint.  At other times, the argument to
     stopped due to a breakpoint.  At other times, the argument to
     `continue' is ignored.
     `continue' is ignored.
     The synonyms `c' and `fg' (for "foreground", as the debugged
     The synonyms `c' and `fg' (for "foreground", as the debugged
     program is deemed to be the foreground program) are provided
     program is deemed to be the foreground program) are provided
     purely for convenience, and have exactly the same behavior as
     purely for convenience, and have exactly the same behavior as
     `continue'.
     `continue'.
   To resume execution at a different place, you can use `return'
   To resume execution at a different place, you can use `return'
(*note Returning from a Function: Returning.) to go back to the calling
(*note Returning from a Function: Returning.) to go back to the calling
function; or `jump' (*note Continuing at a Different Address: Jumping.)
function; or `jump' (*note Continuing at a Different Address: Jumping.)
to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
   A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint (*note
   A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint (*note
Breakpoints; Watchpoints; and Catchpoints: Breakpoints.) at the
Breakpoints; Watchpoints; and Catchpoints: Breakpoints.) at the
beginning of the function or the section of your program where a problem
beginning of the function or the section of your program where a problem
is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that breakpoint,
is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that breakpoint,
and then step through the suspect area, examining the variables that are
and then step through the suspect area, examining the variables that are
interesting, until you see the problem happen.
interesting, until you see the problem happen.
`step'
`step'
     Continue running your program until control reaches a different
     Continue running your program until control reaches a different
     source line, then stop it and return control to GDB.  This command
     source line, then stop it and return control to GDB.  This command
     is abbreviated `s'.
     is abbreviated `s'.
          _Warning:_ If you use the `step' command while control is
          _Warning:_ If you use the `step' command while control is
          within a function that was compiled without debugging
          within a function that was compiled without debugging
          information, execution proceeds until control reaches a
          information, execution proceeds until control reaches a
          function that does have debugging information.  Likewise, it
          function that does have debugging information.  Likewise, it
          will not step into a function which is compiled without
          will not step into a function which is compiled without
          debugging information.  To step through functions without
          debugging information.  To step through functions without
          debugging information, use the `stepi' command, described
          debugging information, use the `stepi' command, described
          below.
          below.
     The `step' command only stops at the first instruction of a source
     The `step' command only stops at the first instruction of a source
     line.  This prevents the multiple stops that could otherwise occur
     line.  This prevents the multiple stops that could otherwise occur
     in `switch' statements, `for' loops, etc.  `step' continues to
     in `switch' statements, `for' loops, etc.  `step' continues to
     stop if a function that has debugging information is called within
     stop if a function that has debugging information is called within
     the line.  In other words, `step' _steps inside_ any functions
     the line.  In other words, `step' _steps inside_ any functions
     called within the line.
     called within the line.
     Also, the `step' command only enters a function if there is line
     Also, the `step' command only enters a function if there is line
     number information for the function.  Otherwise it acts like the
     number information for the function.  Otherwise it acts like the
     `next' command.  This avoids problems when using `cc -gl' on MIPS
     `next' command.  This avoids problems when using `cc -gl' on MIPS
     machines.  Previously, `step' entered subroutines if there was any
     machines.  Previously, `step' entered subroutines if there was any
     debugging information about the routine.
     debugging information about the routine.
`step COUNT'
`step COUNT'
     Continue running as in `step', but do so COUNT times.  If a
     Continue running as in `step', but do so COUNT times.  If a
     breakpoint is reached, or a signal not related to stepping occurs
     breakpoint is reached, or a signal not related to stepping occurs
     before COUNT steps, stepping stops right away.
     before COUNT steps, stepping stops right away.
`next [COUNT]'
`next [COUNT]'
     Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack
     Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack
     frame.  This is similar to `step', but function calls that appear
     frame.  This is similar to `step', but function calls that appear
     within the line of code are executed without stopping.  Execution
     within the line of code are executed without stopping.  Execution
     stops when control reaches a different line of code at the
     stops when control reaches a different line of code at the
     original stack level that was executing when you gave the `next'
     original stack level that was executing when you gave the `next'
     command.  This command is abbreviated `n'.
     command.  This command is abbreviated `n'.
     An argument COUNT is a repeat count, as for `step'.
     An argument COUNT is a repeat count, as for `step'.
     The `next' command only stops at the first instruction of a source
     The `next' command only stops at the first instruction of a source
     line.  This prevents multiple stops that could otherwise occur in
     line.  This prevents multiple stops that could otherwise occur in
     `switch' statements, `for' loops, etc.
     `switch' statements, `for' loops, etc.
`set step-mode'
`set step-mode'
`set step-mode on'
`set step-mode on'
     The `set step-mode on' command causes the `step' command to stop
     The `set step-mode on' command causes the `step' command to stop
     at the first instruction of a function which contains no debug line
     at the first instruction of a function which contains no debug line
     information rather than stepping over it.
     information rather than stepping over it.
     This is useful in cases where you may be interested in inspecting
     This is useful in cases where you may be interested in inspecting
     the machine instructions of a function which has no symbolic info
     the machine instructions of a function which has no symbolic info
     and do not want GDB to automatically skip over this function.
     and do not want GDB to automatically skip over this function.
`set step-mode off'
`set step-mode off'
     Causes the `step' command to step over any functions which
     Causes the `step' command to step over any functions which
     contains no debug information.  This is the default.
     contains no debug information.  This is the default.
`show step-mode'
`show step-mode'
     Show whether GDB will stop in or step over functions without
     Show whether GDB will stop in or step over functions without
     source line debug information.
     source line debug information.
`finish'
`finish'
     Continue running until just after function in the selected stack
     Continue running until just after function in the selected stack
     frame returns.  Print the returned value (if any).  This command
     frame returns.  Print the returned value (if any).  This command
     can be abbreviated as `fin'.
     can be abbreviated as `fin'.
     Contrast this with the `return' command (*note Returning from a
     Contrast this with the `return' command (*note Returning from a
     Function: Returning.).
     Function: Returning.).
`until'
`until'
`u'
`u'
     Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
     Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
     current stack frame, is reached.  This command is used to avoid
     current stack frame, is reached.  This command is used to avoid
     single stepping through a loop more than once.  It is like the
     single stepping through a loop more than once.  It is like the
     `next' command, except that when `until' encounters a jump, it
     `next' command, except that when `until' encounters a jump, it
     automatically continues execution until the program counter is
     automatically continues execution until the program counter is
     greater than the address of the jump.
     greater than the address of the jump.
     This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single
     This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single
     stepping though it, `until' makes your program continue execution
     stepping though it, `until' makes your program continue execution
     until it exits the loop.  In contrast, a `next' command at the end
     until it exits the loop.  In contrast, a `next' command at the end
     of a loop simply steps back to the beginning of the loop, which
     of a loop simply steps back to the beginning of the loop, which
     forces you to step through the next iteration.
     forces you to step through the next iteration.
     `until' always stops your program if it attempts to exit the
     `until' always stops your program if it attempts to exit the
     current stack frame.
     current stack frame.
     `until' may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
     `until' may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
     of machine code does not match the order of the source lines.  For
     of machine code does not match the order of the source lines.  For
     example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the `f'
     example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the `f'
     (`frame') command shows that execution is stopped at line `206';
     (`frame') command shows that execution is stopped at line `206';
     yet when we use `until', we get to line `195':
     yet when we use `until', we get to line `195':
          (gdb) f
          (gdb) f
          #0  main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
          #0  main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
          206                 expand_input();
          206                 expand_input();
          (gdb) until
          (gdb) until
          195             for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) {
          195             for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) {
     This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
     This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
     generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than
     generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than
     the start, of the loop--even though the test in a C `for'-loop is
     the start, of the loop--even though the test in a C `for'-loop is
     written before the body of the loop.  The `until' command appeared
     written before the body of the loop.  The `until' command appeared
     to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
     to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
     expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
     expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
     statement--not in terms of the actual machine code.
     statement--not in terms of the actual machine code.
     `until' with no argument works by means of single instruction
     `until' with no argument works by means of single instruction
     stepping, and hence is slower than `until' with an argument.
     stepping, and hence is slower than `until' with an argument.
`until LOCATION'
`until LOCATION'
`u LOCATION'
`u LOCATION'
     Continue running your program until either the specified location
     Continue running your program until either the specified location
     is reached, or the current stack frame returns.  LOCATION is any of
     is reached, or the current stack frame returns.  LOCATION is any of
     the forms described in *note Specify Location::.  This form of the
     the forms described in *note Specify Location::.  This form of the
     command uses temporary breakpoints, and hence is quicker than
     command uses temporary breakpoints, and hence is quicker than
     `until' without an argument.  The specified location is actually
     `until' without an argument.  The specified location is actually
     reached only if it is in the current frame.  This implies that
     reached only if it is in the current frame.  This implies that
     `until' can be used to skip over recursive function invocations.
     `until' can be used to skip over recursive function invocations.
     For instance in the code below, if the current location is line
     For instance in the code below, if the current location is line
     `96', issuing `until 99' will execute the program up to line `99'
     `96', issuing `until 99' will execute the program up to line `99'
     in the same invocation of factorial, i.e., after the inner
     in the same invocation of factorial, i.e., after the inner
     invocations have returned.
     invocations have returned.
          94    int factorial (int value)
          94    int factorial (int value)
          95    {
          95    {
          96        if (value > 1) {
          96        if (value > 1) {
          97            value *= factorial (value - 1);
          97            value *= factorial (value - 1);
          98        }
          98        }
          99        return (value);
          99        return (value);
          100     }
          100     }
`advance LOCATION'
`advance LOCATION'
     Continue running the program up to the given LOCATION.  An
     Continue running the program up to the given LOCATION.  An
     argument is required, which should be of one of the forms
     argument is required, which should be of one of the forms
     described in *note Specify Location::.  Execution will also stop
     described in *note Specify Location::.  Execution will also stop
     upon exit from the current stack frame.  This command is similar
     upon exit from the current stack frame.  This command is similar
     to `until', but `advance' will not skip over recursive function
     to `until', but `advance' will not skip over recursive function
     calls, and the target location doesn't have to be in the same
     calls, and the target location doesn't have to be in the same
     frame as the current one.
     frame as the current one.
`stepi'
`stepi'
`stepi ARG'
`stepi ARG'
`si'
`si'
     Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the
     Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the
     debugger.
     debugger.
     It is often useful to do `display/i $pc' when stepping by machine
     It is often useful to do `display/i $pc' when stepping by machine
     instructions.  This makes GDB automatically display the next
     instructions.  This makes GDB automatically display the next
     instruction to be executed, each time your program stops.  *Note
     instruction to be executed, each time your program stops.  *Note
     Automatic Display: Auto Display.
     Automatic Display: Auto Display.
     An argument is a repeat count, as in `step'.
     An argument is a repeat count, as in `step'.
`nexti'
`nexti'
`nexti ARG'
`nexti ARG'
`ni'
`ni'
     Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
     Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
     proceed until the function returns.
     proceed until the function returns.
     An argument is a repeat count, as in `next'.
     An argument is a repeat count, as in `next'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Signals,  Next: Thread Stops,  Prev: Continuing and Stepping,  Up: Stopping
File: gdb.info,  Node: Signals,  Next: Thread Stops,  Prev: Continuing and Stepping,  Up: Stopping
5.3 Signals
5.3 Signals
===========
===========
A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program.  The
A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program.  The
operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
kind a name and a number.  For example, in Unix `SIGINT' is the signal
kind a name and a number.  For example, in Unix `SIGINT' is the signal
a program gets when you type an interrupt character (often `Ctrl-c');
a program gets when you type an interrupt character (often `Ctrl-c');
`SIGSEGV' is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
`SIGSEGV' is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
memory far away from all the areas in use; `SIGALRM' occurs when the
memory far away from all the areas in use; `SIGALRM' occurs when the
alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has
alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has
requested an alarm).
requested an alarm).
   Some signals, including `SIGALRM', are a normal part of the
   Some signals, including `SIGALRM', are a normal part of the
functioning of your program.  Others, such as `SIGSEGV', indicate
functioning of your program.  Others, such as `SIGSEGV', indicate
errors; these signals are "fatal" (they kill your program immediately)
errors; these signals are "fatal" (they kill your program immediately)
if the program has not specified in advance some other way to handle
if the program has not specified in advance some other way to handle
the signal.  `SIGINT' does not indicate an error in your program, but
the signal.  `SIGINT' does not indicate an error in your program, but
it is normally fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt:
it is normally fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt:
to kill the program.
to kill the program.
   GDB has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your
   GDB has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your
program.  You can tell GDB in advance what to do for each kind of
program.  You can tell GDB in advance what to do for each kind of
signal.
signal.
   Normally, GDB is set up to let the non-erroneous signals like
   Normally, GDB is set up to let the non-erroneous signals like
`SIGALRM' be silently passed to your program (so as not to interfere
`SIGALRM' be silently passed to your program (so as not to interfere
with their role in the program's functioning) but to stop your program
with their role in the program's functioning) but to stop your program
immediately whenever an error signal happens.  You can change these
immediately whenever an error signal happens.  You can change these
settings with the `handle' command.
settings with the `handle' command.
`info signals'
`info signals'
`info handle'
`info handle'
     Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how GDB has been
     Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how GDB has been
     told to handle each one.  You can use this to see the signal
     told to handle each one.  You can use this to see the signal
     numbers of all the defined types of signals.
     numbers of all the defined types of signals.
`info signals SIG'
`info signals SIG'
     Similar, but print information only about the specified signal
     Similar, but print information only about the specified signal
     number.
     number.
     `info handle' is an alias for `info signals'.
     `info handle' is an alias for `info signals'.
`handle SIGNAL [KEYWORDS...]'
`handle SIGNAL [KEYWORDS...]'
     Change the way GDB handles signal SIGNAL.  SIGNAL can be the
     Change the way GDB handles signal SIGNAL.  SIGNAL can be the
     number of a signal or its name (with or without the `SIG' at the
     number of a signal or its name (with or without the `SIG' at the
     beginning); a list of signal numbers of the form `LOW-HIGH'; or
     beginning); a list of signal numbers of the form `LOW-HIGH'; or
     the word `all', meaning all the known signals.  Optional arguments
     the word `all', meaning all the known signals.  Optional arguments
     KEYWORDS, described below, say what change to make.
     KEYWORDS, described below, say what change to make.
   The keywords allowed by the `handle' command can be abbreviated.
   The keywords allowed by the `handle' command can be abbreviated.
Their full names are:
Their full names are:
`nostop'
`nostop'
     GDB should not stop your program when this signal happens.  It may
     GDB should not stop your program when this signal happens.  It may
     still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
     still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
`stop'
`stop'
     GDB should stop your program when this signal happens.  This
     GDB should stop your program when this signal happens.  This
     implies the `print' keyword as well.
     implies the `print' keyword as well.
`print'
`print'
     GDB should print a message when this signal happens.
     GDB should print a message when this signal happens.
`noprint'
`noprint'
     GDB should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all.  This
     GDB should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all.  This
     implies the `nostop' keyword as well.
     implies the `nostop' keyword as well.
`pass'
`pass'
`noignore'
`noignore'
     GDB should allow your program to see this signal; your program can
     GDB should allow your program to see this signal; your program can
     handle the signal, or else it may terminate if the signal is fatal
     handle the signal, or else it may terminate if the signal is fatal
     and not handled.  `pass' and `noignore' are synonyms.
     and not handled.  `pass' and `noignore' are synonyms.
`nopass'
`nopass'
`ignore'
`ignore'
     GDB should not allow your program to see this signal.  `nopass'
     GDB should not allow your program to see this signal.  `nopass'
     and `ignore' are synonyms.
     and `ignore' are synonyms.
   When a signal stops your program, the signal is not visible to the
   When a signal stops your program, the signal is not visible to the
program until you continue.  Your program sees the signal then, if
program until you continue.  Your program sees the signal then, if
`pass' is in effect for the signal in question _at that time_.  In
`pass' is in effect for the signal in question _at that time_.  In
other words, after GDB reports a signal, you can use the `handle'
other words, after GDB reports a signal, you can use the `handle'
command with `pass' or `nopass' to control whether your program sees
command with `pass' or `nopass' to control whether your program sees
that signal when you continue.
that signal when you continue.
   The default is set to `nostop', `noprint', `pass' for non-erroneous
   The default is set to `nostop', `noprint', `pass' for non-erroneous
signals such as `SIGALRM', `SIGWINCH' and `SIGCHLD', and to `stop',
signals such as `SIGALRM', `SIGWINCH' and `SIGCHLD', and to `stop',
`print', `pass' for the erroneous signals.
`print', `pass' for the erroneous signals.
   You can also use the `signal' command to prevent your program from
   You can also use the `signal' command to prevent your program from
seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
or to give it any signal at any time.  For example, if your program
or to give it any signal at any time.  For example, if your program
stopped due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store
stopped due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store
correct values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see
correct values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see
more execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as
more execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as
a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal.  To prevent this,
a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal.  To prevent this,
you can continue with `signal 0'.  *Note Giving your Program a Signal:
you can continue with `signal 0'.  *Note Giving your Program a Signal:
Signaling.
Signaling.
   On some targets, GDB can inspect extra signal information associated
   On some targets, GDB can inspect extra signal information associated
with the intercepted signal, before it is actually delivered to the
with the intercepted signal, before it is actually delivered to the
program being debugged.  This information is exported by the
program being debugged.  This information is exported by the
convenience variable `$_siginfo', and consists of data that is passed
convenience variable `$_siginfo', and consists of data that is passed
by the kernel to the signal handler at the time of the receipt of a
by the kernel to the signal handler at the time of the receipt of a
signal.  The data type of the information itself is target dependent.
signal.  The data type of the information itself is target dependent.
You can see the data type using the `ptype $_siginfo' command.  On Unix
You can see the data type using the `ptype $_siginfo' command.  On Unix
systems, it typically corresponds to the standard `siginfo_t' type, as
systems, it typically corresponds to the standard `siginfo_t' type, as
defined in the `signal.h' system header.
defined in the `signal.h' system header.
   Here's an example, on a GNU/Linux system, printing the stray
   Here's an example, on a GNU/Linux system, printing the stray
referenced address that raised a segmentation fault.
referenced address that raised a segmentation fault.
     (gdb) continue
     (gdb) continue
     Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
     Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
     0x0000000000400766 in main ()
     0x0000000000400766 in main ()
     69        *(int *)p = 0;
     69        *(int *)p = 0;
     (gdb) ptype $_siginfo
     (gdb) ptype $_siginfo
     type = struct {
     type = struct {
         int si_signo;
         int si_signo;
         int si_errno;
         int si_errno;
         int si_code;
         int si_code;
         union {
         union {
             int _pad[28];
             int _pad[28];
             struct {...} _kill;
             struct {...} _kill;
             struct {...} _timer;
             struct {...} _timer;
             struct {...} _rt;
             struct {...} _rt;
             struct {...} _sigchld;
             struct {...} _sigchld;
             struct {...} _sigfault;
             struct {...} _sigfault;
             struct {...} _sigpoll;
             struct {...} _sigpoll;
         } _sifields;
         } _sifields;
     }
     }
     (gdb) ptype $_siginfo._sifields._sigfault
     (gdb) ptype $_siginfo._sifields._sigfault
     type = struct {
     type = struct {
         void *si_addr;
         void *si_addr;
     }
     }
     (gdb) p $_siginfo._sifields._sigfault.si_addr
     (gdb) p $_siginfo._sifields._sigfault.si_addr
     $1 = (void *) 0x7ffff7ff7000
     $1 = (void *) 0x7ffff7ff7000
   Depending on target support, `$_siginfo' may also be writable.
   Depending on target support, `$_siginfo' may also be writable.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Thread Stops,  Prev: Signals,  Up: Stopping
File: gdb.info,  Node: Thread Stops,  Prev: Signals,  Up: Stopping
5.4 Stopping and Starting Multi-thread Programs
5.4 Stopping and Starting Multi-thread Programs
===============================================
===============================================
GDB supports debugging programs with multiple threads (*note Debugging
GDB supports debugging programs with multiple threads (*note Debugging
Programs with Multiple Threads: Threads.).  There are two modes of
Programs with Multiple Threads: Threads.).  There are two modes of
controlling execution of your program within the debugger.  In the
controlling execution of your program within the debugger.  In the
default mode, referred to as "all-stop mode", when any thread in your
default mode, referred to as "all-stop mode", when any thread in your
program stops (for example, at a breakpoint or while being stepped),
program stops (for example, at a breakpoint or while being stepped),
all other threads in the program are also stopped by GDB.  On some
all other threads in the program are also stopped by GDB.  On some
targets, GDB also supports "non-stop mode", in which other threads can
targets, GDB also supports "non-stop mode", in which other threads can
continue to run freely while you examine the stopped thread in the
continue to run freely while you examine the stopped thread in the
debugger.
debugger.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* All-Stop Mode::               All threads stop when GDB takes control
* All-Stop Mode::               All threads stop when GDB takes control
* Non-Stop Mode::               Other threads continue to execute
* Non-Stop Mode::               Other threads continue to execute
* Background Execution::        Running your program asynchronously
* Background Execution::        Running your program asynchronously
* Thread-Specific Breakpoints:: Controlling breakpoints
* Thread-Specific Breakpoints:: Controlling breakpoints
* Interrupted System Calls::    GDB may interfere with system calls
* Interrupted System Calls::    GDB may interfere with system calls
* Observer Mode::               GDB does not alter program behavior
* Observer Mode::               GDB does not alter program behavior


File: gdb.info,  Node: All-Stop Mode,  Next: Non-Stop Mode,  Up: Thread Stops
File: gdb.info,  Node: All-Stop Mode,  Next: Non-Stop Mode,  Up: Thread Stops
5.4.1 All-Stop Mode
5.4.1 All-Stop Mode
-------------------
-------------------
In all-stop mode, whenever your program stops under GDB for any reason,
In all-stop mode, whenever your program stops under GDB for any reason,
_all_ threads of execution stop, not just the current thread.  This
_all_ threads of execution stop, not just the current thread.  This
allows you to examine the overall state of the program, including
allows you to examine the overall state of the program, including
switching between threads, without worrying that things may change
switching between threads, without worrying that things may change
underfoot.
underfoot.
   Conversely, whenever you restart the program, _all_ threads start
   Conversely, whenever you restart the program, _all_ threads start
executing.  _This is true even when single-stepping_ with commands like
executing.  _This is true even when single-stepping_ with commands like
`step' or `next'.
`step' or `next'.
   In particular, GDB cannot single-step all threads in lockstep.
   In particular, GDB cannot single-step all threads in lockstep.
Since thread scheduling is up to your debugging target's operating
Since thread scheduling is up to your debugging target's operating
system (not controlled by GDB), other threads may execute more than one
system (not controlled by GDB), other threads may execute more than one
statement while the current thread completes a single step.  Moreover,
statement while the current thread completes a single step.  Moreover,
in general other threads stop in the middle of a statement, rather than
in general other threads stop in the middle of a statement, rather than
at a clean statement boundary, when the program stops.
at a clean statement boundary, when the program stops.
   You might even find your program stopped in another thread after
   You might even find your program stopped in another thread after
continuing or even single-stepping.  This happens whenever some other
continuing or even single-stepping.  This happens whenever some other
thread runs into a breakpoint, a signal, or an exception before the
thread runs into a breakpoint, a signal, or an exception before the
first thread completes whatever you requested.
first thread completes whatever you requested.
   Whenever GDB stops your program, due to a breakpoint or a signal, it
   Whenever GDB stops your program, due to a breakpoint or a signal, it
automatically selects the thread where that breakpoint or signal
automatically selects the thread where that breakpoint or signal
happened.  GDB alerts you to the context switch with a message such as
happened.  GDB alerts you to the context switch with a message such as
`[Switching to Thread N]' to identify the thread.
`[Switching to Thread N]' to identify the thread.
   On some OSes, you can modify GDB's default behavior by locking the
   On some OSes, you can modify GDB's default behavior by locking the
OS scheduler to allow only a single thread to run.
OS scheduler to allow only a single thread to run.
`set scheduler-locking MODE'
`set scheduler-locking MODE'
     Set the scheduler locking mode.  If it is `off', then there is no
     Set the scheduler locking mode.  If it is `off', then there is no
     locking and any thread may run at any time.  If `on', then only the
     locking and any thread may run at any time.  If `on', then only the
     current thread may run when the inferior is resumed.  The `step'
     current thread may run when the inferior is resumed.  The `step'
     mode optimizes for single-stepping; it prevents other threads from
     mode optimizes for single-stepping; it prevents other threads from
     preempting the current thread while you are stepping, so that the
     preempting the current thread while you are stepping, so that the
     focus of debugging does not change unexpectedly.  Other threads
     focus of debugging does not change unexpectedly.  Other threads
     only rarely (or never) get a chance to run when you step.  They
     only rarely (or never) get a chance to run when you step.  They
     are more likely to run when you `next' over a function call, and
     are more likely to run when you `next' over a function call, and
     they are completely free to run when you use commands like
     they are completely free to run when you use commands like
     `continue', `until', or `finish'.  However, unless another thread
     `continue', `until', or `finish'.  However, unless another thread
     hits a breakpoint during its timeslice, GDB does not change the
     hits a breakpoint during its timeslice, GDB does not change the
     current thread away from the thread that you are debugging.
     current thread away from the thread that you are debugging.
`show scheduler-locking'
`show scheduler-locking'
     Display the current scheduler locking mode.
     Display the current scheduler locking mode.
   By default, when you issue one of the execution commands such as
   By default, when you issue one of the execution commands such as
`continue', `next' or `step', GDB allows only threads of the current
`continue', `next' or `step', GDB allows only threads of the current
inferior to run.  For example, if GDB is attached to two inferiors,
inferior to run.  For example, if GDB is attached to two inferiors,
each with two threads, the `continue' command resumes only the two
each with two threads, the `continue' command resumes only the two
threads of the current inferior.  This is useful, for example, when you
threads of the current inferior.  This is useful, for example, when you
debug a program that forks and you want to hold the parent stopped (so
debug a program that forks and you want to hold the parent stopped (so
that, for instance, it doesn't run to exit), while you debug the child.
that, for instance, it doesn't run to exit), while you debug the child.
In other situations, you may not be interested in inspecting the
In other situations, you may not be interested in inspecting the
current state of any of the processes GDB is attached to, and you may
current state of any of the processes GDB is attached to, and you may
want to resume them all until some breakpoint is hit.  In the latter
want to resume them all until some breakpoint is hit.  In the latter
case, you can instruct GDB to allow all threads of all the inferiors to
case, you can instruct GDB to allow all threads of all the inferiors to
run with the `set schedule-multiple' command.
run with the `set schedule-multiple' command.
`set schedule-multiple'
`set schedule-multiple'
     Set the mode for allowing threads of multiple processes to be
     Set the mode for allowing threads of multiple processes to be
     resumed when an execution command is issued.  When `on', all
     resumed when an execution command is issued.  When `on', all
     threads of all processes are allowed to run.  When `off', only the
     threads of all processes are allowed to run.  When `off', only the
     threads of the current process are resumed.  The default is `off'.
     threads of the current process are resumed.  The default is `off'.
     The `scheduler-locking' mode takes precedence when set to `on', or
     The `scheduler-locking' mode takes precedence when set to `on', or
     while you are stepping and set to `step'.
     while you are stepping and set to `step'.
`show schedule-multiple'
`show schedule-multiple'
     Display the current mode for resuming the execution of threads of
     Display the current mode for resuming the execution of threads of
     multiple processes.
     multiple processes.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Non-Stop Mode,  Next: Background Execution,  Prev: All-Stop Mode,  Up: Thread Stops
File: gdb.info,  Node: Non-Stop Mode,  Next: Background Execution,  Prev: All-Stop Mode,  Up: Thread Stops
5.4.2 Non-Stop Mode
5.4.2 Non-Stop Mode
-------------------
-------------------
For some multi-threaded targets, GDB supports an optional mode of
For some multi-threaded targets, GDB supports an optional mode of
operation in which you can examine stopped program threads in the
operation in which you can examine stopped program threads in the
debugger while other threads continue to execute freely.  This
debugger while other threads continue to execute freely.  This
minimizes intrusion when debugging live systems, such as programs where
minimizes intrusion when debugging live systems, such as programs where
some threads have real-time constraints or must continue to respond to
some threads have real-time constraints or must continue to respond to
external events.  This is referred to as "non-stop" mode.
external events.  This is referred to as "non-stop" mode.
   In non-stop mode, when a thread stops to report a debugging event,
   In non-stop mode, when a thread stops to report a debugging event,
_only_ that thread is stopped; GDB does not stop other threads as well,
_only_ that thread is stopped; GDB does not stop other threads as well,
in contrast to the all-stop mode behavior.  Additionally, execution
in contrast to the all-stop mode behavior.  Additionally, execution
commands such as `continue' and `step' apply by default only to the
commands such as `continue' and `step' apply by default only to the
current thread in non-stop mode, rather than all threads as in all-stop
current thread in non-stop mode, rather than all threads as in all-stop
mode.  This allows you to control threads explicitly in ways that are
mode.  This allows you to control threads explicitly in ways that are
not possible in all-stop mode -- for example, stepping one thread while
not possible in all-stop mode -- for example, stepping one thread while
allowing others to run freely, stepping one thread while holding all
allowing others to run freely, stepping one thread while holding all
others stopped, or stepping several threads independently and
others stopped, or stepping several threads independently and
simultaneously.
simultaneously.
   To enter non-stop mode, use this sequence of commands before you run
   To enter non-stop mode, use this sequence of commands before you run
or attach to your program:
or attach to your program:
     # Enable the async interface.
     # Enable the async interface.
     set target-async 1
     set target-async 1
     # If using the CLI, pagination breaks non-stop.
     # If using the CLI, pagination breaks non-stop.
     set pagination off
     set pagination off
     # Finally, turn it on!
     # Finally, turn it on!
     set non-stop on
     set non-stop on
   You can use these commands to manipulate the non-stop mode setting:
   You can use these commands to manipulate the non-stop mode setting:
`set non-stop on'
`set non-stop on'
     Enable selection of non-stop mode.
     Enable selection of non-stop mode.
`set non-stop off'
`set non-stop off'
     Disable selection of non-stop mode.
     Disable selection of non-stop mode.
`show non-stop'
`show non-stop'
     Show the current non-stop enablement setting.
     Show the current non-stop enablement setting.
   Note these commands only reflect whether non-stop mode is enabled,
   Note these commands only reflect whether non-stop mode is enabled,
not whether the currently-executing program is being run in non-stop
not whether the currently-executing program is being run in non-stop
mode.  In particular, the `set non-stop' preference is only consulted
mode.  In particular, the `set non-stop' preference is only consulted
when GDB starts or connects to the target program, and it is generally
when GDB starts or connects to the target program, and it is generally
not possible to switch modes once debugging has started.  Furthermore,
not possible to switch modes once debugging has started.  Furthermore,
since not all targets support non-stop mode, even when you have enabled
since not all targets support non-stop mode, even when you have enabled
non-stop mode, GDB may still fall back to all-stop operation by default.
non-stop mode, GDB may still fall back to all-stop operation by default.
   In non-stop mode, all execution commands apply only to the current
   In non-stop mode, all execution commands apply only to the current
thread by default.  That is, `continue' only continues one thread.  To
thread by default.  That is, `continue' only continues one thread.  To
continue all threads, issue `continue -a' or `c -a'.
continue all threads, issue `continue -a' or `c -a'.
   You can use GDB's background execution commands (*note Background
   You can use GDB's background execution commands (*note Background
Execution::) to run some threads in the background while you continue
Execution::) to run some threads in the background while you continue
to examine or step others from GDB.  The MI execution commands (*note
to examine or step others from GDB.  The MI execution commands (*note
GDB/MI Program Execution::) are always executed asynchronously in
GDB/MI Program Execution::) are always executed asynchronously in
non-stop mode.
non-stop mode.
   Suspending execution is done with the `interrupt' command when
   Suspending execution is done with the `interrupt' command when
running in the background, or `Ctrl-c' during foreground execution.  In
running in the background, or `Ctrl-c' during foreground execution.  In
all-stop mode, this stops the whole process; but in non-stop mode the
all-stop mode, this stops the whole process; but in non-stop mode the
interrupt applies only to the current thread.  To stop the whole
interrupt applies only to the current thread.  To stop the whole
program, use `interrupt -a'.
program, use `interrupt -a'.
   Other execution commands do not currently support the `-a' option.
   Other execution commands do not currently support the `-a' option.
   In non-stop mode, when a thread stops, GDB doesn't automatically make
   In non-stop mode, when a thread stops, GDB doesn't automatically make
that thread current, as it does in all-stop mode.  This is because the
that thread current, as it does in all-stop mode.  This is because the
thread stop notifications are asynchronous with respect to GDB's
thread stop notifications are asynchronous with respect to GDB's
command interpreter, and it would be confusing if GDB unexpectedly
command interpreter, and it would be confusing if GDB unexpectedly
changed to a different thread just as you entered a command to operate
changed to a different thread just as you entered a command to operate
on the previously current thread.
on the previously current thread.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Background Execution,  Next: Thread-Specific Breakpoints,  Prev: Non-Stop Mode,  Up: Thread Stops
File: gdb.info,  Node: Background Execution,  Next: Thread-Specific Breakpoints,  Prev: Non-Stop Mode,  Up: Thread Stops
5.4.3 Background Execution
5.4.3 Background Execution
--------------------------
--------------------------
GDB's execution commands have two variants:  the normal foreground
GDB's execution commands have two variants:  the normal foreground
(synchronous) behavior, and a background (asynchronous) behavior.  In
(synchronous) behavior, and a background (asynchronous) behavior.  In
foreground execution, GDB waits for the program to report that some
foreground execution, GDB waits for the program to report that some
thread has stopped before prompting for another command.  In background
thread has stopped before prompting for another command.  In background
execution, GDB immediately gives a command prompt so that you can issue
execution, GDB immediately gives a command prompt so that you can issue
other commands while your program runs.
other commands while your program runs.
   You need to explicitly enable asynchronous mode before you can use
   You need to explicitly enable asynchronous mode before you can use
background execution commands.  You can use these commands to
background execution commands.  You can use these commands to
manipulate the asynchronous mode setting:
manipulate the asynchronous mode setting:
`set target-async on'
`set target-async on'
     Enable asynchronous mode.
     Enable asynchronous mode.
`set target-async off'
`set target-async off'
     Disable asynchronous mode.
     Disable asynchronous mode.
`show target-async'
`show target-async'
     Show the current target-async setting.
     Show the current target-async setting.
   If the target doesn't support async mode, GDB issues an error
   If the target doesn't support async mode, GDB issues an error
message if you attempt to use the background execution commands.
message if you attempt to use the background execution commands.
   To specify background execution, add a `&' to the command.  For
   To specify background execution, add a `&' to the command.  For
example, the background form of the `continue' command is `continue&',
example, the background form of the `continue' command is `continue&',
or just `c&'.  The execution commands that accept background execution
or just `c&'.  The execution commands that accept background execution
are:
are:
`run'
`run'
     *Note Starting your Program: Starting.
     *Note Starting your Program: Starting.
`attach'
`attach'
     *Note Debugging an Already-running Process: Attach.
     *Note Debugging an Already-running Process: Attach.
`step'
`step'
     *Note step: Continuing and Stepping.
     *Note step: Continuing and Stepping.
`stepi'
`stepi'
     *Note stepi: Continuing and Stepping.
     *Note stepi: Continuing and Stepping.
`next'
`next'
     *Note next: Continuing and Stepping.
     *Note next: Continuing and Stepping.
`nexti'
`nexti'
     *Note nexti: Continuing and Stepping.
     *Note nexti: Continuing and Stepping.
`continue'
`continue'
     *Note continue: Continuing and Stepping.
     *Note continue: Continuing and Stepping.
`finish'
`finish'
     *Note finish: Continuing and Stepping.
     *Note finish: Continuing and Stepping.
`until'
`until'
     *Note until: Continuing and Stepping.
     *Note until: Continuing and Stepping.
   Background execution is especially useful in conjunction with
   Background execution is especially useful in conjunction with
non-stop mode for debugging programs with multiple threads; see *note
non-stop mode for debugging programs with multiple threads; see *note
Non-Stop Mode::.  However, you can also use these commands in the
Non-Stop Mode::.  However, you can also use these commands in the
normal all-stop mode with the restriction that you cannot issue another
normal all-stop mode with the restriction that you cannot issue another
execution command until the previous one finishes.  Examples of
execution command until the previous one finishes.  Examples of
commands that are valid in all-stop mode while the program is running
commands that are valid in all-stop mode while the program is running
include `help' and `info break'.
include `help' and `info break'.
   You can interrupt your program while it is running in the background
   You can interrupt your program while it is running in the background
by using the `interrupt' command.
by using the `interrupt' command.
`interrupt'
`interrupt'
`interrupt -a'
`interrupt -a'
     Suspend execution of the running program.  In all-stop mode,
     Suspend execution of the running program.  In all-stop mode,
     `interrupt' stops the whole process, but in non-stop mode, it stops
     `interrupt' stops the whole process, but in non-stop mode, it stops
     only the current thread.  To stop the whole program in non-stop
     only the current thread.  To stop the whole program in non-stop
     mode, use `interrupt -a'.
     mode, use `interrupt -a'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Thread-Specific Breakpoints,  Next: Interrupted System Calls,  Prev: Background Execution,  Up: Thread Stops
File: gdb.info,  Node: Thread-Specific Breakpoints,  Next: Interrupted System Calls,  Prev: Background Execution,  Up: Thread Stops
5.4.4 Thread-Specific Breakpoints
5.4.4 Thread-Specific Breakpoints
---------------------------------
---------------------------------
When your program has multiple threads (*note Debugging Programs with
When your program has multiple threads (*note Debugging Programs with
Multiple Threads: Threads.), you can choose whether to set breakpoints
Multiple Threads: Threads.), you can choose whether to set breakpoints
on all threads, or on a particular thread.
on all threads, or on a particular thread.
`break LINESPEC thread THREADNO'
`break LINESPEC thread THREADNO'
`break LINESPEC thread THREADNO if ...'
`break LINESPEC thread THREADNO if ...'
     LINESPEC specifies source lines; there are several ways of writing
     LINESPEC specifies source lines; there are several ways of writing
     them (*note Specify Location::), but the effect is always to
     them (*note Specify Location::), but the effect is always to
     specify some source line.
     specify some source line.
     Use the qualifier `thread THREADNO' with a breakpoint command to
     Use the qualifier `thread THREADNO' with a breakpoint command to
     specify that you only want GDB to stop the program when a
     specify that you only want GDB to stop the program when a
     particular thread reaches this breakpoint.  THREADNO is one of the
     particular thread reaches this breakpoint.  THREADNO is one of the
     numeric thread identifiers assigned by GDB, shown in the first
     numeric thread identifiers assigned by GDB, shown in the first
     column of the `info threads' display.
     column of the `info threads' display.
     If you do not specify `thread THREADNO' when you set a breakpoint,
     If you do not specify `thread THREADNO' when you set a breakpoint,
     the breakpoint applies to _all_ threads of your program.
     the breakpoint applies to _all_ threads of your program.
     You can use the `thread' qualifier on conditional breakpoints as
     You can use the `thread' qualifier on conditional breakpoints as
     well; in this case, place `thread THREADNO' before or after the
     well; in this case, place `thread THREADNO' before or after the
     breakpoint condition, like this:
     breakpoint condition, like this:
          (gdb) break frik.c:13 thread 28 if bartab > lim
          (gdb) break frik.c:13 thread 28 if bartab > lim


File: gdb.info,  Node: Interrupted System Calls,  Next: Observer Mode,  Prev: Thread-Specific Breakpoints,  Up: Thread Stops
File: gdb.info,  Node: Interrupted System Calls,  Next: Observer Mode,  Prev: Thread-Specific Breakpoints,  Up: Thread Stops
5.4.5 Interrupted System Calls
5.4.5 Interrupted System Calls
------------------------------
------------------------------
There is an unfortunate side effect when using GDB to debug
There is an unfortunate side effect when using GDB to debug
multi-threaded programs.  If one thread stops for a breakpoint, or for
multi-threaded programs.  If one thread stops for a breakpoint, or for
some other reason, and another thread is blocked in a system call, then
some other reason, and another thread is blocked in a system call, then
the system call may return prematurely.  This is a consequence of the
the system call may return prematurely.  This is a consequence of the
interaction between multiple threads and the signals that GDB uses to
interaction between multiple threads and the signals that GDB uses to
implement breakpoints and other events that stop execution.
implement breakpoints and other events that stop execution.
   To handle this problem, your program should check the return value of
   To handle this problem, your program should check the return value of
each system call and react appropriately.  This is good programming
each system call and react appropriately.  This is good programming
style anyways.
style anyways.
   For example, do not write code like this:
   For example, do not write code like this:
       sleep (10);
       sleep (10);
   The call to `sleep' will return early if a different thread stops at
   The call to `sleep' will return early if a different thread stops at
a breakpoint or for some other reason.
a breakpoint or for some other reason.
   Instead, write this:
   Instead, write this:
       int unslept = 10;
       int unslept = 10;
       while (unslept > 0)
       while (unslept > 0)
         unslept = sleep (unslept);
         unslept = sleep (unslept);
   A system call is allowed to return early, so the system is still
   A system call is allowed to return early, so the system is still
conforming to its specification.  But GDB does cause your
conforming to its specification.  But GDB does cause your
multi-threaded program to behave differently than it would without GDB.
multi-threaded program to behave differently than it would without GDB.
   Also, GDB uses internal breakpoints in the thread library to monitor
   Also, GDB uses internal breakpoints in the thread library to monitor
certain events such as thread creation and thread destruction.  When
certain events such as thread creation and thread destruction.  When
such an event happens, a system call in another thread may return
such an event happens, a system call in another thread may return
prematurely, even though your program does not appear to stop.
prematurely, even though your program does not appear to stop.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Observer Mode,  Prev: Interrupted System Calls,  Up: Thread Stops
File: gdb.info,  Node: Observer Mode,  Prev: Interrupted System Calls,  Up: Thread Stops
5.4.6 Observer Mode
5.4.6 Observer Mode
-------------------
-------------------
If you want to build on non-stop mode and observe program behavior
If you want to build on non-stop mode and observe program behavior
without any chance of disruption by GDB, you can set variables to
without any chance of disruption by GDB, you can set variables to
disable all of the debugger's attempts to modify state, whether by
disable all of the debugger's attempts to modify state, whether by
writing memory, inserting breakpoints, etc.  These operate at a low
writing memory, inserting breakpoints, etc.  These operate at a low
level, intercepting operations from all commands.
level, intercepting operations from all commands.
   When all of these are set to `off', then GDB is said to be "observer
   When all of these are set to `off', then GDB is said to be "observer
mode".  As a convenience, the variable `observer' can be set to disable
mode".  As a convenience, the variable `observer' can be set to disable
these, plus enable non-stop mode.
these, plus enable non-stop mode.
   Note that GDB will not prevent you from making nonsensical
   Note that GDB will not prevent you from making nonsensical
combinations of these settings. For instance, if you have enabled
combinations of these settings. For instance, if you have enabled
`may-insert-breakpoints' but disabled `may-write-memory', then
`may-insert-breakpoints' but disabled `may-write-memory', then
breakpoints that work by writing trap instructions into the code stream
breakpoints that work by writing trap instructions into the code stream
will still not be able to be placed.
will still not be able to be placed.
`set observer on'
`set observer on'
`set observer off'
`set observer off'
     When set to `on', this disables all the permission variables below
     When set to `on', this disables all the permission variables below
     (except for `insert-fast-tracepoints'), plus enables non-stop
     (except for `insert-fast-tracepoints'), plus enables non-stop
     debugging.  Setting this to `off' switches back to normal
     debugging.  Setting this to `off' switches back to normal
     debugging, though remaining in non-stop mode.
     debugging, though remaining in non-stop mode.
`show observer'
`show observer'
     Show whether observer mode is on or off.
     Show whether observer mode is on or off.
`set may-write-registers on'
`set may-write-registers on'
`set may-write-registers off'
`set may-write-registers off'
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to alter the values of
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to alter the values of
     registers, such as with assignment expressions in `print', or the
     registers, such as with assignment expressions in `print', or the
     `jump' command.  It defaults to `on'.
     `jump' command.  It defaults to `on'.
`show may-write-registers'
`show may-write-registers'
     Show the current permission to write registers.
     Show the current permission to write registers.
`set may-write-memory on'
`set may-write-memory on'
`set may-write-memory off'
`set may-write-memory off'
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to alter the contents of
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to alter the contents of
     memory, such as with assignment expressions in `print'.  It
     memory, such as with assignment expressions in `print'.  It
     defaults to `on'.
     defaults to `on'.
`show may-write-memory'
`show may-write-memory'
     Show the current permission to write memory.
     Show the current permission to write memory.
`set may-insert-breakpoints on'
`set may-insert-breakpoints on'
`set may-insert-breakpoints off'
`set may-insert-breakpoints off'
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to insert breakpoints.
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to insert breakpoints.
     This affects all breakpoints, including internal breakpoints
     This affects all breakpoints, including internal breakpoints
     defined by GDB.  It defaults to `on'.
     defined by GDB.  It defaults to `on'.
`show may-insert-breakpoints'
`show may-insert-breakpoints'
     Show the current permission to insert breakpoints.
     Show the current permission to insert breakpoints.
`set may-insert-tracepoints on'
`set may-insert-tracepoints on'
`set may-insert-tracepoints off'
`set may-insert-tracepoints off'
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to insert (regular)
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to insert (regular)
     tracepoints at the beginning of a tracing experiment.  It affects
     tracepoints at the beginning of a tracing experiment.  It affects
     only non-fast tracepoints, fast tracepoints being under the
     only non-fast tracepoints, fast tracepoints being under the
     control of `may-insert-fast-tracepoints'.  It defaults to `on'.
     control of `may-insert-fast-tracepoints'.  It defaults to `on'.
`show may-insert-tracepoints'
`show may-insert-tracepoints'
     Show the current permission to insert tracepoints.
     Show the current permission to insert tracepoints.
`set may-insert-fast-tracepoints on'
`set may-insert-fast-tracepoints on'
`set may-insert-fast-tracepoints off'
`set may-insert-fast-tracepoints off'
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to insert fast tracepoints
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to insert fast tracepoints
     at the beginning of a tracing experiment.  It affects only fast
     at the beginning of a tracing experiment.  It affects only fast
     tracepoints, regular (non-fast) tracepoints being under the
     tracepoints, regular (non-fast) tracepoints being under the
     control of `may-insert-tracepoints'.  It defaults to `on'.
     control of `may-insert-tracepoints'.  It defaults to `on'.
`show may-insert-fast-tracepoints'
`show may-insert-fast-tracepoints'
     Show the current permission to insert fast tracepoints.
     Show the current permission to insert fast tracepoints.
`set may-interrupt on'
`set may-interrupt on'
`set may-interrupt off'
`set may-interrupt off'
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to interrupt or stop
     This controls whether GDB will attempt to interrupt or stop
     program execution.  When this variable is `off', the `interrupt'
     program execution.  When this variable is `off', the `interrupt'
     command will have no effect, nor will `Ctrl-c'. It defaults to
     command will have no effect, nor will `Ctrl-c'. It defaults to
     `on'.
     `on'.
`show may-interrupt'
`show may-interrupt'
     Show the current permission to interrupt or stop the program.
     Show the current permission to interrupt or stop the program.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Reverse Execution,  Next: Process Record and Replay,  Prev: Stopping,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Reverse Execution,  Next: Process Record and Replay,  Prev: Stopping,  Up: Top
6 Running programs backward
6 Running programs backward
***************************
***************************
When you are debugging a program, it is not unusual to realize that you
When you are debugging a program, it is not unusual to realize that you
have gone too far, and some event of interest has already happened.  If
have gone too far, and some event of interest has already happened.  If
the target environment supports it, GDB can allow you to "rewind" the
the target environment supports it, GDB can allow you to "rewind" the
program by running it backward.
program by running it backward.
   A target environment that supports reverse execution should be able
   A target environment that supports reverse execution should be able
to "undo" the changes in machine state that have taken place as the
to "undo" the changes in machine state that have taken place as the
program was executing normally.  Variables, registers etc. should
program was executing normally.  Variables, registers etc. should
revert to their previous values.  Obviously this requires a great deal
revert to their previous values.  Obviously this requires a great deal
of sophistication on the part of the target environment; not all target
of sophistication on the part of the target environment; not all target
environments can support reverse execution.
environments can support reverse execution.
   When a program is executed in reverse, the instructions that have
   When a program is executed in reverse, the instructions that have
most recently been executed are "un-executed", in reverse order.  The
most recently been executed are "un-executed", in reverse order.  The
program counter runs backward, following the previous thread of
program counter runs backward, following the previous thread of
execution in reverse.  As each instruction is "un-executed", the values
execution in reverse.  As each instruction is "un-executed", the values
of memory and/or registers that were changed by that instruction are
of memory and/or registers that were changed by that instruction are
reverted to their previous states.  After executing a piece of source
reverted to their previous states.  After executing a piece of source
code in reverse, all side effects of that code should be "undone", and
code in reverse, all side effects of that code should be "undone", and
all variables should be returned to their prior values(1).
all variables should be returned to their prior values(1).
   If you are debugging in a target environment that supports reverse
   If you are debugging in a target environment that supports reverse
execution, GDB provides the following commands.
execution, GDB provides the following commands.
`reverse-continue [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`reverse-continue [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`rc [IGNORE-COUNT]'
`rc [IGNORE-COUNT]'
     Beginning at the point where your program last stopped, start
     Beginning at the point where your program last stopped, start
     executing in reverse.  Reverse execution will stop for breakpoints
     executing in reverse.  Reverse execution will stop for breakpoints
     and synchronous exceptions (signals), just like normal execution.
     and synchronous exceptions (signals), just like normal execution.
     Behavior of asynchronous signals depends on the target environment.
     Behavior of asynchronous signals depends on the target environment.
`reverse-step [COUNT]'
`reverse-step [COUNT]'
     Run the program backward until control reaches the start of a
     Run the program backward until control reaches the start of a
     different source line; then stop it, and return control to GDB.
     different source line; then stop it, and return control to GDB.
     Like the `step' command, `reverse-step' will only stop at the
     Like the `step' command, `reverse-step' will only stop at the
     beginning of a source line.  It "un-executes" the previously
     beginning of a source line.  It "un-executes" the previously
     executed source line.  If the previous source line included calls
     executed source line.  If the previous source line included calls
     to debuggable functions, `reverse-step' will step (backward) into
     to debuggable functions, `reverse-step' will step (backward) into
     the called function, stopping at the beginning of the _last_
     the called function, stopping at the beginning of the _last_
     statement in the called function (typically a return statement).
     statement in the called function (typically a return statement).
     Also, as with the `step' command, if non-debuggable functions are
     Also, as with the `step' command, if non-debuggable functions are
     called, `reverse-step' will run thru them backward without
     called, `reverse-step' will run thru them backward without
     stopping.
     stopping.
`reverse-stepi [COUNT]'
`reverse-stepi [COUNT]'
     Reverse-execute one machine instruction.  Note that the instruction
     Reverse-execute one machine instruction.  Note that the instruction
     to be reverse-executed is _not_ the one pointed to by the program
     to be reverse-executed is _not_ the one pointed to by the program
     counter, but the instruction executed prior to that one.  For
     counter, but the instruction executed prior to that one.  For
     instance, if the last instruction was a jump, `reverse-stepi' will
     instance, if the last instruction was a jump, `reverse-stepi' will
     take you back from the destination of the jump to the jump
     take you back from the destination of the jump to the jump
     instruction itself.
     instruction itself.
`reverse-next [COUNT]'
`reverse-next [COUNT]'
     Run backward to the beginning of the previous line executed in the
     Run backward to the beginning of the previous line executed in the
     current (innermost) stack frame.  If the line contains function
     current (innermost) stack frame.  If the line contains function
     calls, they will be "un-executed" without stopping.  Starting from
     calls, they will be "un-executed" without stopping.  Starting from
     the first line of a function, `reverse-next' will take you back to
     the first line of a function, `reverse-next' will take you back to
     the caller of that function, _before_ the function was called,
     the caller of that function, _before_ the function was called,
     just as the normal `next' command would take you from the last
     just as the normal `next' command would take you from the last
     line of a function back to its return to its caller (2).
     line of a function back to its return to its caller (2).
`reverse-nexti [COUNT]'
`reverse-nexti [COUNT]'
     Like `nexti', `reverse-nexti' executes a single instruction in
     Like `nexti', `reverse-nexti' executes a single instruction in
     reverse, except that called functions are "un-executed" atomically.
     reverse, except that called functions are "un-executed" atomically.
     That is, if the previously executed instruction was a return from
     That is, if the previously executed instruction was a return from
     another function, `reverse-nexti' will continue to execute in
     another function, `reverse-nexti' will continue to execute in
     reverse until the call to that function (from the current stack
     reverse until the call to that function (from the current stack
     frame) is reached.
     frame) is reached.
`reverse-finish'
`reverse-finish'
     Just as the `finish' command takes you to the point where the
     Just as the `finish' command takes you to the point where the
     current function returns, `reverse-finish' takes you to the point
     current function returns, `reverse-finish' takes you to the point
     where it was called.  Instead of ending up at the end of the
     where it was called.  Instead of ending up at the end of the
     current function invocation, you end up at the beginning.
     current function invocation, you end up at the beginning.
`set exec-direction'
`set exec-direction'
     Set the direction of target execution.
     Set the direction of target execution.
`set exec-direction reverse'
`set exec-direction reverse'
     GDB will perform all execution commands in reverse, until the
     GDB will perform all execution commands in reverse, until the
     exec-direction mode is changed to "forward".  Affected commands
     exec-direction mode is changed to "forward".  Affected commands
     include `step, stepi, next, nexti, continue, and finish'.  The
     include `step, stepi, next, nexti, continue, and finish'.  The
     `return' command cannot be used in reverse mode.
     `return' command cannot be used in reverse mode.
`set exec-direction forward'
`set exec-direction forward'
     GDB will perform all execution commands in the normal fashion.
     GDB will perform all execution commands in the normal fashion.
     This is the default.
     This is the default.
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) Note that some side effects are easier to undo than others.  For
   (1) Note that some side effects are easier to undo than others.  For
instance, memory and registers are relatively easy, but device I/O is
instance, memory and registers are relatively easy, but device I/O is
hard.  Some targets may be able undo things like device I/O, and some
hard.  Some targets may be able undo things like device I/O, and some
may not.
may not.
   The contract between GDB and the reverse executing target requires
   The contract between GDB and the reverse executing target requires
only that the target do something reasonable when GDB tells it to
only that the target do something reasonable when GDB tells it to
execute backwards, and then report the results back to GDB.  Whatever
execute backwards, and then report the results back to GDB.  Whatever
the target reports back to GDB, GDB will report back to the user.  GDB
the target reports back to GDB, GDB will report back to the user.  GDB
assumes that the memory and registers that the target reports are in a
assumes that the memory and registers that the target reports are in a
consistant state, but GDB accepts whatever it is given.
consistant state, but GDB accepts whatever it is given.
   (2) Unless the code is too heavily optimized.
   (2) Unless the code is too heavily optimized.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Process Record and Replay,  Next: Stack,  Prev: Reverse Execution,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Process Record and Replay,  Next: Stack,  Prev: Reverse Execution,  Up: Top
7 Recording Inferior's Execution and Replaying It
7 Recording Inferior's Execution and Replaying It
*************************************************
*************************************************
On some platforms, GDB provides a special "process record and replay"
On some platforms, GDB provides a special "process record and replay"
target that can record a log of the process execution, and replay it
target that can record a log of the process execution, and replay it
later with both forward and reverse execution commands.
later with both forward and reverse execution commands.
   When this target is in use, if the execution log includes the record
   When this target is in use, if the execution log includes the record
for the next instruction, GDB will debug in "replay mode".  In the
for the next instruction, GDB will debug in "replay mode".  In the
replay mode, the inferior does not really execute code instructions.
replay mode, the inferior does not really execute code instructions.
Instead, all the events that normally happen during code execution are
Instead, all the events that normally happen during code execution are
taken from the execution log.  While code is not really executed in
taken from the execution log.  While code is not really executed in
replay mode, the values of registers (including the program counter
replay mode, the values of registers (including the program counter
register) and the memory of the inferior are still changed as they
register) and the memory of the inferior are still changed as they
normally would.  Their contents are taken from the execution log.
normally would.  Their contents are taken from the execution log.
   If the record for the next instruction is not in the execution log,
   If the record for the next instruction is not in the execution log,
GDB will debug in "record mode".  In this mode, the inferior executes
GDB will debug in "record mode".  In this mode, the inferior executes
normally, and GDB records the execution log for future replay.
normally, and GDB records the execution log for future replay.
   The process record and replay target supports reverse execution
   The process record and replay target supports reverse execution
(*note Reverse Execution::), even if the platform on which the inferior
(*note Reverse Execution::), even if the platform on which the inferior
runs does not.  However, the reverse execution is limited in this case
runs does not.  However, the reverse execution is limited in this case
by the range of the instructions recorded in the execution log.  In
by the range of the instructions recorded in the execution log.  In
other words, reverse execution on platforms that don't support it
other words, reverse execution on platforms that don't support it
directly can only be done in the replay mode.
directly can only be done in the replay mode.
   When debugging in the reverse direction, GDB will work in replay
   When debugging in the reverse direction, GDB will work in replay
mode as long as the execution log includes the record for the previous
mode as long as the execution log includes the record for the previous
instruction; otherwise, it will work in record mode, if the platform
instruction; otherwise, it will work in record mode, if the platform
supports reverse execution, or stop if not.
supports reverse execution, or stop if not.
   For architecture environments that support process record and replay,
   For architecture environments that support process record and replay,
GDB provides the following commands:
GDB provides the following commands:
`target record'
`target record'
     This command starts the process record and replay target.  The
     This command starts the process record and replay target.  The
     process record and replay target can only debug a process that is
     process record and replay target can only debug a process that is
     already running.  Therefore, you need first to start the process
     already running.  Therefore, you need first to start the process
     with the `run' or `start' commands, and then start the recording
     with the `run' or `start' commands, and then start the recording
     with the `target record' command.
     with the `target record' command.
     Both `record' and `rec' are aliases of `target record'.
     Both `record' and `rec' are aliases of `target record'.
     Displaced stepping (*note displaced stepping: Maintenance
     Displaced stepping (*note displaced stepping: Maintenance
     Commands.)  will be automatically disabled when process record and
     Commands.)  will be automatically disabled when process record and
     replay target is started.  That's because the process record and
     replay target is started.  That's because the process record and
     replay target doesn't support displaced stepping.
     replay target doesn't support displaced stepping.
     If the inferior is in the non-stop mode (*note Non-Stop Mode::) or
     If the inferior is in the non-stop mode (*note Non-Stop Mode::) or
     in the asynchronous execution mode (*note Background Execution::),
     in the asynchronous execution mode (*note Background Execution::),
     the process record and replay target cannot be started because it
     the process record and replay target cannot be started because it
     doesn't support these two modes.
     doesn't support these two modes.
`record stop'
`record stop'
     Stop the process record and replay target.  When process record and
     Stop the process record and replay target.  When process record and
     replay target stops, the entire execution log will be deleted and
     replay target stops, the entire execution log will be deleted and
     the inferior will either be terminated, or will remain in its
     the inferior will either be terminated, or will remain in its
     final state.
     final state.
     When you stop the process record and replay target in record mode
     When you stop the process record and replay target in record mode
     (at the end of the execution log), the inferior will be stopped at
     (at the end of the execution log), the inferior will be stopped at
     the next instruction that would have been recorded.  In other
     the next instruction that would have been recorded.  In other
     words, if you record for a while and then stop recording, the
     words, if you record for a while and then stop recording, the
     inferior process will be left in the same state as if the
     inferior process will be left in the same state as if the
     recording never happened.
     recording never happened.
     On the other hand, if the process record and replay target is
     On the other hand, if the process record and replay target is
     stopped while in replay mode (that is, not at the end of the
     stopped while in replay mode (that is, not at the end of the
     execution log, but at some earlier point), the inferior process
     execution log, but at some earlier point), the inferior process
     will become "live" at that earlier state, and it will then be
     will become "live" at that earlier state, and it will then be
     possible to continue the usual "live" debugging of the process
     possible to continue the usual "live" debugging of the process
     from that state.
     from that state.
     When the inferior process exits, or GDB detaches from it, process
     When the inferior process exits, or GDB detaches from it, process
     record and replay target will automatically stop itself.
     record and replay target will automatically stop itself.
`record save FILENAME'
`record save FILENAME'
     Save the execution log to a file `FILENAME'.  Default filename is
     Save the execution log to a file `FILENAME'.  Default filename is
     `gdb_record.PROCESS_ID', where PROCESS_ID is the process ID of the
     `gdb_record.PROCESS_ID', where PROCESS_ID is the process ID of the
     inferior.
     inferior.
`record restore FILENAME'
`record restore FILENAME'
     Restore the execution log from a file `FILENAME'.  File must have
     Restore the execution log from a file `FILENAME'.  File must have
     been created with `record save'.
     been created with `record save'.
`set record insn-number-max LIMIT'
`set record insn-number-max LIMIT'
     Set the limit of instructions to be recorded.  Default value is
     Set the limit of instructions to be recorded.  Default value is
     200000.
     200000.
     If LIMIT is a positive number, then GDB will start deleting
     If LIMIT is a positive number, then GDB will start deleting
     instructions from the log once the number of the record
     instructions from the log once the number of the record
     instructions becomes greater than LIMIT.  For every new recorded
     instructions becomes greater than LIMIT.  For every new recorded
     instruction, GDB will delete the earliest recorded instruction to
     instruction, GDB will delete the earliest recorded instruction to
     keep the number of recorded instructions at the limit.  (Since
     keep the number of recorded instructions at the limit.  (Since
     deleting recorded instructions loses information, GDB lets you
     deleting recorded instructions loses information, GDB lets you
     control what happens when the limit is reached, by means of the
     control what happens when the limit is reached, by means of the
     `stop-at-limit' option, described below.)
     `stop-at-limit' option, described below.)
     If LIMIT is zero, GDB will never delete recorded instructions from
     If LIMIT is zero, GDB will never delete recorded instructions from
     the execution log.  The number of recorded instructions is
     the execution log.  The number of recorded instructions is
     unlimited in this case.
     unlimited in this case.
`show record insn-number-max'
`show record insn-number-max'
     Show the limit of instructions to be recorded.
     Show the limit of instructions to be recorded.
`set record stop-at-limit'
`set record stop-at-limit'
     Control the behavior when the number of recorded instructions
     Control the behavior when the number of recorded instructions
     reaches the limit.  If ON (the default), GDB will stop when the
     reaches the limit.  If ON (the default), GDB will stop when the
     limit is reached for the first time and ask you whether you want
     limit is reached for the first time and ask you whether you want
     to stop the inferior or continue running it and recording the
     to stop the inferior or continue running it and recording the
     execution log.  If you decide to continue recording, each new
     execution log.  If you decide to continue recording, each new
     recorded instruction will cause the oldest one to be deleted.
     recorded instruction will cause the oldest one to be deleted.
     If this option is OFF, GDB will automatically delete the oldest
     If this option is OFF, GDB will automatically delete the oldest
     record to make room for each new one, without asking.
     record to make room for each new one, without asking.
`show record stop-at-limit'
`show record stop-at-limit'
     Show the current setting of `stop-at-limit'.
     Show the current setting of `stop-at-limit'.
`set record memory-query'
`set record memory-query'
     Control the behavior when GDB is unable to record memory changes
     Control the behavior when GDB is unable to record memory changes
     caused by an instruction.  If ON, GDB will query whether to stop
     caused by an instruction.  If ON, GDB will query whether to stop
     the inferior in that case.
     the inferior in that case.
     If this option is OFF (the default), GDB will automatically ignore
     If this option is OFF (the default), GDB will automatically ignore
     the effect of such instructions on memory.  Later, when GDB
     the effect of such instructions on memory.  Later, when GDB
     replays this execution log, it will mark the log of this
     replays this execution log, it will mark the log of this
     instruction as not accessible, and it will not affect the replay
     instruction as not accessible, and it will not affect the replay
     results.
     results.
`show record memory-query'
`show record memory-query'
     Show the current setting of `memory-query'.
     Show the current setting of `memory-query'.
`info record'
`info record'
     Show various statistics about the state of process record and its
     Show various statistics about the state of process record and its
     in-memory execution log buffer, including:
     in-memory execution log buffer, including:
        * Whether in record mode or replay mode.
        * Whether in record mode or replay mode.
        * Lowest recorded instruction number (counting from when the
        * Lowest recorded instruction number (counting from when the
          current execution log started recording instructions).
          current execution log started recording instructions).
        * Highest recorded instruction number.
        * Highest recorded instruction number.
        * Current instruction about to be replayed (if in replay mode).
        * Current instruction about to be replayed (if in replay mode).
        * Number of instructions contained in the execution log.
        * Number of instructions contained in the execution log.
        * Maximum number of instructions that may be contained in the
        * Maximum number of instructions that may be contained in the
          execution log.
          execution log.
`record delete'
`record delete'
     When record target runs in replay mode ("in the past"), delete the
     When record target runs in replay mode ("in the past"), delete the
     subsequent execution log and begin to record a new execution log
     subsequent execution log and begin to record a new execution log
     starting from the current address.  This means you will abandon
     starting from the current address.  This means you will abandon
     the previously recorded "future" and begin recording a new
     the previously recorded "future" and begin recording a new
     "future".
     "future".


File: gdb.info,  Node: Stack,  Next: Source,  Prev: Process Record and Replay,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Stack,  Next: Source,  Prev: Process Record and Replay,  Up: Top
8 Examining the Stack
8 Examining the Stack
*********************
*********************
When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is
When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is
where it stopped and how it got there.
where it stopped and how it got there.
   Each time your program performs a function call, information about
   Each time your program performs a function call, information about
the call is generated.  That information includes the location of the
the call is generated.  That information includes the location of the
call in your program, the arguments of the call, and the local
call in your program, the arguments of the call, and the local
variables of the function being called.  The information is saved in a
variables of the function being called.  The information is saved in a
block of data called a "stack frame".  The stack frames are allocated
block of data called a "stack frame".  The stack frames are allocated
in a region of memory called the "call stack".
in a region of memory called the "call stack".
   When your program stops, the GDB commands for examining the stack
   When your program stops, the GDB commands for examining the stack
allow you to see all of this information.
allow you to see all of this information.
   One of the stack frames is "selected" by GDB and many GDB commands
   One of the stack frames is "selected" by GDB and many GDB commands
refer implicitly to the selected frame.  In particular, whenever you
refer implicitly to the selected frame.  In particular, whenever you
ask GDB for the value of a variable in your program, the value is found
ask GDB for the value of a variable in your program, the value is found
in the selected frame.  There are special GDB commands to select
in the selected frame.  There are special GDB commands to select
whichever frame you are interested in.  *Note Selecting a Frame:
whichever frame you are interested in.  *Note Selecting a Frame:
Selection.
Selection.
   When your program stops, GDB automatically selects the currently
   When your program stops, GDB automatically selects the currently
executing frame and describes it briefly, similar to the `frame'
executing frame and describes it briefly, similar to the `frame'
command (*note Information about a Frame: Frame Info.).
command (*note Information about a Frame: Frame Info.).
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Frames::                      Stack frames
* Frames::                      Stack frames
* Backtrace::                   Backtraces
* Backtrace::                   Backtraces
* Selection::                   Selecting a frame
* Selection::                   Selecting a frame
* Frame Info::                  Information on a frame
* Frame Info::                  Information on a frame


File: gdb.info,  Node: Frames,  Next: Backtrace,  Up: Stack
File: gdb.info,  Node: Frames,  Next: Backtrace,  Up: Stack
8.1 Stack Frames
8.1 Stack Frames
================
================
The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called "stack
The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called "stack
frames", or "frames" for short; each frame is the data associated with
frames", or "frames" for short; each frame is the data associated with
one call to one function.  The frame contains the arguments given to
one call to one function.  The frame contains the arguments given to
the function, the function's local variables, and the address at which
the function, the function's local variables, and the address at which
the function is executing.
the function is executing.
   When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of
   When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of
the function `main'.  This is called the "initial" frame or the
the function `main'.  This is called the "initial" frame or the
"outermost" frame.  Each time a function is called, a new frame is
"outermost" frame.  Each time a function is called, a new frame is
made.  Each time a function returns, the frame for that function
made.  Each time a function returns, the frame for that function
invocation is eliminated.  If a function is recursive, there can be
invocation is eliminated.  If a function is recursive, there can be
many frames for the same function.  The frame for the function in which
many frames for the same function.  The frame for the function in which
execution is actually occurring is called the "innermost" frame.  This
execution is actually occurring is called the "innermost" frame.  This
is the most recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
is the most recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
   Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses.
   Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses.
A stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own
A stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own
address; each kind of computer has a convention for choosing one byte
address; each kind of computer has a convention for choosing one byte
whose address serves as the address of the frame.  Usually this address
whose address serves as the address of the frame.  Usually this address
is kept in a register called the "frame pointer register" (*note $fp:
is kept in a register called the "frame pointer register" (*note $fp:
Registers.) while execution is going on in that frame.
Registers.) while execution is going on in that frame.
   GDB assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with zero
   GDB assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with zero
for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it, and so on
for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it, and so on
upward.  These numbers do not really exist in your program; they are
upward.  These numbers do not really exist in your program; they are
assigned by GDB to give you a way of designating stack frames in GDB
assigned by GDB to give you a way of designating stack frames in GDB
commands.
commands.
   Some compilers provide a way to compile functions so that they
   Some compilers provide a way to compile functions so that they
operate without stack frames.  (For example, the GCC option
operate without stack frames.  (For example, the GCC option
     `-fomit-frame-pointer'
     `-fomit-frame-pointer'
   generates functions without a frame.)  This is occasionally done
   generates functions without a frame.)  This is occasionally done
with heavily used library functions to save the frame setup time.  GDB
with heavily used library functions to save the frame setup time.  GDB
has limited facilities for dealing with these function invocations.  If
has limited facilities for dealing with these function invocations.  If
the innermost function invocation has no stack frame, GDB nevertheless
the innermost function invocation has no stack frame, GDB nevertheless
regards it as though it had a separate frame, which is numbered zero as
regards it as though it had a separate frame, which is numbered zero as
usual, allowing correct tracing of the function call chain.  However,
usual, allowing correct tracing of the function call chain.  However,
GDB has no provision for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
GDB has no provision for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
`frame ARGS'
`frame ARGS'
     The `frame' command allows you to move from one stack frame to
     The `frame' command allows you to move from one stack frame to
     another, and to print the stack frame you select.  ARGS may be
     another, and to print the stack frame you select.  ARGS may be
     either the address of the frame or the stack frame number.
     either the address of the frame or the stack frame number.
     Without an argument, `frame' prints the current stack frame.
     Without an argument, `frame' prints the current stack frame.
`select-frame'
`select-frame'
     The `select-frame' command allows you to move from one stack frame
     The `select-frame' command allows you to move from one stack frame
     to another without printing the frame.  This is the silent version
     to another without printing the frame.  This is the silent version
     of `frame'.
     of `frame'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Backtrace,  Next: Selection,  Prev: Frames,  Up: Stack
File: gdb.info,  Node: Backtrace,  Next: Selection,  Prev: Frames,  Up: Stack
8.2 Backtraces
8.2 Backtraces
==============
==============
A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is.  It shows
A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is.  It shows
one line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently
one line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently
executing frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and
executing frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and
on up the stack.
on up the stack.
`backtrace'
`backtrace'
`bt'
`bt'
     Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
     Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
     frames in the stack.
     frames in the stack.
     You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system
     You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system
     interrupt character, normally `Ctrl-c'.
     interrupt character, normally `Ctrl-c'.
`backtrace N'
`backtrace N'
`bt N'
`bt N'
     Similar, but print only the innermost N frames.
     Similar, but print only the innermost N frames.
`backtrace -N'
`backtrace -N'
`bt -N'
`bt -N'
     Similar, but print only the outermost N frames.
     Similar, but print only the outermost N frames.
`backtrace full'
`backtrace full'
`bt full'
`bt full'
`bt full N'
`bt full N'
`bt full -N'
`bt full -N'
     Print the values of the local variables also.  N specifies the
     Print the values of the local variables also.  N specifies the
     number of frames to print, as described above.
     number of frames to print, as described above.
   The names `where' and `info stack' (abbreviated `info s') are
   The names `where' and `info stack' (abbreviated `info s') are
additional aliases for `backtrace'.
additional aliases for `backtrace'.
   In a multi-threaded program, GDB by default shows the backtrace only
   In a multi-threaded program, GDB by default shows the backtrace only
for the current thread.  To display the backtrace for several or all of
for the current thread.  To display the backtrace for several or all of
the threads, use the command `thread apply' (*note thread apply:
the threads, use the command `thread apply' (*note thread apply:
Threads.).  For example, if you type `thread apply all backtrace', GDB
Threads.).  For example, if you type `thread apply all backtrace', GDB
will display the backtrace for all the threads; this is handy when you
will display the backtrace for all the threads; this is handy when you
debug a core dump of a multi-threaded program.
debug a core dump of a multi-threaded program.
   Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function
   Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function
name.  The program counter value is also shown--unless you use `set
name.  The program counter value is also shown--unless you use `set
print address off'.  The backtrace also shows the source file name and
print address off'.  The backtrace also shows the source file name and
line number, as well as the arguments to the function.  The program
line number, as well as the arguments to the function.  The program
counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
line number.
line number.
   Here is an example of a backtrace.  It was made with the command `bt
   Here is an example of a backtrace.  It was made with the command `bt
3', so it shows the innermost three frames.
3', so it shows the innermost three frames.
     #0  m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
     #0  m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
         at builtin.c:993
         at builtin.c:993
     #1  0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600, data=...) at macro.c:242
     #1  0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600, data=...) at macro.c:242
     #2  0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
     #2  0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
         at macro.c:71
         at macro.c:71
     (More stack frames follow...)
     (More stack frames follow...)
The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter value,
The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter value,
indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the code
indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the code
for line `993' of `builtin.c'.
for line `993' of `builtin.c'.
The value of parameter `data' in frame 1 has been replaced by `...'.
The value of parameter `data' in frame 1 has been replaced by `...'.
By default, GDB prints the value of a parameter only if it is a scalar
By default, GDB prints the value of a parameter only if it is a scalar
(integer, pointer, enumeration, etc).  See command `set print
(integer, pointer, enumeration, etc).  See command `set print
frame-arguments' in *note Print Settings:: for more details on how to
frame-arguments' in *note Print Settings:: for more details on how to
configure the way function parameter values are printed.
configure the way function parameter values are printed.
   If your program was compiled with optimizations, some compilers will
   If your program was compiled with optimizations, some compilers will
optimize away arguments passed to functions if those arguments are
optimize away arguments passed to functions if those arguments are
never used after the call.  Such optimizations generate code that
never used after the call.  Such optimizations generate code that
passes arguments through registers, but doesn't store those arguments
passes arguments through registers, but doesn't store those arguments
in the stack frame.  GDB has no way of displaying such arguments in
in the stack frame.  GDB has no way of displaying such arguments in
stack frames other than the innermost one.  Here's what such a
stack frames other than the innermost one.  Here's what such a
backtrace might look like:
backtrace might look like:
     #0  m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
     #0  m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
         at builtin.c:993
         at builtin.c:993
     #1  0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=) at macro.c:242
     #1  0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=) at macro.c:242
     #2  0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=, td=0xf7fffb08)
     #2  0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=, td=0xf7fffb08)
         at macro.c:71
         at macro.c:71
     (More stack frames follow...)
     (More stack frames follow...)
The values of arguments that were not saved in their stack frames are
The values of arguments that were not saved in their stack frames are
shown as `'.
shown as `'.
   If you need to display the values of such optimized-out arguments,
   If you need to display the values of such optimized-out arguments,
either deduce that from other variables whose values depend on the one
either deduce that from other variables whose values depend on the one
you are interested in, or recompile without optimizations.
you are interested in, or recompile without optimizations.
   Most programs have a standard user entry point--a place where system
   Most programs have a standard user entry point--a place where system
libraries and startup code transition into user code.  For C this is
libraries and startup code transition into user code.  For C this is
`main'(1).  When GDB finds the entry function in a backtrace it will
`main'(1).  When GDB finds the entry function in a backtrace it will
terminate the backtrace, to avoid tracing into highly system-specific
terminate the backtrace, to avoid tracing into highly system-specific
(and generally uninteresting) code.
(and generally uninteresting) code.
   If you need to examine the startup code, or limit the number of
   If you need to examine the startup code, or limit the number of
levels in a backtrace, you can change this behavior:
levels in a backtrace, you can change this behavior:
`set backtrace past-main'
`set backtrace past-main'
`set backtrace past-main on'
`set backtrace past-main on'
     Backtraces will continue past the user entry point.
     Backtraces will continue past the user entry point.
`set backtrace past-main off'
`set backtrace past-main off'
     Backtraces will stop when they encounter the user entry point.
     Backtraces will stop when they encounter the user entry point.
     This is the default.
     This is the default.
`show backtrace past-main'
`show backtrace past-main'
     Display the current user entry point backtrace policy.
     Display the current user entry point backtrace policy.
`set backtrace past-entry'
`set backtrace past-entry'
`set backtrace past-entry on'
`set backtrace past-entry on'
     Backtraces will continue past the internal entry point of an
     Backtraces will continue past the internal entry point of an
     application.  This entry point is encoded by the linker when the
     application.  This entry point is encoded by the linker when the
     application is built, and is likely before the user entry point
     application is built, and is likely before the user entry point
     `main' (or equivalent) is called.
     `main' (or equivalent) is called.
`set backtrace past-entry off'
`set backtrace past-entry off'
     Backtraces will stop when they encounter the internal entry point
     Backtraces will stop when they encounter the internal entry point
     of an application.  This is the default.
     of an application.  This is the default.
`show backtrace past-entry'
`show backtrace past-entry'
     Display the current internal entry point backtrace policy.
     Display the current internal entry point backtrace policy.
`set backtrace limit N'
`set backtrace limit N'
`set backtrace limit 0'
`set backtrace limit 0'
     Limit the backtrace to N levels.  A value of zero means unlimited.
     Limit the backtrace to N levels.  A value of zero means unlimited.
`show backtrace limit'
`show backtrace limit'
     Display the current limit on backtrace levels.
     Display the current limit on backtrace levels.
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) Note that embedded programs (the so-called "free-standing"
   (1) Note that embedded programs (the so-called "free-standing"
environment) are not required to have a `main' function as the entry
environment) are not required to have a `main' function as the entry
point.  They could even have multiple entry points.
point.  They could even have multiple entry points.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Selection,  Next: Frame Info,  Prev: Backtrace,  Up: Stack
File: gdb.info,  Node: Selection,  Next: Frame Info,  Prev: Backtrace,  Up: Stack
8.3 Selecting a Frame
8.3 Selecting a Frame
=====================
=====================
Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program
Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program
work on whichever stack frame is selected at the moment.  Here are the
work on whichever stack frame is selected at the moment.  Here are the
commands for selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a
commands for selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a
brief description of the stack frame just selected.
brief description of the stack frame just selected.
`frame N'
`frame N'
`f N'
`f N'
     Select frame number N.  Recall that frame zero is the innermost
     Select frame number N.  Recall that frame zero is the innermost
     (currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
     (currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
     innermost one, and so on.  The highest-numbered frame is the one
     innermost one, and so on.  The highest-numbered frame is the one
     for `main'.
     for `main'.
`frame ADDR'
`frame ADDR'
`f ADDR'
`f ADDR'
     Select the frame at address ADDR.  This is useful mainly if the
     Select the frame at address ADDR.  This is useful mainly if the
     chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
     chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
     impossible for GDB to assign numbers properly to all frames.  In
     impossible for GDB to assign numbers properly to all frames.  In
     addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks
     addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks
     and switches between them.
     and switches between them.
     On the SPARC architecture, `frame' needs two addresses to select
     On the SPARC architecture, `frame' needs two addresses to select
     an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
     an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
     On the MIPS and Alpha architecture, it needs two addresses: a stack
     On the MIPS and Alpha architecture, it needs two addresses: a stack
     pointer and a program counter.
     pointer and a program counter.
     On the 29k architecture, it needs three addresses: a register stack
     On the 29k architecture, it needs three addresses: a register stack
     pointer, a program counter, and a memory stack pointer.
     pointer, a program counter, and a memory stack pointer.
`up N'
`up N'
     Move N frames up the stack.  For positive numbers N, this advances
     Move N frames up the stack.  For positive numbers N, this advances
     toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
     toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
     that have existed longer.  N defaults to one.
     that have existed longer.  N defaults to one.
`down N'
`down N'
     Move N frames down the stack.  For positive numbers N, this
     Move N frames down the stack.  For positive numbers N, this
     advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to
     advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to
     frames that were created more recently.  N defaults to one.  You
     frames that were created more recently.  N defaults to one.  You
     may abbreviate `down' as `do'.
     may abbreviate `down' as `do'.
   All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing
   All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing
the frame.  The first line shows the frame number, the function name,
the frame.  The first line shows the frame number, the function name,
the arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
the arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
frame.  The second line shows the text of that source line.
frame.  The second line shows the text of that source line.
   For example:
   For example:
     (gdb) up
     (gdb) up
     #1  0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc)
     #1  0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc)
         at env.c:10
         at env.c:10
     10              read_input_file (argv[i]);
     10              read_input_file (argv[i]);
   After such a printout, the `list' command with no arguments prints
   After such a printout, the `list' command with no arguments prints
ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame.  You can
ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame.  You can
also edit the program at the point of execution with your favorite
also edit the program at the point of execution with your favorite
editing program by typing `edit'.  *Note Printing Source Lines: List,
editing program by typing `edit'.  *Note Printing Source Lines: List,
for details.
for details.
`up-silently N'
`up-silently N'
`down-silently N'
`down-silently N'
     These two commands are variants of `up' and `down', respectively;
     These two commands are variants of `up' and `down', respectively;
     they differ in that they do their work silently, without causing
     they differ in that they do their work silently, without causing
     display of the new frame.  They are intended primarily for use in
     display of the new frame.  They are intended primarily for use in
     GDB command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
     GDB command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
     distracting.
     distracting.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Frame Info,  Prev: Selection,  Up: Stack
File: gdb.info,  Node: Frame Info,  Prev: Selection,  Up: Stack
8.4 Information About a Frame
8.4 Information About a Frame
=============================
=============================
There are several other commands to print information about the selected
There are several other commands to print information about the selected
stack frame.
stack frame.
`frame'
`frame'
`f'
`f'
     When used without any argument, this command does not change which
     When used without any argument, this command does not change which
     frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
     frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
     selected stack frame.  It can be abbreviated `f'.  With an
     selected stack frame.  It can be abbreviated `f'.  With an
     argument, this command is used to select a stack frame.  *Note
     argument, this command is used to select a stack frame.  *Note
     Selecting a Frame: Selection.
     Selecting a Frame: Selection.
`info frame'
`info frame'
`info f'
`info f'
     This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack
     This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack
     frame, including:
     frame, including:
        * the address of the frame
        * the address of the frame
        * the address of the next frame down (called by this frame)
        * the address of the next frame down (called by this frame)
        * the address of the next frame up (caller of this frame)
        * the address of the next frame up (caller of this frame)
        * the language in which the source code corresponding to this
        * the language in which the source code corresponding to this
          frame is written
          frame is written
        * the address of the frame's arguments
        * the address of the frame's arguments
        * the address of the frame's local variables
        * the address of the frame's local variables
        * the program counter saved in it (the address of execution in
        * the program counter saved in it (the address of execution in
          the caller frame)
          the caller frame)
        * which registers were saved in the frame
        * which registers were saved in the frame
     The verbose description is useful when something has gone wrong
     The verbose description is useful when something has gone wrong
     that has made the stack format fail to fit the usual conventions.
     that has made the stack format fail to fit the usual conventions.
`info frame ADDR'
`info frame ADDR'
`info f ADDR'
`info f ADDR'
     Print a verbose description of the frame at address ADDR, without
     Print a verbose description of the frame at address ADDR, without
     selecting that frame.  The selected frame remains unchanged by this
     selecting that frame.  The selected frame remains unchanged by this
     command.  This requires the same kind of address (more than one
     command.  This requires the same kind of address (more than one
     for some architectures) that you specify in the `frame' command.
     for some architectures) that you specify in the `frame' command.
     *Note Selecting a Frame: Selection.
     *Note Selecting a Frame: Selection.
`info args'
`info args'
     Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
     Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
`info locals'
`info locals'
     Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
     Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
     line.  These are all variables (declared either static or
     line.  These are all variables (declared either static or
     automatic) accessible at the point of execution of the selected
     automatic) accessible at the point of execution of the selected
     frame.
     frame.
`info catch'
`info catch'
     Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
     Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
     current stack frame at the current point of execution.  To see
     current stack frame at the current point of execution.  To see
     other exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the
     other exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the
     `up', `down', or `frame' commands); then type `info catch'.  *Note
     `up', `down', or `frame' commands); then type `info catch'.  *Note
     Setting Catchpoints: Set Catchpoints.
     Setting Catchpoints: Set Catchpoints.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Source,  Next: Data,  Prev: Stack,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Source,  Next: Data,  Prev: Stack,  Up: Top
9 Examining Source Files
9 Examining Source Files
************************
************************
GDB can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
GDB can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
information recorded in the program tells GDB what source files were
information recorded in the program tells GDB what source files were
used to build it.  When your program stops, GDB spontaneously prints
used to build it.  When your program stops, GDB spontaneously prints
the line where it stopped.  Likewise, when you select a stack frame
the line where it stopped.  Likewise, when you select a stack frame
(*note Selecting a Frame: Selection.), GDB prints the line where
(*note Selecting a Frame: Selection.), GDB prints the line where
execution in that frame has stopped.  You can print other portions of
execution in that frame has stopped.  You can print other portions of
source files by explicit command.
source files by explicit command.
   If you use GDB through its GNU Emacs interface, you may prefer to
   If you use GDB through its GNU Emacs interface, you may prefer to
use Emacs facilities to view source; see *note Using GDB under GNU
use Emacs facilities to view source; see *note Using GDB under GNU
Emacs: Emacs.
Emacs: Emacs.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* List::                        Printing source lines
* List::                        Printing source lines
* Specify Location::            How to specify code locations
* Specify Location::            How to specify code locations
* Edit::                        Editing source files
* Edit::                        Editing source files
* Search::                      Searching source files
* Search::                      Searching source files
* Source Path::                 Specifying source directories
* Source Path::                 Specifying source directories
* Machine Code::                Source and machine code
* Machine Code::                Source and machine code


File: gdb.info,  Node: List,  Next: Specify Location,  Up: Source
File: gdb.info,  Node: List,  Next: Specify Location,  Up: Source
9.1 Printing Source Lines
9.1 Printing Source Lines
=========================
=========================
To print lines from a source file, use the `list' command (abbreviated
To print lines from a source file, use the `list' command (abbreviated
`l').  By default, ten lines are printed.  There are several ways to
`l').  By default, ten lines are printed.  There are several ways to
specify what part of the file you want to print; see *note Specify
specify what part of the file you want to print; see *note Specify
Location::, for the full list.
Location::, for the full list.
   Here are the forms of the `list' command most commonly used:
   Here are the forms of the `list' command most commonly used:
`list LINENUM'
`list LINENUM'
     Print lines centered around line number LINENUM in the current
     Print lines centered around line number LINENUM in the current
     source file.
     source file.
`list FUNCTION'
`list FUNCTION'
     Print lines centered around the beginning of function FUNCTION.
     Print lines centered around the beginning of function FUNCTION.
`list'
`list'
     Print more lines.  If the last lines printed were printed with a
     Print more lines.  If the last lines printed were printed with a
     `list' command, this prints lines following the last lines
     `list' command, this prints lines following the last lines
     printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line
     printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line
     printed as part of displaying a stack frame (*note Examining the
     printed as part of displaying a stack frame (*note Examining the
     Stack: Stack.), this prints lines centered around that line.
     Stack: Stack.), this prints lines centered around that line.
`list -'
`list -'
     Print lines just before the lines last printed.
     Print lines just before the lines last printed.
   By default, GDB prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
   By default, GDB prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
the `list' command.  You can change this using `set listsize':
the `list' command.  You can change this using `set listsize':
`set listsize COUNT'
`set listsize COUNT'
     Make the `list' command display COUNT source lines (unless the
     Make the `list' command display COUNT source lines (unless the
     `list' argument explicitly specifies some other number).
     `list' argument explicitly specifies some other number).
`show listsize'
`show listsize'
     Display the number of lines that `list' prints.
     Display the number of lines that `list' prints.
   Repeating a `list' command with  discards the argument, so it
   Repeating a `list' command with  discards the argument, so it
is equivalent to typing just `list'.  This is more useful than listing
is equivalent to typing just `list'.  This is more useful than listing
the same lines again.  An exception is made for an argument of `-';
the same lines again.  An exception is made for an argument of `-';
that argument is preserved in repetition so that each repetition moves
that argument is preserved in repetition so that each repetition moves
up in the source file.
up in the source file.
   In general, the `list' command expects you to supply zero, one or two
   In general, the `list' command expects you to supply zero, one or two
"linespecs".  Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways of
"linespecs".  Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways of
writing them (*note Specify Location::), but the effect is always to
writing them (*note Specify Location::), but the effect is always to
specify some source line.
specify some source line.
   Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for `list':
   Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for `list':
`list LINESPEC'
`list LINESPEC'
     Print lines centered around the line specified by LINESPEC.
     Print lines centered around the line specified by LINESPEC.
`list FIRST,LAST'
`list FIRST,LAST'
     Print lines from FIRST to LAST.  Both arguments are linespecs.
     Print lines from FIRST to LAST.  Both arguments are linespecs.
     When a `list' command has two linespecs, and the source file of
     When a `list' command has two linespecs, and the source file of
     the second linespec is omitted, this refers to the same source
     the second linespec is omitted, this refers to the same source
     file as the first linespec.
     file as the first linespec.
`list ,LAST'
`list ,LAST'
     Print lines ending with LAST.
     Print lines ending with LAST.
`list FIRST,'
`list FIRST,'
     Print lines starting with FIRST.
     Print lines starting with FIRST.
`list +'
`list +'
     Print lines just after the lines last printed.
     Print lines just after the lines last printed.
`list -'
`list -'
     Print lines just before the lines last printed.
     Print lines just before the lines last printed.
`list'
`list'
     As described in the preceding table.
     As described in the preceding table.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Specify Location,  Next: Edit,  Prev: List,  Up: Source
File: gdb.info,  Node: Specify Location,  Next: Edit,  Prev: List,  Up: Source
9.2 Specifying a Location
9.2 Specifying a Location
=========================
=========================
Several GDB commands accept arguments that specify a location of your
Several GDB commands accept arguments that specify a location of your
program's code.  Since GDB is a source-level debugger, a location
program's code.  Since GDB is a source-level debugger, a location
usually specifies some line in the source code; for that reason,
usually specifies some line in the source code; for that reason,
locations are also known as "linespecs".
locations are also known as "linespecs".
   Here are all the different ways of specifying a code location that
   Here are all the different ways of specifying a code location that
GDB understands:
GDB understands:
`LINENUM'
`LINENUM'
     Specifies the line number LINENUM of the current source file.
     Specifies the line number LINENUM of the current source file.
`-OFFSET'
`-OFFSET'
`+OFFSET'
`+OFFSET'
     Specifies the line OFFSET lines before or after the "current
     Specifies the line OFFSET lines before or after the "current
     line".  For the `list' command, the current line is the last one
     line".  For the `list' command, the current line is the last one
     printed; for the breakpoint commands, this is the line at which
     printed; for the breakpoint commands, this is the line at which
     execution stopped in the currently selected "stack frame" (*note
     execution stopped in the currently selected "stack frame" (*note
     Frames: Frames, for a description of stack frames.)  When used as
     Frames: Frames, for a description of stack frames.)  When used as
     the second of the two linespecs in a `list' command, this
     the second of the two linespecs in a `list' command, this
     specifies the line OFFSET lines up or down from the first linespec.
     specifies the line OFFSET lines up or down from the first linespec.
`FILENAME:LINENUM'
`FILENAME:LINENUM'
     Specifies the line LINENUM in the source file FILENAME.
     Specifies the line LINENUM in the source file FILENAME.
`FUNCTION'
`FUNCTION'
     Specifies the line that begins the body of the function FUNCTION.
     Specifies the line that begins the body of the function FUNCTION.
     For example, in C, this is the line with the open brace.
     For example, in C, this is the line with the open brace.
`FILENAME:FUNCTION'
`FILENAME:FUNCTION'
     Specifies the line that begins the body of the function FUNCTION
     Specifies the line that begins the body of the function FUNCTION
     in the file FILENAME.  You only need the file name with a function
     in the file FILENAME.  You only need the file name with a function
     name to avoid ambiguity when there are identically named functions
     name to avoid ambiguity when there are identically named functions
     in different source files.
     in different source files.
`*ADDRESS'
`*ADDRESS'
     Specifies the program address ADDRESS.  For line-oriented
     Specifies the program address ADDRESS.  For line-oriented
     commands, such as `list' and `edit', this specifies a source line
     commands, such as `list' and `edit', this specifies a source line
     that contains ADDRESS.  For `break' and other breakpoint oriented
     that contains ADDRESS.  For `break' and other breakpoint oriented
     commands, this can be used to set breakpoints in parts of your
     commands, this can be used to set breakpoints in parts of your
     program which do not have debugging information or source files.
     program which do not have debugging information or source files.
     Here ADDRESS may be any expression valid in the current working
     Here ADDRESS may be any expression valid in the current working
     language (*note working language: Languages.) that specifies a code
     language (*note working language: Languages.) that specifies a code
     address.  In addition, as a convenience, GDB extends the semantics
     address.  In addition, as a convenience, GDB extends the semantics
     of expressions used in locations to cover the situations that
     of expressions used in locations to cover the situations that
     frequently happen during debugging.  Here are the various forms of
     frequently happen during debugging.  Here are the various forms of
     ADDRESS:
     ADDRESS:
    `EXPRESSION'
    `EXPRESSION'
          Any expression valid in the current working language.
          Any expression valid in the current working language.
    `FUNCADDR'
    `FUNCADDR'
          An address of a function or procedure derived from its name.
          An address of a function or procedure derived from its name.
          In C, C++, Java, Objective-C, Fortran, minimal, and assembly,
          In C, C++, Java, Objective-C, Fortran, minimal, and assembly,
          this is simply the function's name FUNCTION (and actually a
          this is simply the function's name FUNCTION (and actually a
          special case of a valid expression).  In Pascal and Modula-2,
          special case of a valid expression).  In Pascal and Modula-2,
          this is `&FUNCTION'.  In Ada, this is `FUNCTION'Address'
          this is `&FUNCTION'.  In Ada, this is `FUNCTION'Address'
          (although the Pascal form also works).
          (although the Pascal form also works).
          This form specifies the address of the function's first
          This form specifies the address of the function's first
          instruction, before the stack frame and arguments have been
          instruction, before the stack frame and arguments have been
          set up.
          set up.
    `'FILENAME'::FUNCADDR'
    `'FILENAME'::FUNCADDR'
          Like FUNCADDR above, but also specifies the name of the source
          Like FUNCADDR above, but also specifies the name of the source
          file explicitly.  This is useful if the name of the function
          file explicitly.  This is useful if the name of the function
          does not specify the function unambiguously, e.g., if there
          does not specify the function unambiguously, e.g., if there
          are several functions with identical names in different
          are several functions with identical names in different
          source files.
          source files.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Edit,  Next: Search,  Prev: Specify Location,  Up: Source
File: gdb.info,  Node: Edit,  Next: Search,  Prev: Specify Location,  Up: Source
9.3 Editing Source Files
9.3 Editing Source Files
========================
========================
To edit the lines in a source file, use the `edit' command.  The
To edit the lines in a source file, use the `edit' command.  The
editing program of your choice is invoked with the current line set to
editing program of your choice is invoked with the current line set to
the active line in the program.  Alternatively, there are several ways
the active line in the program.  Alternatively, there are several ways
to specify what part of the file you want to print if you want to see
to specify what part of the file you want to print if you want to see
other parts of the program:
other parts of the program:
`edit LOCATION'
`edit LOCATION'
     Edit the source file specified by `location'.  Editing starts at
     Edit the source file specified by `location'.  Editing starts at
     that LOCATION, e.g., at the specified source line of the specified
     that LOCATION, e.g., at the specified source line of the specified
     file.  *Note Specify Location::, for all the possible forms of the
     file.  *Note Specify Location::, for all the possible forms of the
     LOCATION argument; here are the forms of the `edit' command most
     LOCATION argument; here are the forms of the `edit' command most
     commonly used:
     commonly used:
    `edit NUMBER'
    `edit NUMBER'
          Edit the current source file with NUMBER as the active line
          Edit the current source file with NUMBER as the active line
          number.
          number.
    `edit FUNCTION'
    `edit FUNCTION'
          Edit the file containing FUNCTION at the beginning of its
          Edit the file containing FUNCTION at the beginning of its
          definition.
          definition.
9.3.1 Choosing your Editor
9.3.1 Choosing your Editor
--------------------------
--------------------------
You can customize GDB to use any editor you want (1).  By default, it
You can customize GDB to use any editor you want (1).  By default, it
is `/bin/ex', but you can change this by setting the environment
is `/bin/ex', but you can change this by setting the environment
variable `EDITOR' before using GDB.  For example, to configure GDB to
variable `EDITOR' before using GDB.  For example, to configure GDB to
use the `vi' editor, you could use these commands with the `sh' shell:
use the `vi' editor, you could use these commands with the `sh' shell:
     EDITOR=/usr/bin/vi
     EDITOR=/usr/bin/vi
     export EDITOR
     export EDITOR
     gdb ...
     gdb ...
   or in the `csh' shell,
   or in the `csh' shell,
     setenv EDITOR /usr/bin/vi
     setenv EDITOR /usr/bin/vi
     gdb ...
     gdb ...
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) The only restriction is that your editor (say `ex'), recognizes
   (1) The only restriction is that your editor (say `ex'), recognizes
the following command-line syntax:
the following command-line syntax:
     ex +NUMBER file
     ex +NUMBER file
   The optional numeric value +NUMBER specifies the number of the line
   The optional numeric value +NUMBER specifies the number of the line
in the file where to start editing.
in the file where to start editing.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Search,  Next: Source Path,  Prev: Edit,  Up: Source
File: gdb.info,  Node: Search,  Next: Source Path,  Prev: Edit,  Up: Source
9.4 Searching Source Files
9.4 Searching Source Files
==========================
==========================
There are two commands for searching through the current source file
There are two commands for searching through the current source file
for a regular expression.
for a regular expression.
`forward-search REGEXP'
`forward-search REGEXP'
`search REGEXP'
`search REGEXP'
     The command `forward-search REGEXP' checks each line, starting
     The command `forward-search REGEXP' checks each line, starting
     with the one following the last line listed, for a match for
     with the one following the last line listed, for a match for
     REGEXP.  It lists the line that is found.  You can use the synonym
     REGEXP.  It lists the line that is found.  You can use the synonym
     `search REGEXP' or abbreviate the command name as `fo'.
     `search REGEXP' or abbreviate the command name as `fo'.
`reverse-search REGEXP'
`reverse-search REGEXP'
     The command `reverse-search REGEXP' checks each line, starting
     The command `reverse-search REGEXP' checks each line, starting
     with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a
     with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a
     match for REGEXP.  It lists the line that is found.  You can
     match for REGEXP.  It lists the line that is found.  You can
     abbreviate this command as `rev'.
     abbreviate this command as `rev'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Source Path,  Next: Machine Code,  Prev: Search,  Up: Source
File: gdb.info,  Node: Source Path,  Next: Machine Code,  Prev: Search,  Up: Source
9.5 Specifying Source Directories
9.5 Specifying Source Directories
=================================
=================================
Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the
Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the
source files from which they were compiled, just the names.  Even when
source files from which they were compiled, just the names.  Even when
they do, the directories could be moved between the compilation and
they do, the directories could be moved between the compilation and
your debugging session.  GDB has a list of directories to search for
your debugging session.  GDB has a list of directories to search for
source files; this is called the "source path".  Each time GDB wants a
source files; this is called the "source path".  Each time GDB wants a
source file, it tries all the directories in the list, in the order
source file, it tries all the directories in the list, in the order
they are present in the list, until it finds a file with the desired
they are present in the list, until it finds a file with the desired
name.
name.
   For example, suppose an executable references the file
   For example, suppose an executable references the file
`/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c', and our source path is `/mnt/cross'.  The
`/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c', and our source path is `/mnt/cross'.  The
file is first looked up literally; if this fails,
file is first looked up literally; if this fails,
`/mnt/cross/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c' is tried; if this fails,
`/mnt/cross/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c' is tried; if this fails,
`/mnt/cross/foo.c' is opened; if this fails, an error message is
`/mnt/cross/foo.c' is opened; if this fails, an error message is
printed.  GDB does not look up the parts of the source file name, such
printed.  GDB does not look up the parts of the source file name, such
as `/mnt/cross/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c'.  Likewise, the subdirectories of
as `/mnt/cross/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c'.  Likewise, the subdirectories of
the source path are not searched: if the source path is `/mnt/cross',
the source path are not searched: if the source path is `/mnt/cross',
and the binary refers to `foo.c', GDB would not find it under
and the binary refers to `foo.c', GDB would not find it under
`/mnt/cross/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib'.
`/mnt/cross/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib'.
   Plain file names, relative file names with leading directories, file
   Plain file names, relative file names with leading directories, file
names containing dots, etc. are all treated as described above; for
names containing dots, etc. are all treated as described above; for
instance, if the source path is `/mnt/cross', and the source file is
instance, if the source path is `/mnt/cross', and the source file is
recorded as `../lib/foo.c', GDB would first try `../lib/foo.c', then
recorded as `../lib/foo.c', GDB would first try `../lib/foo.c', then
`/mnt/cross/../lib/foo.c', and after that--`/mnt/cross/foo.c'.
`/mnt/cross/../lib/foo.c', and after that--`/mnt/cross/foo.c'.
   Note that the executable search path is _not_ used to locate the
   Note that the executable search path is _not_ used to locate the
source files.
source files.
   Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, GDB clears out any
   Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, GDB clears out any
information it has cached about where source files are found and where
information it has cached about where source files are found and where
each line is in the file.
each line is in the file.
   When you start GDB, its source path includes only `cdir' and `cwd',
   When you start GDB, its source path includes only `cdir' and `cwd',
in that order.  To add other directories, use the `directory' command.
in that order.  To add other directories, use the `directory' command.
   The search path is used to find both program source files and GDB
   The search path is used to find both program source files and GDB
script files (read using the `-command' option and `source' command).
script files (read using the `-command' option and `source' command).
   In addition to the source path, GDB provides a set of commands that
   In addition to the source path, GDB provides a set of commands that
manage a list of source path substitution rules.  A "substitution rule"
manage a list of source path substitution rules.  A "substitution rule"
specifies how to rewrite source directories stored in the program's
specifies how to rewrite source directories stored in the program's
debug information in case the sources were moved to a different
debug information in case the sources were moved to a different
directory between compilation and debugging.  A rule is made of two
directory between compilation and debugging.  A rule is made of two
strings, the first specifying what needs to be rewritten in the path,
strings, the first specifying what needs to be rewritten in the path,
and the second specifying how it should be rewritten.  In *note set
and the second specifying how it should be rewritten.  In *note set
substitute-path::, we name these two parts FROM and TO respectively.
substitute-path::, we name these two parts FROM and TO respectively.
GDB does a simple string replacement of FROM with TO at the start of
GDB does a simple string replacement of FROM with TO at the start of
the directory part of the source file name, and uses that result
the directory part of the source file name, and uses that result
instead of the original file name to look up the sources.
instead of the original file name to look up the sources.
   Using the previous example, suppose the `foo-1.0' tree has been
   Using the previous example, suppose the `foo-1.0' tree has been
moved from `/usr/src' to `/mnt/cross', then you can tell GDB to replace
moved from `/usr/src' to `/mnt/cross', then you can tell GDB to replace
`/usr/src' in all source path names with `/mnt/cross'.  The first
`/usr/src' in all source path names with `/mnt/cross'.  The first
lookup will then be `/mnt/cross/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c' in place of the
lookup will then be `/mnt/cross/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c' in place of the
original location of `/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c'.  To define a source
original location of `/usr/src/foo-1.0/lib/foo.c'.  To define a source
path substitution rule, use the `set substitute-path' command (*note
path substitution rule, use the `set substitute-path' command (*note
set substitute-path::).
set substitute-path::).
   To avoid unexpected substitution results, a rule is applied only if
   To avoid unexpected substitution results, a rule is applied only if
the FROM part of the directory name ends at a directory separator.  For
the FROM part of the directory name ends at a directory separator.  For
instance, a rule substituting  `/usr/source' into `/mnt/cross' will be
instance, a rule substituting  `/usr/source' into `/mnt/cross' will be
applied to `/usr/source/foo-1.0' but not to `/usr/sourceware/foo-2.0'.
applied to `/usr/source/foo-1.0' but not to `/usr/sourceware/foo-2.0'.
And because the substitution is applied only at the beginning of the
And because the substitution is applied only at the beginning of the
directory name, this rule will not be applied to
directory name, this rule will not be applied to
`/root/usr/source/baz.c' either.
`/root/usr/source/baz.c' either.
   In many cases, you can achieve the same result using the `directory'
   In many cases, you can achieve the same result using the `directory'
command.  However, `set substitute-path' can be more efficient in the
command.  However, `set substitute-path' can be more efficient in the
case where the sources are organized in a complex tree with multiple
case where the sources are organized in a complex tree with multiple
subdirectories.  With the `directory' command, you need to add each
subdirectories.  With the `directory' command, you need to add each
subdirectory of your project.  If you moved the entire tree while
subdirectory of your project.  If you moved the entire tree while
preserving its internal organization, then `set substitute-path' allows
preserving its internal organization, then `set substitute-path' allows
you to direct the debugger to all the sources with one single command.
you to direct the debugger to all the sources with one single command.
   `set substitute-path' is also more than just a shortcut command.
   `set substitute-path' is also more than just a shortcut command.
The source path is only used if the file at the original location no
The source path is only used if the file at the original location no
longer exists.  On the other hand, `set substitute-path' modifies the
longer exists.  On the other hand, `set substitute-path' modifies the
debugger behavior to look at the rewritten location instead.  So, if
debugger behavior to look at the rewritten location instead.  So, if
for any reason a source file that is not relevant to your executable is
for any reason a source file that is not relevant to your executable is
located at the original location, a substitution rule is the only
located at the original location, a substitution rule is the only
method available to point GDB at the new location.
method available to point GDB at the new location.
   You can configure a default source path substitution rule by
   You can configure a default source path substitution rule by
configuring GDB with the `--with-relocated-sources=DIR' option.  The DIR
configuring GDB with the `--with-relocated-sources=DIR' option.  The DIR
should be the name of a directory under GDB's configured prefix (set
should be the name of a directory under GDB's configured prefix (set
with `--prefix' or `--exec-prefix'), and directory names in debug
with `--prefix' or `--exec-prefix'), and directory names in debug
information under DIR will be adjusted automatically if the installed
information under DIR will be adjusted automatically if the installed
GDB is moved to a new location.  This is useful if GDB, libraries or
GDB is moved to a new location.  This is useful if GDB, libraries or
executables with debug information and corresponding source code are
executables with debug information and corresponding source code are
being moved together.
being moved together.
`directory DIRNAME ...'
`directory DIRNAME ...'
`dir DIRNAME ...'
`dir DIRNAME ...'
     Add directory DIRNAME to the front of the source path.  Several
     Add directory DIRNAME to the front of the source path.  Several
     directory names may be given to this command, separated by `:'
     directory names may be given to this command, separated by `:'
     (`;' on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where `:' usually appears as part
     (`;' on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where `:' usually appears as part
     of absolute file names) or whitespace.  You may specify a
     of absolute file names) or whitespace.  You may specify a
     directory that is already in the source path; this moves it
     directory that is already in the source path; this moves it
     forward, so GDB searches it sooner.
     forward, so GDB searches it sooner.
     You can use the string `$cdir' to refer to the compilation
     You can use the string `$cdir' to refer to the compilation
     directory (if one is recorded), and `$cwd' to refer to the current
     directory (if one is recorded), and `$cwd' to refer to the current
     working directory.  `$cwd' is not the same as `.'--the former
     working directory.  `$cwd' is not the same as `.'--the former
     tracks the current working directory as it changes during your GDB
     tracks the current working directory as it changes during your GDB
     session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
     session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
     directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
     directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
`directory'
`directory'
     Reset the source path to its default value (`$cdir:$cwd' on Unix
     Reset the source path to its default value (`$cdir:$cwd' on Unix
     systems).  This requires confirmation.
     systems).  This requires confirmation.
`show directories'
`show directories'
     Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
     Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
`set substitute-path FROM TO'
`set substitute-path FROM TO'
     Define a source path substitution rule, and add it at the end of
     Define a source path substitution rule, and add it at the end of
     the current list of existing substitution rules.  If a rule with
     the current list of existing substitution rules.  If a rule with
     the same FROM was already defined, then the old rule is also
     the same FROM was already defined, then the old rule is also
     deleted.
     deleted.
     For example, if the file `/foo/bar/baz.c' was moved to
     For example, if the file `/foo/bar/baz.c' was moved to
     `/mnt/cross/baz.c', then the command
     `/mnt/cross/baz.c', then the command
          (gdb) set substitute-path /usr/src /mnt/cross
          (gdb) set substitute-path /usr/src /mnt/cross
     will tell GDB to replace `/usr/src' with `/mnt/cross', which will
     will tell GDB to replace `/usr/src' with `/mnt/cross', which will
     allow GDB to find the file `baz.c' even though it was moved.
     allow GDB to find the file `baz.c' even though it was moved.
     In the case when more than one substitution rule have been defined,
     In the case when more than one substitution rule have been defined,
     the rules are evaluated one by one in the order where they have
     the rules are evaluated one by one in the order where they have
     been defined.  The first one matching, if any, is selected to
     been defined.  The first one matching, if any, is selected to
     perform the substitution.
     perform the substitution.
     For instance, if we had entered the following commands:
     For instance, if we had entered the following commands:
          (gdb) set substitute-path /usr/src/include /mnt/include
          (gdb) set substitute-path /usr/src/include /mnt/include
          (gdb) set substitute-path /usr/src /mnt/src
          (gdb) set substitute-path /usr/src /mnt/src
     GDB would then rewrite `/usr/src/include/defs.h' into
     GDB would then rewrite `/usr/src/include/defs.h' into
     `/mnt/include/defs.h' by using the first rule.  However, it would
     `/mnt/include/defs.h' by using the first rule.  However, it would
     use the second rule to rewrite `/usr/src/lib/foo.c' into
     use the second rule to rewrite `/usr/src/lib/foo.c' into
     `/mnt/src/lib/foo.c'.
     `/mnt/src/lib/foo.c'.
`unset substitute-path [path]'
`unset substitute-path [path]'
     If a path is specified, search the current list of substitution
     If a path is specified, search the current list of substitution
     rules for a rule that would rewrite that path.  Delete that rule
     rules for a rule that would rewrite that path.  Delete that rule
     if found.  A warning is emitted by the debugger if no rule could
     if found.  A warning is emitted by the debugger if no rule could
     be found.
     be found.
     If no path is specified, then all substitution rules are deleted.
     If no path is specified, then all substitution rules are deleted.
`show substitute-path [path]'
`show substitute-path [path]'
     If a path is specified, then print the source path substitution
     If a path is specified, then print the source path substitution
     rule which would rewrite that path, if any.
     rule which would rewrite that path, if any.
     If no path is specified, then print all existing source path
     If no path is specified, then print all existing source path
     substitution rules.
     substitution rules.
   If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer
   If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer
of interest, GDB may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
of interest, GDB may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
versions of source.  You can correct the situation as follows:
versions of source.  You can correct the situation as follows:
  1. Use `directory' with no argument to reset the source path to its
  1. Use `directory' with no argument to reset the source path to its
     default value.
     default value.
  2. Use `directory' with suitable arguments to reinstall the
  2. Use `directory' with suitable arguments to reinstall the
     directories you want in the source path.  You can add all the
     directories you want in the source path.  You can add all the
     directories in one command.
     directories in one command.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Machine Code,  Prev: Source Path,  Up: Source
File: gdb.info,  Node: Machine Code,  Prev: Source Path,  Up: Source
9.6 Source and Machine Code
9.6 Source and Machine Code
===========================
===========================
You can use the command `info line' to map source lines to program
You can use the command `info line' to map source lines to program
addresses (and vice versa), and the command `disassemble' to display a
addresses (and vice versa), and the command `disassemble' to display a
range of addresses as machine instructions.  You can use the command
range of addresses as machine instructions.  You can use the command
`set disassemble-next-line' to set whether to disassemble next source
`set disassemble-next-line' to set whether to disassemble next source
line when execution stops.  When run under GNU Emacs mode, the `info
line when execution stops.  When run under GNU Emacs mode, the `info
line' command causes the arrow to point to the line specified.  Also,
line' command causes the arrow to point to the line specified.  Also,
`info line' prints addresses in symbolic form as well as hex.
`info line' prints addresses in symbolic form as well as hex.
`info line LINESPEC'
`info line LINESPEC'
     Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
     Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
     source line LINESPEC.  You can specify source lines in any of the
     source line LINESPEC.  You can specify source lines in any of the
     ways documented in *note Specify Location::.
     ways documented in *note Specify Location::.
   For example, we can use `info line' to discover the location of the
   For example, we can use `info line' to discover the location of the
object code for the first line of function `m4_changequote':
object code for the first line of function `m4_changequote':
     (gdb) info line m4_changequote
     (gdb) info line m4_changequote
     Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
     Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
We can also inquire (using `*ADDR' as the form for LINESPEC) what
We can also inquire (using `*ADDR' as the form for LINESPEC) what
source line covers a particular address:
source line covers a particular address:
     (gdb) info line *0x63ff
     (gdb) info line *0x63ff
     Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
     Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
   After `info line', the default address for the `x' command is
   After `info line', the default address for the `x' command is
changed to the starting address of the line, so that `x/i' is
changed to the starting address of the line, so that `x/i' is
sufficient to begin examining the machine code (*note Examining Memory:
sufficient to begin examining the machine code (*note Examining Memory:
Memory.).  Also, this address is saved as the value of the convenience
Memory.).  Also, this address is saved as the value of the convenience
variable `$_' (*note Convenience Variables: Convenience Vars.).
variable `$_' (*note Convenience Variables: Convenience Vars.).
`disassemble'
`disassemble'
`disassemble /m'
`disassemble /m'
`disassemble /r'
`disassemble /r'
     This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine
     This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine
     instructions.  It can also print mixed source+disassembly by
     instructions.  It can also print mixed source+disassembly by
     specifying the `/m' modifier and print the raw instructions in hex
     specifying the `/m' modifier and print the raw instructions in hex
     as well as in symbolic form by specifying the `/r'.  The default
     as well as in symbolic form by specifying the `/r'.  The default
     memory range is the function surrounding the program counter of
     memory range is the function surrounding the program counter of
     the selected frame.  A single argument to this command is a
     the selected frame.  A single argument to this command is a
     program counter value; GDB dumps the function surrounding this
     program counter value; GDB dumps the function surrounding this
     value.  When two arguments are given, they should be separated by
     value.  When two arguments are given, they should be separated by
     a comma, possibly surrounded by whitespace.  The arguments specify
     a comma, possibly surrounded by whitespace.  The arguments specify
     a range of addresses to dump, in one of two forms:
     a range of addresses to dump, in one of two forms:
    `START,END'
    `START,END'
          the addresses from START (inclusive) to END (exclusive)
          the addresses from START (inclusive) to END (exclusive)
    `START,+LENGTH'
    `START,+LENGTH'
          the addresses from START (inclusive) to `START+LENGTH'
          the addresses from START (inclusive) to `START+LENGTH'
          (exclusive).
          (exclusive).
     When 2 arguments are specified, the name of the function is also
     When 2 arguments are specified, the name of the function is also
     printed (since there could be several functions in the given
     printed (since there could be several functions in the given
     range).
     range).
     The argument(s) can be any expression yielding a numeric value,
     The argument(s) can be any expression yielding a numeric value,
     such as `0x32c4', `&main+10' or `$pc - 8'.
     such as `0x32c4', `&main+10' or `$pc - 8'.
     If the range of memory being disassembled contains current program
     If the range of memory being disassembled contains current program
     counter, the instruction at that location is shown with a `=>'
     counter, the instruction at that location is shown with a `=>'
     marker.
     marker.
   The following example shows the disassembly of a range of addresses
   The following example shows the disassembly of a range of addresses
of HP PA-RISC 2.0 code:
of HP PA-RISC 2.0 code:
     (gdb) disas 0x32c4, 0x32e4
     (gdb) disas 0x32c4, 0x32e4
     Dump of assembler code from 0x32c4 to 0x32e4:
     Dump of assembler code from 0x32c4 to 0x32e4:
        0x32c4 :      addil 0,dp
        0x32c4 :      addil 0,dp
        0x32c8 :      ldw 0x22c(sr0,r1),r26
        0x32c8 :      ldw 0x22c(sr0,r1),r26
        0x32cc :      ldil 0x3000,r31
        0x32cc :      ldil 0x3000,r31
        0x32d0 :      ble 0x3f8(sr4,r31)
        0x32d0 :      ble 0x3f8(sr4,r31)
        0x32d4 :      ldo 0(r31),rp
        0x32d4 :      ldo 0(r31),rp
        0x32d8 :      addil -0x800,dp
        0x32d8 :      addil -0x800,dp
        0x32dc :      ldo 0x588(r1),r26
        0x32dc :      ldo 0x588(r1),r26
        0x32e0 :      ldil 0x3000,r31
        0x32e0 :      ldil 0x3000,r31
     End of assembler dump.
     End of assembler dump.
   Here is an example showing mixed source+assembly for Intel x86, when
   Here is an example showing mixed source+assembly for Intel x86, when
the program is stopped just after function prologue:
the program is stopped just after function prologue:
     (gdb) disas /m main
     (gdb) disas /m main
     Dump of assembler code for function main:
     Dump of assembler code for function main:
     5       {
     5       {
        0x08048330 <+0>:    push   %ebp
        0x08048330 <+0>:    push   %ebp
        0x08048331 <+1>:    mov    %esp,%ebp
        0x08048331 <+1>:    mov    %esp,%ebp
        0x08048333 <+3>:    sub    $0x8,%esp
        0x08048333 <+3>:    sub    $0x8,%esp
        0x08048336 <+6>:    and    $0xfffffff0,%esp
        0x08048336 <+6>:    and    $0xfffffff0,%esp
        0x08048339 <+9>:    sub    $0x10,%esp
        0x08048339 <+9>:    sub    $0x10,%esp
     6         printf ("Hello.\n");
     6         printf ("Hello.\n");
     => 0x0804833c <+12>:   movl   $0x8048440,(%esp)
     => 0x0804833c <+12>:   movl   $0x8048440,(%esp)
        0x08048343 <+19>:   call   0x8048284 
        0x08048343 <+19>:   call   0x8048284 
     7         return 0;
     7         return 0;
     8       }
     8       }
        0x08048348 <+24>:   mov    $0x0,%eax
        0x08048348 <+24>:   mov    $0x0,%eax
        0x0804834d <+29>:   leave
        0x0804834d <+29>:   leave
        0x0804834e <+30>:   ret
        0x0804834e <+30>:   ret
     End of assembler dump.
     End of assembler dump.
   Here is another example showing raw instructions in hex for AMD
   Here is another example showing raw instructions in hex for AMD
x86-64,
x86-64,
     (gdb) disas /r 0x400281,+10
     (gdb) disas /r 0x400281,+10
     Dump of assembler code from 0x400281 to 0x40028b:
     Dump of assembler code from 0x400281 to 0x40028b:
        0x0000000000400281:  38 36  cmp    %dh,(%rsi)
        0x0000000000400281:  38 36  cmp    %dh,(%rsi)
        0x0000000000400283:  2d 36 34 2e 73 sub    $0x732e3436,%eax
        0x0000000000400283:  2d 36 34 2e 73 sub    $0x732e3436,%eax
        0x0000000000400288:  6f     outsl  %ds:(%rsi),(%dx)
        0x0000000000400288:  6f     outsl  %ds:(%rsi),(%dx)
        0x0000000000400289:  2e 32 00       xor    %cs:(%rax),%al
        0x0000000000400289:  2e 32 00       xor    %cs:(%rax),%al
     End of assembler dump.
     End of assembler dump.
   Some architectures have more than one commonly-used set of
   Some architectures have more than one commonly-used set of
instruction mnemonics or other syntax.
instruction mnemonics or other syntax.
   For programs that were dynamically linked and use shared libraries,
   For programs that were dynamically linked and use shared libraries,
instructions that call functions or branch to locations in the shared
instructions that call functions or branch to locations in the shared
libraries might show a seemingly bogus location--it's actually a
libraries might show a seemingly bogus location--it's actually a
location of the relocation table.  On some architectures, GDB might be
location of the relocation table.  On some architectures, GDB might be
able to resolve these to actual function names.
able to resolve these to actual function names.
`set disassembly-flavor INSTRUCTION-SET'
`set disassembly-flavor INSTRUCTION-SET'
     Select the instruction set to use when disassembling the program
     Select the instruction set to use when disassembling the program
     via the `disassemble' or `x/i' commands.
     via the `disassemble' or `x/i' commands.
     Currently this command is only defined for the Intel x86 family.
     Currently this command is only defined for the Intel x86 family.
     You can set INSTRUCTION-SET to either `intel' or `att'.  The
     You can set INSTRUCTION-SET to either `intel' or `att'.  The
     default is `att', the AT&T flavor used by default by Unix
     default is `att', the AT&T flavor used by default by Unix
     assemblers for x86-based targets.
     assemblers for x86-based targets.
`show disassembly-flavor'
`show disassembly-flavor'
     Show the current setting of the disassembly flavor.
     Show the current setting of the disassembly flavor.
`set disassemble-next-line'
`set disassemble-next-line'
`show disassemble-next-line'
`show disassemble-next-line'
     Control whether or not GDB will disassemble the next source line
     Control whether or not GDB will disassemble the next source line
     or instruction when execution stops.  If ON, GDB will display
     or instruction when execution stops.  If ON, GDB will display
     disassembly of the next source line when execution of the program
     disassembly of the next source line when execution of the program
     being debugged stops.  This is _in addition_ to displaying the
     being debugged stops.  This is _in addition_ to displaying the
     source line itself, which GDB always does if possible.  If the
     source line itself, which GDB always does if possible.  If the
     next source line cannot be displayed for some reason (e.g., if GDB
     next source line cannot be displayed for some reason (e.g., if GDB
     cannot find the source file, or there's no line info in the debug
     cannot find the source file, or there's no line info in the debug
     info), GDB will display disassembly of the next _instruction_
     info), GDB will display disassembly of the next _instruction_
     instead of showing the next source line.  If AUTO, GDB will
     instead of showing the next source line.  If AUTO, GDB will
     display disassembly of next instruction only if the source line
     display disassembly of next instruction only if the source line
     cannot be displayed.  This setting causes GDB to display some
     cannot be displayed.  This setting causes GDB to display some
     feedback when you step through a function with no line info or
     feedback when you step through a function with no line info or
     whose source file is unavailable.  The default is OFF, which means
     whose source file is unavailable.  The default is OFF, which means
     never display the disassembly of the next line or instruction.
     never display the disassembly of the next line or instruction.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Data,  Next: Optimized Code,  Prev: Source,  Up: Top
File: gdb.info,  Node: Data,  Next: Optimized Code,  Prev: Source,  Up: Top
10 Examining Data
10 Examining Data
*****************
*****************
The usual way to examine data in your program is with the `print'
The usual way to examine data in your program is with the `print'
command (abbreviated `p'), or its synonym `inspect'.  It evaluates and
command (abbreviated `p'), or its synonym `inspect'.  It evaluates and
prints the value of an expression of the language your program is
prints the value of an expression of the language your program is
written in (*note Using GDB with Different Languages: Languages.).  It
written in (*note Using GDB with Different Languages: Languages.).  It
may also print the expression using a Python-based pretty-printer
may also print the expression using a Python-based pretty-printer
(*note Pretty Printing::).
(*note Pretty Printing::).
`print EXPR'
`print EXPR'
`print /F EXPR'
`print /F EXPR'
     EXPR is an expression (in the source language).  By default the
     EXPR is an expression (in the source language).  By default the
     value of EXPR is printed in a format appropriate to its data type;
     value of EXPR is printed in a format appropriate to its data type;
     you can choose a different format by specifying `/F', where F is a
     you can choose a different format by specifying `/F', where F is a
     letter specifying the format; see *note Output Formats: Output
     letter specifying the format; see *note Output Formats: Output
     Formats.
     Formats.
`print'
`print'
`print /F'
`print /F'
     If you omit EXPR, GDB displays the last value again (from the
     If you omit EXPR, GDB displays the last value again (from the
     "value history"; *note Value History: Value History.).  This
     "value history"; *note Value History: Value History.).  This
     allows you to conveniently inspect the same value in an
     allows you to conveniently inspect the same value in an
     alternative format.
     alternative format.
   A more low-level way of examining data is with the `x' command.  It
   A more low-level way of examining data is with the `x' command.  It
examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
specified format.  *Note Examining Memory: Memory.
specified format.  *Note Examining Memory: Memory.
   If you are interested in information about types, or about how the
   If you are interested in information about types, or about how the
fields of a struct or a class are declared, use the `ptype EXP' command
fields of a struct or a class are declared, use the `ptype EXP' command
rather than `print'.  *Note Examining the Symbol Table: Symbols.
rather than `print'.  *Note Examining the Symbol Table: Symbols.
* Menu:
* Menu:
* Expressions::                 Expressions
* Expressions::                 Expressions
* Ambiguous Expressions::       Ambiguous Expressions
* Ambiguous Expressions::       Ambiguous Expressions
* Variables::                   Program variables
* Variables::                   Program variables
* Arrays::                      Artificial arrays
* Arrays::                      Artificial arrays
* Output Formats::              Output formats
* Output Formats::              Output formats
* Memory::                      Examining memory
* Memory::                      Examining memory
* Auto Display::                Automatic display
* Auto Display::                Automatic display
* Print Settings::              Print settings
* Print Settings::              Print settings
* Pretty Printing::             Python pretty printing
* Pretty Printing::             Python pretty printing
* Value History::               Value history
* Value History::               Value history
* Convenience Vars::            Convenience variables
* Convenience Vars::            Convenience variables
* Registers::                   Registers
* Registers::                   Registers
* Floating Point Hardware::     Floating point hardware
* Floating Point Hardware::     Floating point hardware
* Vector Unit::                 Vector Unit
* Vector Unit::                 Vector Unit
* OS Information::              Auxiliary data provided by operating system
* OS Information::              Auxiliary data provided by operating system
* Memory Region Attributes::    Memory region attributes
* Memory Region Attributes::    Memory region attributes
* Dump/Restore Files::          Copy between memory and a file
* Dump/Restore Files::          Copy between memory and a file
* Core File Generation::        Cause a program dump its core
* Core File Generation::        Cause a program dump its core
* Character Sets::              Debugging programs that use a different
* Character Sets::              Debugging programs that use a different
                                character set than GDB does
                                character set than GDB does
* Caching Remote Data::         Data caching for remote targets
* Caching Remote Data::         Data caching for remote targets
* Searching Memory::            Searching memory for a sequence of bytes
* Searching Memory::            Searching memory for a sequence of bytes


File: gdb.info,  Node: Expressions,  Next: Ambiguous Expressions,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Expressions,  Next: Ambiguous Expressions,  Up: Data
10.1 Expressions
10.1 Expressions
================
================
`print' and many other GDB commands accept an expression and compute
`print' and many other GDB commands accept an expression and compute
its value.  Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined by the
its value.  Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined by the
programming language you are using is valid in an expression in GDB.
programming language you are using is valid in an expression in GDB.
This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts, and
This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts, and
string constants.  It also includes preprocessor macros, if you
string constants.  It also includes preprocessor macros, if you
compiled your program to include this information; see *note
compiled your program to include this information; see *note
Compilation::.
Compilation::.
   GDB supports array constants in expressions input by the user.  The
   GDB supports array constants in expressions input by the user.  The
syntax is {ELEMENT, ELEMENT...}.  For example, you can use the command
syntax is {ELEMENT, ELEMENT...}.  For example, you can use the command
`print {1, 2, 3}' to create an array of three integers.  If you pass an
`print {1, 2, 3}' to create an array of three integers.  If you pass an
array to a function or assign it to a program variable, GDB copies the
array to a function or assign it to a program variable, GDB copies the
array to memory that is `malloc'ed in the target program.
array to memory that is `malloc'ed in the target program.
   Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in
   Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in
examples in this manual are in C.  *Note Using GDB with Different
examples in this manual are in C.  *Note Using GDB with Different
Languages: Languages, for information on how to use expressions in other
Languages: Languages, for information on how to use expressions in other
languages.
languages.
   In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in GDB
   In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in GDB
expressions regardless of your programming language.
expressions regardless of your programming language.
   Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
   Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
useful to cast a number into a pointer in order to examine a structure
useful to cast a number into a pointer in order to examine a structure
at that address in memory.
at that address in memory.
   GDB supports these operators, in addition to those common to
   GDB supports these operators, in addition to those common to
programming languages:
programming languages:
`@'
`@'
     `@' is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
     `@' is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
     *Note Artificial Arrays: Arrays, for more information.
     *Note Artificial Arrays: Arrays, for more information.
`::'
`::'
     `::' allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
     `::' allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
     function where it is defined.  *Note Program Variables: Variables.
     function where it is defined.  *Note Program Variables: Variables.
`{TYPE} ADDR'
`{TYPE} ADDR'
     Refers to an object of type TYPE stored at address ADDR in memory.
     Refers to an object of type TYPE stored at address ADDR in memory.
     ADDR may be any expression whose value is an integer or pointer
     ADDR may be any expression whose value is an integer or pointer
     (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
     (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
     a cast).  This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of
     a cast).  This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of
     data is normally supposed to reside at ADDR.
     data is normally supposed to reside at ADDR.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Ambiguous Expressions,  Next: Variables,  Prev: Expressions,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Ambiguous Expressions,  Next: Variables,  Prev: Expressions,  Up: Data
10.2 Ambiguous Expressions
10.2 Ambiguous Expressions
==========================
==========================
Expressions can sometimes contain some ambiguous elements.  For
Expressions can sometimes contain some ambiguous elements.  For
instance, some programming languages (notably Ada, C++ and Objective-C)
instance, some programming languages (notably Ada, C++ and Objective-C)
permit a single function name to be defined several times, for
permit a single function name to be defined several times, for
application in different contexts.  This is called "overloading".
application in different contexts.  This is called "overloading".
Another example involving Ada is generics.  A "generic package" is
Another example involving Ada is generics.  A "generic package" is
similar to C++ templates and is typically instantiated several times,
similar to C++ templates and is typically instantiated several times,
resulting in the same function name being defined in different contexts.
resulting in the same function name being defined in different contexts.
   In some cases and depending on the language, it is possible to adjust
   In some cases and depending on the language, it is possible to adjust
the expression to remove the ambiguity.  For instance in C++, you can
the expression to remove the ambiguity.  For instance in C++, you can
specify the signature of the function you want to break on, as in
specify the signature of the function you want to break on, as in
`break FUNCTION(TYPES)'.  In Ada, using the fully qualified name of
`break FUNCTION(TYPES)'.  In Ada, using the fully qualified name of
your function often makes the expression unambiguous as well.
your function often makes the expression unambiguous as well.
   When an ambiguity that needs to be resolved is detected, the debugger
   When an ambiguity that needs to be resolved is detected, the debugger
has the capability to display a menu of numbered choices for each
has the capability to display a menu of numbered choices for each
possibility, and then waits for the selection with the prompt `>'.  The
possibility, and then waits for the selection with the prompt `>'.  The
first option is always `[0] cancel', and typing `0 ' aborts the
first option is always `[0] cancel', and typing `0 ' aborts the
current command.  If the command in which the expression was used
current command.  If the command in which the expression was used
allows more than one choice to be selected, the next option in the menu
allows more than one choice to be selected, the next option in the menu
is `[1] all', and typing `1 ' selects all possible choices.
is `[1] all', and typing `1 ' selects all possible choices.
   For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
   For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
breakpoint at the overloaded symbol `String::after'.  We choose three
breakpoint at the overloaded symbol `String::after'.  We choose three
particular definitions of that function name:
particular definitions of that function name:
     (gdb) b String::after
     (gdb) b String::after
     [0] cancel
     [0] cancel
     [1] all
     [1] all
     [2] file:String.cc; line number:867
     [2] file:String.cc; line number:867
     [3] file:String.cc; line number:860
     [3] file:String.cc; line number:860
     [4] file:String.cc; line number:875
     [4] file:String.cc; line number:875
     [5] file:String.cc; line number:853
     [5] file:String.cc; line number:853
     [6] file:String.cc; line number:846
     [6] file:String.cc; line number:846
     [7] file:String.cc; line number:735
     [7] file:String.cc; line number:735
     > 2 4 6
     > 2 4 6
     Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
     Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
     Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
     Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
     Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
     Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
     Multiple breakpoints were set.
     Multiple breakpoints were set.
     Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted
     Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted
      breakpoints.
      breakpoints.
     (gdb)
     (gdb)
`set multiple-symbols MODE'
`set multiple-symbols MODE'
     This option allows you to adjust the debugger behavior when an
     This option allows you to adjust the debugger behavior when an
     expression is ambiguous.
     expression is ambiguous.
     By default, MODE is set to `all'.  If the command with which the
     By default, MODE is set to `all'.  If the command with which the
     expression is used allows more than one choice, then GDB
     expression is used allows more than one choice, then GDB
     automatically selects all possible choices.  For instance,
     automatically selects all possible choices.  For instance,
     inserting a breakpoint on a function using an ambiguous name
     inserting a breakpoint on a function using an ambiguous name
     results in a breakpoint inserted on each possible match.  However,
     results in a breakpoint inserted on each possible match.  However,
     if a unique choice must be made, then GDB uses the menu to help
     if a unique choice must be made, then GDB uses the menu to help
     you disambiguate the expression.  For instance, printing the
     you disambiguate the expression.  For instance, printing the
     address of an overloaded function will result in the use of the
     address of an overloaded function will result in the use of the
     menu.
     menu.
     When MODE is set to `ask', the debugger always uses the menu when
     When MODE is set to `ask', the debugger always uses the menu when
     an ambiguity is detected.
     an ambiguity is detected.
     Finally, when MODE is set to `cancel', the debugger reports an
     Finally, when MODE is set to `cancel', the debugger reports an
     error due to the ambiguity and the command is aborted.
     error due to the ambiguity and the command is aborted.
`show multiple-symbols'
`show multiple-symbols'
     Show the current value of the `multiple-symbols' setting.
     Show the current value of the `multiple-symbols' setting.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Variables,  Next: Arrays,  Prev: Ambiguous Expressions,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Variables,  Next: Arrays,  Prev: Ambiguous Expressions,  Up: Data
10.3 Program Variables
10.3 Program Variables
======================
======================
The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable in
The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable in
your program.
your program.
   Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
   Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
(*note Selecting a Frame: Selection.); they must be either:
(*note Selecting a Frame: Selection.); they must be either:
   * global (or file-static)
   * global (or file-static)
or
or
   * visible according to the scope rules of the programming language
   * visible according to the scope rules of the programming language
     from the point of execution in that frame
     from the point of execution in that frame
This means that in the function
This means that in the function
     foo (a)
     foo (a)
          int a;
          int a;
     {
     {
       bar (a);
       bar (a);
       {
       {
         int b = test ();
         int b = test ();
         bar (b);
         bar (b);
       }
       }
     }
     }
you can examine and use the variable `a' whenever your program is
you can examine and use the variable `a' whenever your program is
executing within the function `foo', but you can only use or examine
executing within the function `foo', but you can only use or examine
the variable `b' while your program is executing inside the block where
the variable `b' while your program is executing inside the block where
`b' is declared.
`b' is declared.
   There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
   There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
in this file.  But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
in this file.  But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
function with the same name (in different source files).  If that
function with the same name (in different source files).  If that
happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects.  If you wish,
happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects.  If you wish,
you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file,
you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file,
using the colon-colon (`::') notation:
using the colon-colon (`::') notation:
     FILE::VARIABLE
     FILE::VARIABLE
     FUNCTION::VARIABLE
     FUNCTION::VARIABLE
Here FILE or FUNCTION is the name of the context for the static
Here FILE or FUNCTION is the name of the context for the static
VARIABLE.  In the case of file names, you can use quotes to make sure
VARIABLE.  In the case of file names, you can use quotes to make sure
GDB parses the file name as a single word--for example, to print a
GDB parses the file name as a single word--for example, to print a
global value of `x' defined in `f2.c':
global value of `x' defined in `f2.c':
     (gdb) p 'f2.c'::x
     (gdb) p 'f2.c'::x
   This use of `::' is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
   This use of `::' is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
use of the same notation in C++.  GDB also supports use of the C++
use of the same notation in C++.  GDB also supports use of the C++
scope resolution operator in GDB expressions.
scope resolution operator in GDB expressions.
     _Warning:_ Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
     _Warning:_ Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
     wrong value at certain points in a function--just after entry to a
     wrong value at certain points in a function--just after entry to a
     new scope, and just before exit.
     new scope, and just before exit.
   You may see this problem when you are stepping by machine
   You may see this problem when you are stepping by machine
instructions.  This is because, on most machines, it takes more than
instructions.  This is because, on most machines, it takes more than
one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local variable
one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local variable
definitions); if you are stepping by machine instructions, variables
definitions); if you are stepping by machine instructions, variables
may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is completely
may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is completely
built.  On exit, it usually also takes more than one machine
built.  On exit, it usually also takes more than one machine
instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping through
instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping through
that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be gone.
that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be gone.
   This may also happen when the compiler does significant
   This may also happen when the compiler does significant
optimizations.  To be sure of always seeing accurate values, turn off
optimizations.  To be sure of always seeing accurate values, turn off
all optimization when compiling.
all optimization when compiling.
   Another possible effect of compiler optimizations is to optimize
   Another possible effect of compiler optimizations is to optimize
unused variables out of existence, or assign variables to registers (as
unused variables out of existence, or assign variables to registers (as
opposed to memory addresses).  Depending on the support for such cases
opposed to memory addresses).  Depending on the support for such cases
offered by the debug info format used by the compiler, GDB might not be
offered by the debug info format used by the compiler, GDB might not be
able to display values for such local variables.  If that happens, GDB
able to display values for such local variables.  If that happens, GDB
will print a message like this:
will print a message like this:
     No symbol "foo" in current context.
     No symbol "foo" in current context.
   To solve such problems, either recompile without optimizations, or
   To solve such problems, either recompile without optimizations, or
use a different debug info format, if the compiler supports several such
use a different debug info format, if the compiler supports several such
formats.  For example, GCC, the GNU C/C++ compiler, usually supports
formats.  For example, GCC, the GNU C/C++ compiler, usually supports
the `-gstabs+' option.  `-gstabs+' produces debug info in a format that
the `-gstabs+' option.  `-gstabs+' produces debug info in a format that
is superior to formats such as COFF.  You may be able to use DWARF 2
is superior to formats such as COFF.  You may be able to use DWARF 2
(`-gdwarf-2'), which is also an effective form for debug info.  *Note
(`-gdwarf-2'), which is also an effective form for debug info.  *Note
Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC: (gcc.info)Debugging Options.
Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC: (gcc.info)Debugging Options.
*Note C and C++: C, for more information about debug info formats that
*Note C and C++: C, for more information about debug info formats that
are best suited to C++ programs.
are best suited to C++ programs.
   If you ask to print an object whose contents are unknown to GDB,
   If you ask to print an object whose contents are unknown to GDB,
e.g., because its data type is not completely specified by the debug
e.g., because its data type is not completely specified by the debug
information, GDB will say `'.  *Note incomplete type:
information, GDB will say `'.  *Note incomplete type:
Symbols, for more about this.
Symbols, for more about this.
   Strings are identified as arrays of `char' values without specified
   Strings are identified as arrays of `char' values without specified
signedness.  Arrays of either `signed char' or `unsigned char' get
signedness.  Arrays of either `signed char' or `unsigned char' get
printed as arrays of 1 byte sized integers.  `-fsigned-char' or
printed as arrays of 1 byte sized integers.  `-fsigned-char' or
`-funsigned-char' GCC options have no effect as GDB defines literal
`-funsigned-char' GCC options have no effect as GDB defines literal
string type `"char"' as `char' without a sign.  For program code
string type `"char"' as `char' without a sign.  For program code
     char var0[] = "A";
     char var0[] = "A";
     signed char var1[] = "A";
     signed char var1[] = "A";
   You get during debugging
   You get during debugging
     (gdb) print var0
     (gdb) print var0
     $1 = "A"
     $1 = "A"
     (gdb) print var1
     (gdb) print var1
     $2 = {65 'A', 0 '\0'}
     $2 = {65 'A', 0 '\0'}


File: gdb.info,  Node: Arrays,  Next: Output Formats,  Prev: Variables,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Arrays,  Next: Output Formats,  Prev: Variables,  Up: Data
10.4 Artificial Arrays
10.4 Artificial Arrays
======================
======================
It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the same
It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the same
type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of dynamically
type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of dynamically
determined size for which only a pointer exists in the program.
determined size for which only a pointer exists in the program.
   You can do this by referring to a contiguous span of memory as an
   You can do this by referring to a contiguous span of memory as an
"artificial array", using the binary operator `@'.  The left operand of
"artificial array", using the binary operator `@'.  The left operand of
`@' should be the first element of the desired array and be an
`@' should be the first element of the desired array and be an
individual object.  The right operand should be the desired length of
individual object.  The right operand should be the desired length of
the array.  The result is an array value whose elements are all of the
the array.  The result is an array value whose elements are all of the
type of the left argument.  The first element is actually the left
type of the left argument.  The first element is actually the left
argument; the second element comes from bytes of memory immediately
argument; the second element comes from bytes of memory immediately
following those that hold the first element, and so on.  Here is an
following those that hold the first element, and so on.  Here is an
example.  If a program says
example.  If a program says
     int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
     int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
you can print the contents of `array' with
you can print the contents of `array' with
     p *array@len
     p *array@len
   The left operand of `@' must reside in memory.  Array values made
   The left operand of `@' must reside in memory.  Array values made
with `@' in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
with `@' in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
(*note Value History: Value History.), after printing one out.
(*note Value History: Value History.), after printing one out.
   Another way to create an artificial array is to use a cast.  This
   Another way to create an artificial array is to use a cast.  This
re-interprets a value as if it were an array.  The value need not be in
re-interprets a value as if it were an array.  The value need not be in
memory:
memory:
     (gdb) p/x (short[2])0x12345678
     (gdb) p/x (short[2])0x12345678
     $1 = {0x1234, 0x5678}
     $1 = {0x1234, 0x5678}
   As a convenience, if you leave the array length out (as in
   As a convenience, if you leave the array length out (as in
`(TYPE[])VALUE') GDB calculates the size to fill the value (as
`(TYPE[])VALUE') GDB calculates the size to fill the value (as
`sizeof(VALUE)/sizeof(TYPE)':
`sizeof(VALUE)/sizeof(TYPE)':
     (gdb) p/x (short[])0x12345678
     (gdb) p/x (short[])0x12345678
     $2 = {0x1234, 0x5678}
     $2 = {0x1234, 0x5678}
   Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in
   Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in
moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
actually be adjacent--for example, if you are interested in the values
actually be adjacent--for example, if you are interested in the values
of pointers in an array.  One useful work-around in this situation is
of pointers in an array.  One useful work-around in this situation is
to use a convenience variable (*note Convenience Variables: Convenience
to use a convenience variable (*note Convenience Variables: Convenience
Vars.) as a counter in an expression that prints the first interesting
Vars.) as a counter in an expression that prints the first interesting
value, and then repeat that expression via .  For instance,
value, and then repeat that expression via .  For instance,
suppose you have an array `dtab' of pointers to structures, and you are
suppose you have an array `dtab' of pointers to structures, and you are
interested in the values of a field `fv' in each structure.  Here is an
interested in the values of a field `fv' in each structure.  Here is an
example of what you might type:
example of what you might type:
     set $i = 0
     set $i = 0
     p dtab[$i++]->fv
     p dtab[$i++]->fv
     
     
     
     
     ...
     ...


File: gdb.info,  Node: Output Formats,  Next: Memory,  Prev: Arrays,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Output Formats,  Next: Memory,  Prev: Arrays,  Up: Data
10.5 Output Formats
10.5 Output Formats
===================
===================
By default, GDB prints a value according to its data type.  Sometimes
By default, GDB prints a value according to its data type.  Sometimes
this is not what you want.  For example, you might want to print a
this is not what you want.  For example, you might want to print a
number in hex, or a pointer in decimal.  Or you might want to view data
number in hex, or a pointer in decimal.  Or you might want to view data
in memory at a certain address as a character string or as an
in memory at a certain address as a character string or as an
instruction.  To do these things, specify an "output format" when you
instruction.  To do these things, specify an "output format" when you
print a value.
print a value.
   The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
   The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
already computed.  This is done by starting the arguments of the
already computed.  This is done by starting the arguments of the
`print' command with a slash and a format letter.  The format letters
`print' command with a slash and a format letter.  The format letters
supported are:
supported are:
`x'
`x'
     Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer
     Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer
     in hexadecimal.
     in hexadecimal.
`d'
`d'
     Print as integer in signed decimal.
     Print as integer in signed decimal.
`u'
`u'
     Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
     Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
`o'
`o'
     Print as integer in octal.
     Print as integer in octal.
`t'
`t'
     Print as integer in binary.  The letter `t' stands for "two".  (1)
     Print as integer in binary.  The letter `t' stands for "two".  (1)
`a'
`a'
     Print as an address, both absolute in hexadecimal and as an offset
     Print as an address, both absolute in hexadecimal and as an offset
     from the nearest preceding symbol.  You can use this format used
     from the nearest preceding symbol.  You can use this format used
     to discover where (in what function) an unknown address is located:
     to discover where (in what function) an unknown address is located:
          (gdb) p/a 0x54320
          (gdb) p/a 0x54320
          $3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>
          $3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>
     The command `info symbol 0x54320' yields similar results.  *Note
     The command `info symbol 0x54320' yields similar results.  *Note
     info symbol: Symbols.
     info symbol: Symbols.
`c'
`c'
     Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.  This
     Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.  This
     prints both the numerical value and its character representation.
     prints both the numerical value and its character representation.
     The character representation is replaced with the octal escape
     The character representation is replaced with the octal escape
     `\nnn' for characters outside the 7-bit ASCII range.
     `\nnn' for characters outside the 7-bit ASCII range.
     Without this format, GDB displays `char', `unsigned char', and
     Without this format, GDB displays `char', `unsigned char', and
     `signed char' data as character constants.  Single-byte members of
     `signed char' data as character constants.  Single-byte members of
     vectors are displayed as integer data.
     vectors are displayed as integer data.
`f'
`f'
     Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
     Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
     using typical floating point syntax.
     using typical floating point syntax.
`s'
`s'
     Regard as a string, if possible.  With this format, pointers to
     Regard as a string, if possible.  With this format, pointers to
     single-byte data are displayed as null-terminated strings and
     single-byte data are displayed as null-terminated strings and
     arrays of single-byte data are displayed as fixed-length strings.
     arrays of single-byte data are displayed as fixed-length strings.
     Other values are displayed in their natural types.
     Other values are displayed in their natural types.
     Without this format, GDB displays pointers to and arrays of
     Without this format, GDB displays pointers to and arrays of
     `char', `unsigned char', and `signed char' as strings.
     `char', `unsigned char', and `signed char' as strings.
     Single-byte members of a vector are displayed as an integer array.
     Single-byte members of a vector are displayed as an integer array.
`r'
`r'
     Print using the `raw' formatting.  By default, GDB will use a
     Print using the `raw' formatting.  By default, GDB will use a
     Python-based pretty-printer, if one is available (*note Pretty
     Python-based pretty-printer, if one is available (*note Pretty
     Printing::).  This typically results in a higher-level display of
     Printing::).  This typically results in a higher-level display of
     the value's contents.  The `r' format bypasses any Python
     the value's contents.  The `r' format bypasses any Python
     pretty-printer which might exist.
     pretty-printer which might exist.
   For example, to print the program counter in hex (*note
   For example, to print the program counter in hex (*note
Registers::), type
Registers::), type
     p/x $pc
     p/x $pc
Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
names in GDB cannot contain a slash.
names in GDB cannot contain a slash.
   To reprint the last value in the value history with a different
   To reprint the last value in the value history with a different
format, you can use the `print' command with just a format and no
format, you can use the `print' command with just a format and no
expression.  For example, `p/x' reprints the last value in hex.
expression.  For example, `p/x' reprints the last value in hex.
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
   (1) `b' cannot be used because these format letters are also used
   (1) `b' cannot be used because these format letters are also used
with the `x' command, where `b' stands for "byte"; see *note Examining
with the `x' command, where `b' stands for "byte"; see *note Examining
Memory: Memory.
Memory: Memory.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Memory,  Next: Auto Display,  Prev: Output Formats,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Memory,  Next: Auto Display,  Prev: Output Formats,  Up: Data
10.6 Examining Memory
10.6 Examining Memory
=====================
=====================
You can use the command `x' (for "examine") to examine memory in any of
You can use the command `x' (for "examine") to examine memory in any of
several formats, independently of your program's data types.
several formats, independently of your program's data types.
`x/NFU ADDR'
`x/NFU ADDR'
`x ADDR'
`x ADDR'
`x'
`x'
     Use the `x' command to examine memory.
     Use the `x' command to examine memory.
   N, F, and U are all optional parameters that specify how much memory
   N, F, and U are all optional parameters that specify how much memory
to display and how to format it; ADDR is an expression giving the
to display and how to format it; ADDR is an expression giving the
address where you want to start displaying memory.  If you use defaults
address where you want to start displaying memory.  If you use defaults
for NFU, you need not type the slash `/'.  Several commands set
for NFU, you need not type the slash `/'.  Several commands set
convenient defaults for ADDR.
convenient defaults for ADDR.
N, the repeat count
N, the repeat count
     The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1.  It
     The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1.  It
     specifies how much memory (counting by units U) to display.
     specifies how much memory (counting by units U) to display.
F, the display format
F, the display format
     The display format is one of the formats used by `print' (`x',
     The display format is one of the formats used by `print' (`x',
     `d', `u', `o', `t', `a', `c', `f', `s'), and in addition `i' (for
     `d', `u', `o', `t', `a', `c', `f', `s'), and in addition `i' (for
     machine instructions).  The default is `x' (hexadecimal)
     machine instructions).  The default is `x' (hexadecimal)
     initially.  The default changes each time you use either `x' or
     initially.  The default changes each time you use either `x' or
     `print'.
     `print'.
U, the unit size
U, the unit size
     The unit size is any of
     The unit size is any of
    `b'
    `b'
          Bytes.
          Bytes.
    `h'
    `h'
          Halfwords (two bytes).
          Halfwords (two bytes).
    `w'
    `w'
          Words (four bytes).  This is the initial default.
          Words (four bytes).  This is the initial default.
    `g'
    `g'
          Giant words (eight bytes).
          Giant words (eight bytes).
     Each time you specify a unit size with `x', that size becomes the
     Each time you specify a unit size with `x', that size becomes the
     default unit the next time you use `x'.  For the `i' format, the
     default unit the next time you use `x'.  For the `i' format, the
     unit size is ignored and is normally not written.  For the `s'
     unit size is ignored and is normally not written.  For the `s'
     format, the unit size defaults to `b', unless it is explicitly
     format, the unit size defaults to `b', unless it is explicitly
     given.  Use `x /hs' to display 16-bit char strings and `x /ws' to
     given.  Use `x /hs' to display 16-bit char strings and `x /ws' to
     display 32-bit strings.  The next use of `x /s' will again display
     display 32-bit strings.  The next use of `x /s' will again display
     8-bit strings.  Note that the results depend on the programming
     8-bit strings.  Note that the results depend on the programming
     language of the current compilation unit.  If the language is C,
     language of the current compilation unit.  If the language is C,
     the `s' modifier will use the UTF-16 encoding while `w' will use
     the `s' modifier will use the UTF-16 encoding while `w' will use
     UTF-32.  The encoding is set by the programming language and cannot
     UTF-32.  The encoding is set by the programming language and cannot
     be altered.
     be altered.
ADDR, starting display address
ADDR, starting display address
     ADDR is the address where you want GDB to begin displaying memory.
     ADDR is the address where you want GDB to begin displaying memory.
     The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may); it
     The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may); it
     is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
     is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
     *Note Expressions: Expressions, for more information on
     *Note Expressions: Expressions, for more information on
     expressions.  The default for ADDR is usually just after the last
     expressions.  The default for ADDR is usually just after the last
     address examined--but several other commands also set the default
     address examined--but several other commands also set the default
     address: `info breakpoints' (to the address of the last breakpoint
     address: `info breakpoints' (to the address of the last breakpoint
     listed), `info line' (to the starting address of a line), and
     listed), `info line' (to the starting address of a line), and
     `print' (if you use it to display a value from memory).
     `print' (if you use it to display a value from memory).
   For example, `x/3uh 0x54320' is a request to display three halfwords
   For example, `x/3uh 0x54320' is a request to display three halfwords
(`h') of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (`u'), starting
(`h') of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (`u'), starting
at address `0x54320'.  `x/4xw $sp' prints the four words (`w') of
at address `0x54320'.  `x/4xw $sp' prints the four words (`w') of
memory above the stack pointer (here, `$sp'; *note Registers:
memory above the stack pointer (here, `$sp'; *note Registers:
Registers.) in hexadecimal (`x').
Registers.) in hexadecimal (`x').
   Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
   Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether
letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether
unit size or format comes first; either order works.  The output
unit size or format comes first; either order works.  The output
specifications `4xw' and `4wx' mean exactly the same thing.  (However,
specifications `4xw' and `4wx' mean exactly the same thing.  (However,
the count N must come first; `wx4' does not work.)
the count N must come first; `wx4' does not work.)
   Even though the unit size U is ignored for the formats `s' and `i',
   Even though the unit size U is ignored for the formats `s' and `i',
you might still want to use a count N; for example, `3i' specifies that
you might still want to use a count N; for example, `3i' specifies that
you want to see three machine instructions, including any operands.
you want to see three machine instructions, including any operands.
For convenience, especially when used with the `display' command, the
For convenience, especially when used with the `display' command, the
`i' format also prints branch delay slot instructions, if any, beyond
`i' format also prints branch delay slot instructions, if any, beyond
the count specified, which immediately follow the last instruction that
the count specified, which immediately follow the last instruction that
is within the count.  The command `disassemble' gives an alternative
is within the count.  The command `disassemble' gives an alternative
way of inspecting machine instructions; see *note Source and Machine
way of inspecting machine instructions; see *note Source and Machine
Code: Machine Code.
Code: Machine Code.
   All the defaults for the arguments to `x' are designed to make it
   All the defaults for the arguments to `x' are designed to make it
easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
you use `x'.  For example, after you have inspected three machine
you use `x'.  For example, after you have inspected three machine
instructions with `x/3i ADDR', you can inspect the next seven with just
instructions with `x/3i ADDR', you can inspect the next seven with just
`x/7'.  If you use  to repeat the `x' command, the repeat count N
`x/7'.  If you use  to repeat the `x' command, the repeat count N
is used again; the other arguments default as for successive uses of
is used again; the other arguments default as for successive uses of
`x'.
`x'.
   When examining machine instructions, the instruction at current
   When examining machine instructions, the instruction at current
program counter is shown with a `=>' marker. For example:
program counter is shown with a `=>' marker. For example:
     (gdb) x/5i $pc-6
     (gdb) x/5i $pc-6
        0x804837f : mov    %esp,%ebp
        0x804837f : mov    %esp,%ebp
        0x8048381 : push   %ecx
        0x8048381 : push   %ecx
        0x8048382 : sub    $0x4,%esp
        0x8048382 : sub    $0x4,%esp
     => 0x8048385 : movl   $0x8048460,(%esp)
     => 0x8048385 : movl   $0x8048460,(%esp)
        0x804838c : call   0x80482d4 
        0x804838c : call   0x80482d4 
   The addresses and contents printed by the `x' command are not saved
   The addresses and contents printed by the `x' command are not saved
in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
would get in the way.  Instead, GDB makes these values available for
would get in the way.  Instead, GDB makes these values available for
subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
`$_' and `$__'.  After an `x' command, the last address examined is
`$_' and `$__'.  After an `x' command, the last address examined is
available for use in expressions in the convenience variable `$_'.  The
available for use in expressions in the convenience variable `$_'.  The
contents of that address, as examined, are available in the convenience
contents of that address, as examined, are available in the convenience
variable `$__'.
variable `$__'.
   If the `x' command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
   If the `x' command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
address printed if several units were printed on the last line of
address printed if several units were printed on the last line of
output.
output.
   When you are debugging a program running on a remote target machine
   When you are debugging a program running on a remote target machine
(*note Remote Debugging::), you may wish to verify the program's image
(*note Remote Debugging::), you may wish to verify the program's image
in the remote machine's memory against the executable file you
in the remote machine's memory against the executable file you
downloaded to the target.  The `compare-sections' command is provided
downloaded to the target.  The `compare-sections' command is provided
for such situations.
for such situations.
`compare-sections [SECTION-NAME]'
`compare-sections [SECTION-NAME]'
     Compare the data of a loadable section SECTION-NAME in the
     Compare the data of a loadable section SECTION-NAME in the
     executable file of the program being debugged with the same
     executable file of the program being debugged with the same
     section in the remote machine's memory, and report any mismatches.
     section in the remote machine's memory, and report any mismatches.
     With no arguments, compares all loadable sections.  This command's
     With no arguments, compares all loadable sections.  This command's
     availability depends on the target's support for the `"qCRC"'
     availability depends on the target's support for the `"qCRC"'
     remote request.
     remote request.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Auto Display,  Next: Print Settings,  Prev: Memory,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Auto Display,  Next: Print Settings,  Prev: Memory,  Up: Data
10.7 Automatic Display
10.7 Automatic Display
======================
======================
If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the "automatic
(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the "automatic
display list" so that GDB prints its value each time your program stops.
display list" so that GDB prints its value each time your program stops.
Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it; to
Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it; to
remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.  The
remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.  The
automatic display looks like this:
automatic display looks like this:
     2: foo = 38
     2: foo = 38
     3: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
     3: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
This display shows item numbers, expressions and their current values.
This display shows item numbers, expressions and their current values.
As with displays you request manually using `x' or `print', you can
As with displays you request manually using `x' or `print', you can
specify the output format you prefer; in fact, `display' decides
specify the output format you prefer; in fact, `display' decides
whether to use `print' or `x' depending your format specification--it
whether to use `print' or `x' depending your format specification--it
uses `x' if you specify either the `i' or `s' format, or a unit size;
uses `x' if you specify either the `i' or `s' format, or a unit size;
otherwise it uses `print'.
otherwise it uses `print'.
`display EXPR'
`display EXPR'
     Add the expression EXPR to the list of expressions to display each
     Add the expression EXPR to the list of expressions to display each
     time your program stops.  *Note Expressions: Expressions.
     time your program stops.  *Note Expressions: Expressions.
     `display' does not repeat if you press  again after using it.
     `display' does not repeat if you press  again after using it.
`display/FMT EXPR'
`display/FMT EXPR'
     For FMT specifying only a display format and not a size or count,
     For FMT specifying only a display format and not a size or count,
     add the expression EXPR to the auto-display list but arrange to
     add the expression EXPR to the auto-display list but arrange to
     display it each time in the specified format FMT.  *Note Output
     display it each time in the specified format FMT.  *Note Output
     Formats: Output Formats.
     Formats: Output Formats.
`display/FMT ADDR'
`display/FMT ADDR'
     For FMT `i' or `s', or including a unit-size or a number of units,
     For FMT `i' or `s', or including a unit-size or a number of units,
     add the expression ADDR as a memory address to be examined each
     add the expression ADDR as a memory address to be examined each
     time your program stops.  Examining means in effect doing `x/FMT
     time your program stops.  Examining means in effect doing `x/FMT
     ADDR'.  *Note Examining Memory: Memory.
     ADDR'.  *Note Examining Memory: Memory.
   For example, `display/i $pc' can be helpful, to see the machine
   For example, `display/i $pc' can be helpful, to see the machine
instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (`$pc' is a
instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (`$pc' is a
common name for the program counter; *note Registers: Registers.).
common name for the program counter; *note Registers: Registers.).
`undisplay DNUMS...'
`undisplay DNUMS...'
`delete display DNUMS...'
`delete display DNUMS...'
     Remove item numbers DNUMS from the list of expressions to display.
     Remove item numbers DNUMS from the list of expressions to display.
     `undisplay' does not repeat if you press  after using it.
     `undisplay' does not repeat if you press  after using it.
     (Otherwise you would just get the error `No display number ...'.)
     (Otherwise you would just get the error `No display number ...'.)
`disable display DNUMS...'
`disable display DNUMS...'
     Disable the display of item numbers DNUMS.  A disabled display
     Disable the display of item numbers DNUMS.  A disabled display
     item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten.  It may be
     item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten.  It may be
     enabled again later.
     enabled again later.
`enable display DNUMS...'
`enable display DNUMS...'
     Enable display of item numbers DNUMS.  It becomes effective once
     Enable display of item numbers DNUMS.  It becomes effective once
     again in auto display of its expression, until you specify
     again in auto display of its expression, until you specify
     otherwise.
     otherwise.
`display'
`display'
     Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as
     Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as
     is done when your program stops.
     is done when your program stops.
`info display'
`info display'
     Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
     Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
     automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing
     automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing
     the values.  This includes disabled expressions, which are marked
     the values.  This includes disabled expressions, which are marked
     as such.  It also includes expressions which would not be
     as such.  It also includes expressions which would not be
     displayed right now because they refer to automatic variables not
     displayed right now because they refer to automatic variables not
     currently available.
     currently available.
   If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not
   If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not
make sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up.  Such an
make sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up.  Such an
expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
variables is not defined.  For example, if you give the command
variables is not defined.  For example, if you give the command
`display last_char' while inside a function with an argument
`display last_char' while inside a function with an argument
`last_char', GDB displays this argument while your program continues to
`last_char', GDB displays this argument while your program continues to
stop inside that function.  When it stops elsewhere--where there is no
stop inside that function.  When it stops elsewhere--where there is no
variable `last_char'--the display is disabled automatically.  The next
variable `last_char'--the display is disabled automatically.  The next
time your program stops where `last_char' is meaningful, you can enable
time your program stops where `last_char' is meaningful, you can enable
the display expression once again.
the display expression once again.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Print Settings,  Next: Pretty Printing,  Prev: Auto Display,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Print Settings,  Next: Pretty Printing,  Prev: Auto Display,  Up: Data
10.8 Print Settings
10.8 Print Settings
===================
===================
GDB provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures, and
GDB provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures, and
symbols are printed.
symbols are printed.
These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
`set print address'
`set print address'
`set print address on'
`set print address on'
     GDB prints memory addresses showing the location of stack traces,
     GDB prints memory addresses showing the location of stack traces,
     structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth, even
     structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth, even
     when it also displays the contents of those addresses.  The default
     when it also displays the contents of those addresses.  The default
     is `on'.  For example, this is what a stack frame display looks
     is `on'.  For example, this is what a stack frame display looks
     like with `set print address on':
     like with `set print address on':
          (gdb) f
          (gdb) f
          #0  set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
          #0  set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
              at input.c:530
              at input.c:530
          530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
          530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
`set print address off'
`set print address off'
     Do not print addresses when displaying their contents.  For
     Do not print addresses when displaying their contents.  For
     example, this is the same stack frame displayed with `set print
     example, this is the same stack frame displayed with `set print
     address off':
     address off':
          (gdb) set print addr off
          (gdb) set print addr off
          (gdb) f
          (gdb) f
          #0  set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
          #0  set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
          530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
          530         if (lquote != def_lquote)
     You can use `set print address off' to eliminate all machine
     You can use `set print address off' to eliminate all machine
     dependent displays from the GDB interface.  For example, with
     dependent displays from the GDB interface.  For example, with
     `print address off', you should get the same text for backtraces on
     `print address off', you should get the same text for backtraces on
     all machines--whether or not they involve pointer arguments.
     all machines--whether or not they involve pointer arguments.
`show print address'
`show print address'
     Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
     Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
   When GDB prints a symbolic address, it normally prints the closest
   When GDB prints a symbolic address, it normally prints the closest
earlier symbol plus an offset.  If that symbol does not uniquely
earlier symbol plus an offset.  If that symbol does not uniquely
identify the address (for example, it is a name whose scope is a single
identify the address (for example, it is a name whose scope is a single
source file), you may need to clarify.  One way to do this is with
source file), you may need to clarify.  One way to do this is with
`info line', for example `info line *0x4537'.  Alternately, you can set
`info line', for example `info line *0x4537'.  Alternately, you can set
GDB to print the source file and line number when it prints a symbolic
GDB to print the source file and line number when it prints a symbolic
address:
address:
`set print symbol-filename on'
`set print symbol-filename on'
     Tell GDB to print the source file name and line number of a symbol
     Tell GDB to print the source file name and line number of a symbol
     in the symbolic form of an address.
     in the symbolic form of an address.
`set print symbol-filename off'
`set print symbol-filename off'
     Do not print source file name and line number of a symbol.  This
     Do not print source file name and line number of a symbol.  This
     is the default.
     is the default.
`show print symbol-filename'
`show print symbol-filename'
     Show whether or not GDB will print the source file name and line
     Show whether or not GDB will print the source file name and line
     number of a symbol in the symbolic form of an address.
     number of a symbol in the symbolic form of an address.
   Another situation where it is helpful to show symbol filenames and
   Another situation where it is helpful to show symbol filenames and
line numbers is when disassembling code; GDB shows you the line number
line numbers is when disassembling code; GDB shows you the line number
and source file that corresponds to each instruction.
and source file that corresponds to each instruction.
   Also, you may wish to see the symbolic form only if the address being
   Also, you may wish to see the symbolic form only if the address being
printed is reasonably close to the closest earlier symbol:
printed is reasonably close to the closest earlier symbol:
`set print max-symbolic-offset MAX-OFFSET'
`set print max-symbolic-offset MAX-OFFSET'
     Tell GDB to only display the symbolic form of an address if the
     Tell GDB to only display the symbolic form of an address if the
     offset between the closest earlier symbol and the address is less
     offset between the closest earlier symbol and the address is less
     than MAX-OFFSET.  The default is 0, which tells GDB to always
     than MAX-OFFSET.  The default is 0, which tells GDB to always
     print the symbolic form of an address if any symbol precedes it.
     print the symbolic form of an address if any symbol precedes it.
`show print max-symbolic-offset'
`show print max-symbolic-offset'
     Ask how large the maximum offset is that GDB prints in a symbolic
     Ask how large the maximum offset is that GDB prints in a symbolic
     address.
     address.
   If you have a pointer and you are not sure where it points, try `set
   If you have a pointer and you are not sure where it points, try `set
print symbol-filename on'.  Then you can determine the name and source
print symbol-filename on'.  Then you can determine the name and source
file location of the variable where it points, using `p/a POINTER'.
file location of the variable where it points, using `p/a POINTER'.
This interprets the address in symbolic form.  For example, here GDB
This interprets the address in symbolic form.  For example, here GDB
shows that a variable `ptt' points at another variable `t', defined in
shows that a variable `ptt' points at another variable `t', defined in
`hi2.c':
`hi2.c':
     (gdb) set print symbol-filename on
     (gdb) set print symbol-filename on
     (gdb) p/a ptt
     (gdb) p/a ptt
     $4 = 0xe008 
     $4 = 0xe008 
     _Warning:_ For pointers that point to a local variable, `p/a' does
     _Warning:_ For pointers that point to a local variable, `p/a' does
     not show the symbol name and filename of the referent, even with
     not show the symbol name and filename of the referent, even with
     the appropriate `set print' options turned on.
     the appropriate `set print' options turned on.
   Other settings control how different kinds of objects are printed:
   Other settings control how different kinds of objects are printed:
`set print array'
`set print array'
`set print array on'
`set print array on'
     Pretty print arrays.  This format is more convenient to read, but
     Pretty print arrays.  This format is more convenient to read, but
     uses more space.  The default is off.
     uses more space.  The default is off.
`set print array off'
`set print array off'
     Return to compressed format for arrays.
     Return to compressed format for arrays.
`show print array'
`show print array'
     Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
     Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
     arrays.
     arrays.
`set print array-indexes'
`set print array-indexes'
`set print array-indexes on'
`set print array-indexes on'
     Print the index of each element when displaying arrays.  May be
     Print the index of each element when displaying arrays.  May be
     more convenient to locate a given element in the array or quickly
     more convenient to locate a given element in the array or quickly
     find the index of a given element in that printed array.  The
     find the index of a given element in that printed array.  The
     default is off.
     default is off.
`set print array-indexes off'
`set print array-indexes off'
     Stop printing element indexes when displaying arrays.
     Stop printing element indexes when displaying arrays.
`show print array-indexes'
`show print array-indexes'
     Show whether the index of each element is printed when displaying
     Show whether the index of each element is printed when displaying
     arrays.
     arrays.
`set print elements NUMBER-OF-ELEMENTS'
`set print elements NUMBER-OF-ELEMENTS'
     Set a limit on how many elements of an array GDB will print.  If
     Set a limit on how many elements of an array GDB will print.  If
     GDB is printing a large array, it stops printing after it has
     GDB is printing a large array, it stops printing after it has
     printed the number of elements set by the `set print elements'
     printed the number of elements set by the `set print elements'
     command.  This limit also applies to the display of strings.  When
     command.  This limit also applies to the display of strings.  When
     GDB starts, this limit is set to 200.  Setting  NUMBER-OF-ELEMENTS
     GDB starts, this limit is set to 200.  Setting  NUMBER-OF-ELEMENTS
     to zero means that the printing is unlimited.
     to zero means that the printing is unlimited.
`show print elements'
`show print elements'
     Display the number of elements of a large array that GDB will
     Display the number of elements of a large array that GDB will
     print.  If the number is 0, then the printing is unlimited.
     print.  If the number is 0, then the printing is unlimited.
`set print frame-arguments VALUE'
`set print frame-arguments VALUE'
     This command allows to control how the values of arguments are
     This command allows to control how the values of arguments are
     printed when the debugger prints a frame (*note Frames::).  The
     printed when the debugger prints a frame (*note Frames::).  The
     possible values are:
     possible values are:
    `all'
    `all'
          The values of all arguments are printed.
          The values of all arguments are printed.
    `scalars'
    `scalars'
          Print the value of an argument only if it is a scalar.  The
          Print the value of an argument only if it is a scalar.  The
          value of more complex arguments such as arrays, structures,
          value of more complex arguments such as arrays, structures,
          unions, etc, is replaced by `...'.  This is the default.
          unions, etc, is replaced by `...'.  This is the default.
          Here is an example where only scalar arguments are shown:
          Here is an example where only scalar arguments are shown:
               #1  0x08048361 in call_me (i=3, s=..., ss=0xbf8d508c, u=..., e=green)
               #1  0x08048361 in call_me (i=3, s=..., ss=0xbf8d508c, u=..., e=green)
                 at frame-args.c:23
                 at frame-args.c:23
    `none'
    `none'
          None of the argument values are printed.  Instead, the value
          None of the argument values are printed.  Instead, the value
          of each argument is replaced by `...'.  In this case, the
          of each argument is replaced by `...'.  In this case, the
          example above now becomes:
          example above now becomes:
               #1  0x08048361 in call_me (i=..., s=..., ss=..., u=..., e=...)
               #1  0x08048361 in call_me (i=..., s=..., ss=..., u=..., e=...)
                 at frame-args.c:23
                 at frame-args.c:23
     By default, only scalar arguments are printed.  This command can
     By default, only scalar arguments are printed.  This command can
     be used to configure the debugger to print the value of all
     be used to configure the debugger to print the value of all
     arguments, regardless of their type.  However, it is often
     arguments, regardless of their type.  However, it is often
     advantageous to not print the value of more complex parameters.
     advantageous to not print the value of more complex parameters.
     For instance, it reduces the amount of information printed in each
     For instance, it reduces the amount of information printed in each
     frame, making the backtrace more readable.  Also, it improves
     frame, making the backtrace more readable.  Also, it improves
     performance when displaying Ada frames, because the computation of
     performance when displaying Ada frames, because the computation of
     large arguments can sometimes be CPU-intensive, especially in
     large arguments can sometimes be CPU-intensive, especially in
     large applications.  Setting `print frame-arguments' to `scalars'
     large applications.  Setting `print frame-arguments' to `scalars'
     (the default) or `none' avoids this computation, thus speeding up
     (the default) or `none' avoids this computation, thus speeding up
     the display of each Ada frame.
     the display of each Ada frame.
`show print frame-arguments'
`show print frame-arguments'
     Show how the value of arguments should be displayed when printing
     Show how the value of arguments should be displayed when printing
     a frame.
     a frame.
`set print repeats'
`set print repeats'
     Set the threshold for suppressing display of repeated array
     Set the threshold for suppressing display of repeated array
     elements.  When the number of consecutive identical elements of an
     elements.  When the number of consecutive identical elements of an
     array exceeds the threshold, GDB prints the string `"
     array exceeds the threshold, GDB prints the string `"
     times>"', where N is the number of identical repetitions, instead
     times>"', where N is the number of identical repetitions, instead
     of displaying the identical elements themselves.  Setting the
     of displaying the identical elements themselves.  Setting the
     threshold to zero will cause all elements to be individually
     threshold to zero will cause all elements to be individually
     printed.  The default threshold is 10.
     printed.  The default threshold is 10.
`show print repeats'
`show print repeats'
     Display the current threshold for printing repeated identical
     Display the current threshold for printing repeated identical
     elements.
     elements.
`set print null-stop'
`set print null-stop'
     Cause GDB to stop printing the characters of an array when the
     Cause GDB to stop printing the characters of an array when the
     first NULL is encountered.  This is useful when large arrays
     first NULL is encountered.  This is useful when large arrays
     actually contain only short strings.  The default is off.
     actually contain only short strings.  The default is off.
`show print null-stop'
`show print null-stop'
     Show whether GDB stops printing an array on the first NULL
     Show whether GDB stops printing an array on the first NULL
     character.
     character.
`set print pretty on'
`set print pretty on'
     Cause GDB to print structures in an indented format with one member
     Cause GDB to print structures in an indented format with one member
     per line, like this:
     per line, like this:
          $1 = {
          $1 = {
            next = 0x0,
            next = 0x0,
            flags = {
            flags = {
              sweet = 1,
              sweet = 1,
              sour = 1
              sour = 1
            },
            },
            meat = 0x54 "Pork"
            meat = 0x54 "Pork"
          }
          }
`set print pretty off'
`set print pretty off'
     Cause GDB to print structures in a compact format, like this:
     Cause GDB to print structures in a compact format, like this:
          $1 = {next = 0x0, flags = {sweet = 1, sour = 1}, \
          $1 = {next = 0x0, flags = {sweet = 1, sour = 1}, \
          meat = 0x54 "Pork"}
          meat = 0x54 "Pork"}
     This is the default format.
     This is the default format.
`show print pretty'
`show print pretty'
     Show which format GDB is using to print structures.
     Show which format GDB is using to print structures.
`set print sevenbit-strings on'
`set print sevenbit-strings on'
     Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set, GDB
     Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set, GDB
     displays any eight-bit characters (in strings or character values)
     displays any eight-bit characters (in strings or character values)
     using the notation `\'NNN.  This setting is best if you are
     using the notation `\'NNN.  This setting is best if you are
     working in English (ASCII) and you use the high-order bit of
     working in English (ASCII) and you use the high-order bit of
     characters as a marker or "meta" bit.
     characters as a marker or "meta" bit.
`set print sevenbit-strings off'
`set print sevenbit-strings off'
     Print full eight-bit characters.  This allows the use of more
     Print full eight-bit characters.  This allows the use of more
     international character sets, and is the default.
     international character sets, and is the default.
`show print sevenbit-strings'
`show print sevenbit-strings'
     Show whether or not GDB is printing only seven-bit characters.
     Show whether or not GDB is printing only seven-bit characters.
`set print union on'
`set print union on'
     Tell GDB to print unions which are contained in structures and
     Tell GDB to print unions which are contained in structures and
     other unions.  This is the default setting.
     other unions.  This is the default setting.
`set print union off'
`set print union off'
     Tell GDB not to print unions which are contained in structures and
     Tell GDB not to print unions which are contained in structures and
     other unions.  GDB will print `"{...}"' instead.
     other unions.  GDB will print `"{...}"' instead.
`show print union'
`show print union'
     Ask GDB whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
     Ask GDB whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
     structures and other unions.
     structures and other unions.
     For example, given the declarations
     For example, given the declarations
          typedef enum {Tree, Bug} Species;
          typedef enum {Tree, Bug} Species;
          typedef enum {Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling} Tree_forms;
          typedef enum {Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling} Tree_forms;
          typedef enum {Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly}
          typedef enum {Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly}
                        Bug_forms;
                        Bug_forms;
          struct thing {
          struct thing {
            Species it;
            Species it;
            union {
            union {
              Tree_forms tree;
              Tree_forms tree;
              Bug_forms bug;
              Bug_forms bug;
            } form;
            } form;
          };
          };
          struct thing foo = {Tree, {Acorn}};
          struct thing foo = {Tree, {Acorn}};
     with `set print union on' in effect `p foo' would print
     with `set print union on' in effect `p foo' would print
          $1 = {it = Tree, form = {tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon}}
          $1 = {it = Tree, form = {tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon}}
     and with `set print union off' in effect it would print
     and with `set print union off' in effect it would print
          $1 = {it = Tree, form = {...}}
          $1 = {it = Tree, form = {...}}
     `set print union' affects programs written in C-like languages and
     `set print union' affects programs written in C-like languages and
     in Pascal.
     in Pascal.
These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs:
These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs:
`set print demangle'
`set print demangle'
`set print demangle on'
`set print demangle on'
     Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the encoded
     Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the encoded
     ("mangled") form passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe
     ("mangled") form passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe
     linkage.  The default is on.
     linkage.  The default is on.
`show print demangle'
`show print demangle'
     Show whether C++ names are printed in mangled or demangled form.
     Show whether C++ names are printed in mangled or demangled form.
`set print asm-demangle'
`set print asm-demangle'
`set print asm-demangle on'
`set print asm-demangle on'
     Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled
     Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled
     form, even in assembler code printouts such as instruction
     form, even in assembler code printouts such as instruction
     disassemblies.  The default is off.
     disassemblies.  The default is off.
`show print asm-demangle'
`show print asm-demangle'
     Show whether C++ names in assembly listings are printed in mangled
     Show whether C++ names in assembly listings are printed in mangled
     or demangled form.
     or demangled form.
`set demangle-style STYLE'
`set demangle-style STYLE'
     Choose among several encoding schemes used by different compilers
     Choose among several encoding schemes used by different compilers
     to represent C++ names.  The choices for STYLE are currently:
     to represent C++ names.  The choices for STYLE are currently:
    `auto'
    `auto'
          Allow GDB to choose a decoding style by inspecting your
          Allow GDB to choose a decoding style by inspecting your
          program.
          program.
    `gnu'
    `gnu'
          Decode based on the GNU C++ compiler (`g++') encoding
          Decode based on the GNU C++ compiler (`g++') encoding
          algorithm.  This is the default.
          algorithm.  This is the default.
    `hp'
    `hp'
          Decode based on the HP ANSI C++ (`aCC') encoding algorithm.
          Decode based on the HP ANSI C++ (`aCC') encoding algorithm.
    `lucid'
    `lucid'
          Decode based on the Lucid C++ compiler (`lcc') encoding
          Decode based on the Lucid C++ compiler (`lcc') encoding
          algorithm.
          algorithm.
    `arm'
    `arm'
          Decode using the algorithm in the `C++ Annotated Reference
          Decode using the algorithm in the `C++ Annotated Reference
          Manual'.  *Warning:* this setting alone is not sufficient to
          Manual'.  *Warning:* this setting alone is not sufficient to
          allow debugging `cfront'-generated executables.  GDB would
          allow debugging `cfront'-generated executables.  GDB would
          require further enhancement to permit that.
          require further enhancement to permit that.
     If you omit STYLE, you will see a list of possible formats.
     If you omit STYLE, you will see a list of possible formats.
`show demangle-style'
`show demangle-style'
     Display the encoding style currently in use for decoding C++
     Display the encoding style currently in use for decoding C++
     symbols.
     symbols.
`set print object'
`set print object'
`set print object on'
`set print object on'
     When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the _actual_
     When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the _actual_
     (derived) type of the object rather than the _declared_ type, using
     (derived) type of the object rather than the _declared_ type, using
     the virtual function table.
     the virtual function table.
`set print object off'
`set print object off'
     Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
     Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
     virtual function table.  This is the default setting.
     virtual function table.  This is the default setting.
`show print object'
`show print object'
     Show whether actual, or declared, object types are displayed.
     Show whether actual, or declared, object types are displayed.
`set print static-members'
`set print static-members'
`set print static-members on'
`set print static-members on'
     Print static members when displaying a C++ object.  The default is
     Print static members when displaying a C++ object.  The default is
     on.
     on.
`set print static-members off'
`set print static-members off'
     Do not print static members when displaying a C++ object.
     Do not print static members when displaying a C++ object.
`show print static-members'
`show print static-members'
     Show whether C++ static members are printed or not.
     Show whether C++ static members are printed or not.
`set print pascal_static-members'
`set print pascal_static-members'
`set print pascal_static-members on'
`set print pascal_static-members on'
     Print static members when displaying a Pascal object.  The default
     Print static members when displaying a Pascal object.  The default
     is on.
     is on.
`set print pascal_static-members off'
`set print pascal_static-members off'
     Do not print static members when displaying a Pascal object.
     Do not print static members when displaying a Pascal object.
`show print pascal_static-members'
`show print pascal_static-members'
     Show whether Pascal static members are printed or not.
     Show whether Pascal static members are printed or not.
`set print vtbl'
`set print vtbl'
`set print vtbl on'
`set print vtbl on'
     Pretty print C++ virtual function tables.  The default is off.
     Pretty print C++ virtual function tables.  The default is off.
     (The `vtbl' commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP
     (The `vtbl' commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP
     ANSI C++ compiler (`aCC').)
     ANSI C++ compiler (`aCC').)
`set print vtbl off'
`set print vtbl off'
     Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables.
     Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables.
`show print vtbl'
`show print vtbl'
     Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or
     Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or
     not.
     not.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Pretty Printing,  Next: Value History,  Prev: Print Settings,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Pretty Printing,  Next: Value History,  Prev: Print Settings,  Up: Data
10.9 Pretty Printing
10.9 Pretty Printing
====================
====================
GDB provides a mechanism to allow pretty-printing of values using
GDB provides a mechanism to allow pretty-printing of values using
Python code.  It greatly simplifies the display of complex objects.
Python code.  It greatly simplifies the display of complex objects.
This mechanism works for both MI and the CLI.
This mechanism works for both MI and the CLI.
   For example, here is how a C++ `std::string' looks without a
   For example, here is how a C++ `std::string' looks without a
pretty-printer:
pretty-printer:
     (gdb) print s
     (gdb) print s
     $1 = {
     $1 = {
       static npos = 4294967295,
       static npos = 4294967295,
       _M_dataplus = {
       _M_dataplus = {
         > = {
         > = {
           <__gnu_cxx::new_allocator> = {
           <__gnu_cxx::new_allocator> = {
             }, 
             }, 
           },
           },
         members of std::basic_string,
         members of std::basic_string,
           std::allocator >::_Alloc_hider:
           std::allocator >::_Alloc_hider:
         _M_p = 0x804a014 "abcd"
         _M_p = 0x804a014 "abcd"
       }
       }
     }
     }
   With a pretty-printer for `std::string' only the contents are
   With a pretty-printer for `std::string' only the contents are
printed:
printed:
     (gdb) print s
     (gdb) print s
     $2 = "abcd"
     $2 = "abcd"
   For implementing pretty printers for new types you should read the
   For implementing pretty printers for new types you should read the
Python API details (*note Pretty Printing API::).
Python API details (*note Pretty Printing API::).


File: gdb.info,  Node: Value History,  Next: Convenience Vars,  Prev: Pretty Printing,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Value History,  Next: Convenience Vars,  Prev: Pretty Printing,  Up: Data
10.10 Value History
10.10 Value History
===================
===================
Values printed by the `print' command are saved in the GDB "value
Values printed by the `print' command are saved in the GDB "value
history".  This allows you to refer to them in other expressions.
history".  This allows you to refer to them in other expressions.
Values are kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for
Values are kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for
example with the `file' or `symbol-file' commands).  When the symbol
example with the `file' or `symbol-file' commands).  When the symbol
table changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may
table changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may
contain pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table.
contain pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table.
   The values printed are given "history numbers" by which you can
   The values printed are given "history numbers" by which you can
refer to them.  These are successive integers starting with one.
refer to them.  These are successive integers starting with one.
`print' shows you the history number assigned to a value by printing
`print' shows you the history number assigned to a value by printing
`$NUM = ' before the value; here NUM is the history number.
`$NUM = ' before the value; here NUM is the history number.
   To refer to any previous value, use `$' followed by the value's
   To refer to any previous value, use `$' followed by the value's
history number.  The way `print' labels its output is designed to
history number.  The way `print' labels its output is designed to
remind you of this.  Just `$' refers to the most recent value in the
remind you of this.  Just `$' refers to the most recent value in the
history, and `$$' refers to the value before that.  `$$N' refers to the
history, and `$$' refers to the value before that.  `$$N' refers to the
Nth value from the end; `$$2' is the value just prior to `$$', `$$1' is
Nth value from the end; `$$2' is the value just prior to `$$', `$$1' is
equivalent to `$$', and `$$0' is equivalent to `$'.
equivalent to `$$', and `$$0' is equivalent to `$'.
   For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure
   For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure
and want to see the contents of the structure.  It suffices to type
and want to see the contents of the structure.  It suffices to type
     p *$
     p *$
   If you have a chain of structures where the component `next' points
   If you have a chain of structures where the component `next' points
to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
     p *$.next
     p *$.next
You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
command--which you can do by just typing .
command--which you can do by just typing .
   Note that the history records values, not expressions.  If the value
   Note that the history records values, not expressions.  If the value
of `x' is 4 and you type these commands:
of `x' is 4 and you type these commands:
     print x
     print x
     set x=5
     set x=5
then the value recorded in the value history by the `print' command
then the value recorded in the value history by the `print' command
remains 4 even though the value of `x' has changed.
remains 4 even though the value of `x' has changed.
`show values'
`show values'
     Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item
     Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item
     numbers.  This is like `p $$9' repeated ten times, except that
     numbers.  This is like `p $$9' repeated ten times, except that
     `show values' does not change the history.
     `show values' does not change the history.
`show values N'
`show values N'
     Print ten history values centered on history item number N.
     Print ten history values centered on history item number N.
`show values +'
`show values +'
     Print ten history values just after the values last printed.  If
     Print ten history values just after the values last printed.  If
     no more values are available, `show values +' produces no display.
     no more values are available, `show values +' produces no display.
   Pressing  to repeat `show values N' has exactly the same effect
   Pressing  to repeat `show values N' has exactly the same effect
as `show values +'.
as `show values +'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Convenience Vars,  Next: Registers,  Prev: Value History,  Up: Data
File: gdb.info,  Node: Convenience Vars,  Next: Registers,  Prev: Value History,  Up: Data
10.11 Convenience Variables
10.11 Convenience Variables
===========================
===========================
GDB provides "convenience variables" that you can use within GDB to
GDB provides "convenience variables" that you can use within GDB to
hold on to a value and refer to it later.  These variables exist
hold on to a value and refer to it later.  These variables exist
entirely within GDB; they are not part of your program, and setting a
entirely within GDB; they are not part of your program, and setting a
convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution of your
convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution of your
program.  That is why you can use them freely.
program.  That is why you can use them freely.
   Convenience variables are prefixed with `$'.  Any name preceded by
   Convenience variables are prefixed with `$'.  Any name preceded by
`$' can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of the
`$' can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of the
predefined machine-specific register names (*note Registers:
predefined machine-specific register names (*note Registers:
Registers.).  (Value history references, in contrast, are _numbers_
Registers.).  (Value history references, in contrast, are _numbers_
preceded by `$'.  *Note Value History: Value History.)
preceded by `$'.  *Note Value History: Value History.)
   You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
   You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
expression, just as you would set a variable in your program.  For
expression, just as you would set a variable in your program.  For
example:
example:
     set $foo = *object_ptr
     set $foo = *object_ptr
would save in `$foo' the value contained in the object pointed to by
would save in `$foo' the value contained in the object pointed to by
`object_ptr'.
`object_ptr'.
   Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it, but its
   Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it, but its
value is `void' until you assign a new value.  You can alter the value
value is `void' until you assign a new value.  You can alter the value
with another assignment at any time.
with another assignment at any time.
   Convenience variables have no fixed types.  You can assign a
   Convenience variables have no fixed types.  You can assign a
convenience variable any type of value, including structures and
convenience variable any type of value, including structures and
arrays, even if that variable already has a value of a different type.
arrays, even if that variable already has a value of a different type.
The convenience variable, when used as an expression, has the type of
The convenience variable, when used as an expression, has the type of
its current value.
its current value.
`show convenience'
`show convenience'
     Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their
     Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their
     values.  Abbreviated `show conv'.
     values.  Abbreviated `show conv'.
`init-if-undefined $VARIABLE = EXPRESSION'
`init-if-undefined $VARIABLE = EXPRESSION'
     Set a convenience variable if it has not already been set.  This
     Set a convenience variable if it has not already been set.  This
     is useful for user-defined commands that keep some state.  It is
     is useful for user-defined commands that keep some state.  It is
     similar, in concept, to using local static variables with
     similar, in concept, to using local static variables with
     initializers in C (except that convenience variables are global).
     initializers in C (except that convenience variables are global).
     It can also be used to allow users to override default values used
     It can also be used to allow users to override default values used
     in a command script.
     in a command script.
     If the variable is already defined then the expression is not
     If the variable is already defined then the expression is not
     evaluated so any side-effects do not occur.
     evaluated so any side-effects do not occur.
   One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
   One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
incremented or a pointer to be advanced.  For example, to print a field
incremented or a pointer to be advanced.  For example, to print a field
from successive elements of an array of structures:
from successive elements of an array of structures:
     set $i = 0
     set $i = 0
     print bar[$i++]->contents
     print bar[$i++]->contents
Repeat that command by typing .
Repeat that command by typing .
   Some convenience variables are created automatically by GDB and given
   Some convenience variables are created automatically by GDB and given
values likely to be useful.
values likely to be useful.
`$_'
`$_'
     The variable `$_' is automatically set by the `x' command to the
     The variable `$_' is automatically set by the `x' command to the
     last address examined (*note Examining Memory: Memory.).  Other
     last address examined (*note Examining Memory: Memory.).  Other
     commands which provide a default address for `x' to examine also
     commands which provide a default address for `x' to examine also
     set `$_' to that address; these commands include `info line' and
     set `$_' to that address; these commands include `info line' and
     `info breakpoint'.  The type of `$_' is `void *' except when set
     `info breakpoint'.  The type of `$_' is `void *' except when set
     by the `x' command, in which case it is a pointer to the type of
     by the `x' command, in which case it is a pointer to the type of
     `$__'.
     `$__'.
`$__'
`$__'
     The variable `$__' is automatically set by the `x' command to the
     The variable `$__' is automatically set by the `x' command to the
     value found in the last address examined.  Its type is chosen to
     value found in the last address examined.  Its type is chosen to
     match the format in which the data was printed.
     match the format in which the data was printed.
`$_exitcode'
`$_exitcode'
     The variable `$_exitcode' is automatically set to the exit code
     The variable `$_exitcode' is automatically set to the exit code
     when the program being debugged terminates.
     when the program being debugged terminates.
`$_sdata'
`$_sdata'
     The variable `$_sdata' contains extra collected static tracepoint
     The variable `$_sdata' contains extra collected static tracepoint
     data.  *Note Tracepoint Action Lists: Tracepoint Actions.  Note
     data.  *Note Tracepoint Action Lists: Tracepoint Actions.  Note
     that `$_sdata' could be empty, if not inspecting a trace buffer, or
     that `$_sdata' could be empty, if not inspecting a trace buffer, or
     if extra static tracepoint data has not been collected.
     if extra static tracepoint data has not been collected.
`$_siginfo'
`$_siginfo'
     The variable `$_siginfo' contains extra signal information (*note
     The variable `$_siginfo' contains extra signal information (*note
     extra signal information::).  Note that `$_siginfo' could be
     extra signal information::).  Note that `$_siginfo' could be
     empty, if the application has not yet received any signals.  For
     empty, if the application has not yet received any signals.  For
     example, it will be empty before you execute the `run' command.
     example, it will be empty before you execute the `run' command.
`$_tlb'
`$_tlb'
     The variable `$_tlb' is automatically set when debugging
     The variable `$_tlb' is automatically set when debugging
     applications running on MS-Windows in native mode or connected to
     applications running on MS-Windows in native mode or connected to
     gdbserver that supports the `qGetTIBAddr' request.  *Note General
     gdbserver that supports the `qGetTIBAddr' request.  *Note General
     Query Packets::.  This variable contains the address of the thread
     Query Packets::.  This variable contains the address of the thread
     information block.
     information block.
   On HP-UX systems, if you refer to a function or variable name that
   On HP-UX systems, if you refer to a function or variable name that
begins with a dollar sign, GDB searches for a user or system name
begins with a dollar sign, GDB searches for a user or system name
first, before it searches for a convenience variable.
first, before it searches for a convenience variable.
   GDB also supplies some "convenience functions".  These have a syntax
   GDB also supplies some "convenience functions".  These have a syntax
similar to convenience variables.  A convenience function can be used
similar to convenience variables.  A convenience function can be used
in an expression just like an ordinary function; however, a convenience
in an expression just like an ordinary function; however, a convenience
function is implemented internally to GDB.
function is implemented internally to GDB.
`help function'
`help function'
     Print a list of all convenience functions.
     Print a list of all convenience functions.
 
 

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.